Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutB07-0066 Project Manual Volume II1 1 r� 1 1 t t 1 t J �1 t F1 LION SQUARE LODGE — NORTH Town of Vail, Colorado PROJECT MANUAL — VOLUME II Construction Documents FEBRUARY 16, 2007 MELICK ASSOCIATES, INC. Architecture - Interiors - Planning 355 Teller Street, Suite 370, Lakewood, Colorado 80226 Prepared by Dwight Stonc SPECby dc i sign O F VAIL o ® o� � ® e O e r p r� M fiuLa L 1 1 iJ 1 1 t 1 1 J 7 1 t LION SQUARE LODGE NORTH Vail, Colorado TABLE OF CONTENTS - VOLUME II DIVISIONS 15 AND 16-- MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15055 Motors 15060 Hangers and Supports 15071 Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls 15075 Mechanical Identification 15080 Mechanical Insulation 15110 Valves 15121 Pipe Expansion Fittings And Loops 15122 Meters and Gages 15140 Domestic Water Piping 15145 Domestic Water Piping Specialties 15150 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 15155 Drainage Piping Specialties 15160 Storm Drainage Piping 15181 Hydronic Piping 15185 Hydronic Pumps 15189 HVAC Water Treatment 15194 Fuel Gas Piping 15300 'Fire Protection — Sprinkler /Standpipe System 15441 Domestic Water Pumps 15446 Sump Pumps 15514 Finned Water -Tube Boilers 15550 Breeching, Chimneys And Stacks 15628 Air Cooled Chillers 15710 Hydronic Heat Exchangers 15763 Fan Coil Units 15766 Cabinet Unit Heaters 15767 Propeller Unit Heaters 15770 Energy Recovery Ventilators 15815 Metal Ducts 15820 Duct Accessories 15838 Power Ventilators 15855 Diffusers, Registers and Grilles 15861 Air Filters 15900 H VAC Instrumentation and Controls 15940 Sequence Of Operation 15950 Testing, Adjusting And Balancing 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 16060 Grounding and Bonding 16072 Electrical Supports and Seismic Constraints 16075 Electricalldentification 16120 Conductors and Cables 16130 Raceways and Boxes 16140 Wiring Devices 16145 Lighting Control Devices 16211 Electric Metering 16442 Panel Boards 16511 Interior Lighting 16521 Exterior Lighting 16721 Fire Alarm Systems TABLE OF CONTENTS — VOLUME I TOC - I 1 MB L Mechanical & Electrical Design Services A LEED Accredited Professional Office Lion Square Lodge — North Building ' Vail, Colorado 2 -16 -07 i Division 15 & 16 Specification Index 1 1 KI Architectural Engineering Consultants 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15055 Motors 15060 Hangers and Supports 15071 Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls 15075 Mechanical Identifications 15080 Mechanical Insulation 15110 Valves 15121 Pipe Expansion Fittings And Loops 15122 Meters and Gages 15140 Domestic Water Piping >���: . 15145 Domestic Water Piping Specialties �„ 0 _� Q ; 15150 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 15155 Drainage Piping Specialties 15160 Storm Drainage Piping 15181 Hydronic Piping 15185 Hydronic Pumps 15189 HVAC Water Treatment 15194 Fuel Gas Piping 15441 Domestic Water Pumps 15446 Sump Pumps 15514 Finned Water -Tube Boilers 15550 Breeching, Chimneys And Stacks 15628 Air Cooled Chillers 15710 Hydronic Heat Exchangers 15763 Fan Coil Units 15766 Cabinet Unit Heaters 15767 Propeller Unit Heaters 15770 Energy Recovery Ventilators 15815 Metal Ducts 15820 Duct Accessories 15838 Power Ventilators 15855 Diffusers, Registers and Grilles 15861 Air Filters 15900 HVAC Instrumentation and Controls 15940 Sequence Of Operation 15950 Testing, Adjusting And Balancing 40801 US Hwy 6 & 24, Suite #214, Eagle -Vail, Colorado 81620 Post Office Box 8489, Avon, CO 81620 Phone: 970 -748 -8520 Facsimile: 970 - 748 -8521 Email: kelth@aec- vail.com Web: www.aec- vail.com 1 1 C I u 1 1 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 16060 Grounding and Bonding 16072 Electrical Supports and Seismic Constraints 16075 Electrical Identification 16120 Conductors and Cables 16130 Raceways and Boxes 16140 Wiring Devices 16145 Lighting Control Devices 16211 Electric Metering 16442 Panel Boards 16511 Interior Lighting 16521 Exterior Lighting 40801 US Hwy 6 & 24, Suite #214, Eagle -Vail, Colorado 81620 Post Office Box 8489, Avon, CO 81620 Phone: 970 -748 -8520 Facsimile: 970 - 748 -8521 Email: keith @aec- vail.com Web: www.aec- vaii.com 2 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 2. Dielectric fittings. 3. Mechanical sleeve seals. 4. Sleeves. 5. Escutcheons. 6. Grout. 7. Mechanical demolition_ 8. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. 9. Concrete bases. 10. Supports and anchorages_ 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C_ Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations_ D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts. E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050 -1 L Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code -- Steel." B. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. C. Electrical Characteristics for Mechanical Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS A. Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods. B. Pipe Threads: ASME 131.20.1 for factory- threaded pipe and pipe fittings. 2.2 JOINING MATERIALS A. Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. B. Pipe- Flange Gasket Materials: ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos -free, 118 -inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. C. Plastic, Pipe- Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead -free alloys. Include water- flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series or BAg1, unless otherwise indicated. F. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12. G. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping: 1. ABS Piping: ASTM D 2235. t 1 1 t 1 1 it II �I BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050 -2 1 1 I Lion Square Lodge - _North Building ' Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2. CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493. 3. PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656. 4. PVC to ABS Piping Transition: ASTM D 3138. 2.3 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder joint, plain, or weld -neck end connections that match piping system materials. B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. C. Dielectric Unions: Factory- fabricated, union assembly, for 250 -psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F. D. Dielectric Flanges: Factory- fabricated, companion - flange assembly, for 150- or 300 - psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures. E. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized -steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300 -psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. F. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300 -psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. 2.4 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A_ Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. B. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to ft surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. C. Pressure Plates: Plastic. Include two for each sealing element. D. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion- resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. 2.5 SLEEVES A. Galvanized -Steel Sheet: 0.0239 -inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends. C. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. II BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050 -3 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado D. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast -iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws. E. Molded PVC: Permanent, with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. F. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40. G. Molded PE: Reusable, PE, tapered -cup shaped, and smooth -outer surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. 2.6 ESCUTCHEONS A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers opening. B. One- Piece, Deep - Pattern Type: Deep - drawn, box - shaped brass with polished chrome - plated finish. C. One - Piece, Cast -Brass Type: With set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated- D. Split- Casting, Cast -Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome - plated. 2.7 GROUT A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic- cement grout. 1. Characteristics: Post - hardening, volume- adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. 2. Design Mix: 5000 -psi, 28 -day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION A. Refer to Division 1 Sections "Cutting and Patching" and "Selective Demolition" for general demolition requirements and procedures. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-4 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Disconnect, demolish, and remove mechanical systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. 1 1 1 1 1 1 3.2 A. 1 f] 1. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. 2. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material. 3. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. 4. Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. 5. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. 6. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational. 7. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner. If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable, remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and quality. PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 15 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Install piping to permit valve servicing. G. Install piping at indicated slopes. H. Install piping free of sags and bends. S BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050 -5 1 1 Lion Sguare Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. J. Install piping to allow application of insulation. K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. L. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. M. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum -board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. N. Aboveground, Exterior -Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1 -inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter. 2. Install cast -iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter. 3. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. O. Underground, Exterior -Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast -iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1 -inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. P. Fire - Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 7 Section "Through- Penetration Firestop Systems" for materials. Q. Verify final equipment locations for roughing -in. R_ Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing -in requirements. 3.3 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 15 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs_ Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050 -6 1 1 1 1 'J J 1 1 I BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050 -7 l Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water- flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead -free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper - phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. G. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article. H. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. I. Plastic Piping Solvent- Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. Comply with ASTM F 402, for safe - handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. 2. ABS Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2235 and ASTM D 2661 Appendixes. 3. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/1) 2846M Appendix. 4. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other - than - schedule- number PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855. 5. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855, 6. PVC to ABS Nonpressure Transition Fittings: Join according to ASTM D 3138 Appendix. J. Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3139. K. Plastic Nonpressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3212, L. PE Piping Heat - Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657. 1. Plain -End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. I BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050 -7 l 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2. Plain -End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion. M. Fiberglass Bonded Joints: Prepare pipe ends and fittings, apply adhesive, and join according to pipe manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2 -1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 3.5 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not indicated. B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope. 3.6 CONCRETE BASES A. Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project. 1 _ Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit. 2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor_ Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18 -inch centers around the full perimeter of the base. 3. Install epoxy- coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor. 4. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. I 1 1 1 J 1 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050 -8 1 1 Lion Square Lodge -- North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 5. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 6. Install anchor bolts according to anchor -bolt manufacturer's written instructions. 7. Use 3000 -psi, 28 -day compressive - strength concrete and reinforcement as specified in Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete." 3.7 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. Refer to Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel. B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor mechanical materials and equipment. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1. 3.8 ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. Cut, fit, and place wood grounds, hailers, blocking, and anchorages to support, and anchor mechanical materials and equipment. B. Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood members. C. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loads. 3.9 GROUTING A. Mix and install grout for mechanical equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout. C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout. D. Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout. E. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases. F. Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment. G. Place grout around anchors. H. Cure placed grout. END OF SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050 -9 Lion Square Lodge — North Buildin Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15055 - MOTORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes basic requirements for factory installed motors. B. See Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls" for mounting motors and vibration isolation and seismic - control devices. C. See individual Sections for application of motors and reference to specific motor requirements for motor - driven equipment. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data for Field - installed Motors: For each type and size of motor, provide nameplate data and ratings; shipping, installed, and operating weights; enclosure type and mounting arrangements; size, type, and location of winding terminations; conduit entry and ground lug locations; and information on coatings or finishes. B_ Shop Drawings for Field - Installed Motors: Dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details, including required clearances and service space around equipment. Include the following: 1. Each installed unit's type and details. 2. Nameplate legends. 3. Diagrams of power, signal, and control wiring. Provide schematic wiring diagram for each type of motor and for each control scheme. C. Qualification Data: For testing agency. D_ Field quality - control test reports. E. Operation and Maintenance Data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. MOTORS 15055 -1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices and features that comply with the following: 1. Compatible with the following: a. Magnetic controllers. b. Multispeed controllers. C. Reduced- voltage controllers. 2. Designed and labeled for use with variable frequency controllers, and suitable for use throughout speed range without overheating. 3. Matched to torque and horsepower requirements of the load. 4. Matched to ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence. B. Coordinate motor support with requirements for driven load; access for maintenance and motor replacement; installation of accessories, belts, belt guards; and adjustment of sliding rails for belt tensioning. C. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor -bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MOTOR REQUIREMENTS A. Motor requirements apply to factory installed motors except as follows: 1. Different ratings, performance, or characteristics for motor are specified in another Section. 2. Motorized - equipment manufacturer requires ratings, performance, or characteristics, other than those specified in this Section, to meet performance specified. 2.2 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS A. Motors 3/4 HP and Larger: Three phase. B. Motors Smaller Than 3/4 HP: Single phase. C. Frequency Rating: 60 Hz. D. Voltage Rating: NEMA standard voltage selected to operate on nominal circuit voltage to which motor is connected. E. Service Factor: 1.15 for open dripproof motors; 1.0 for totally enclosed motors. MOTORS 15055 -2 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado F. Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 105 deg F and at altitude of 3300 feet above sea level. G. Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor. ' H. Enclosure: Open dripproof. 2.3 POLYPHASE MOTORS A. Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor. B. Efficiency: Standard, as defined in NEMA MG 1. C. Stator: Copper windings, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Multispeed motors shall have separate winding for each speed. D. Rotor: Squirrel cage, unless otherwise indicated. E. Bearings: Double- shielded, prelubricated ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. F. Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating, unless otherwise indicated. G. Insulation: Class F, unless otherwise indicated. H. Code Letter Designation: 1. Motors 15 HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F or Code G. 2. Motors Smaller Than 15 HP: Manufacturer's standard starting characteristic. I. Enclosure: Cast iron for motors 7.5 hp and larger; rolled steel for motors smaller than 7.5 hp. 1. Finish: Gray enamel. 2.4 POLYPHASE MOTORS WITH ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Motors Used with Reduced - Inrush Controllers: Match wiring connection requirements for controller with required motor leads. Provide terminals in motor terminal box, suited to control method. B. Motors Used with Variable Frequency Controllers: Ratings, characteristics, and features coordinated with and approved by controller manufacturer. II MOTORS 15055 -3 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Buildinq Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Designed with critical vibration frequencies outside operating range of controller output. 2. Temperature Rise: Matched to rating for Class B insulation. 3. Insulation: Class H. 4. Thermal Protection: Comply with NEMA MG 1 requirements for thermally protected motors. C. Rugged -Duty Motors: Totally enclosed, with 1.25 minimum service factor, greased bearings, integral condensate drains, and capped relief vents. Windings insulated with non - hygroscopic material. 1. Finish: Chemical- resistant paint over corrosion- resistant primer. D. Source Quality Control for Field - installed Motors: Perform the following tests on each motor according to NEMA MG 1: 1. Measure winding resistance. 2. Read no -load current and speed at rated voltage and frequency. 3. Measure locked rotor current at rated frequency. 4. Perform high - potential test. 2.5 SINGLE -PHASE MOTORS A. Type: One of the following, to suit starting torque and requirements of specific motor application: 1. Permanent -split capacitor. 2. Split -phase start, capacitor run. 3. Capacitor start, capacitor run. B. Shaded -Pole Motors: For motors 1/20 hp and smaller only. C. Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation. Thermal- protection device shall automatically reset when motor temperature returns to normal range. D. Bearings: Ball type for belt - connected motors and other motors with high radial forces on motor shaft; sealed, prelubricated- sleeve type for other single -phase motors. E. Source Quality Control for Field - Installed Motors: Perform the following tests on each motor according to NEMA MG 1: 1. Measure winding resistance. 2. Read no -load current and speed at rated voltage and frequency. 3. Measure locked rotor current at rated frequency. 4. Perform high- potential test. I Ll 1 [I MOTORS 15055 -4 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FIELD - INSTALLED MOTOR INSTALLATION A. Anchor each motor assembly to base, adjustable rails, or other support, arranged and sized according to manufacturer's written instructions. Attach by bolting. Level and align with load transfer link. B. Install motors on concrete bases complying with Division 3. C. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL FOR FIELD- INSTALLED MOTORS A. Prepare for acceptance tests. 1. Align motors, bases, shafts, pulleys, and belts. Tension belts according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Verify bearing lubrication. 3. Run each motor with its controller. Demonstrate correct rotation, alignment, and speed at motor design load. 4. Test interlocks and control and safety features for proper operation. 5. Verify that current and voltage for each phase comply with nameplate rating and NEMA MG 1 tolerances. B. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Perform electrical tests and visual and mechanical inspections including optional tests and inspections stated in NETA ATS on factory installed motors. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on -site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. END OF SECTION 15055 fe •c 15055 -5 I Lion Square Lodge — North Buildin Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado I I SECTION 15060 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP -90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports." 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design supports for multiple pipes capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. B_ Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. C. Design seismic - restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment and obtain approval from authorities having jurisdiction. r HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15060 -1 1� PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Steel pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Metal framing systems. ' 4. Thermal- hanger shield inserts. 5. Fastener systems. 6. Equipment supports. ' B. See Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural -steel shapes and plates for trapeze hangers for pipe and equipment supports_ C. See Division 13 Section "Fire- Suppression Piping" for fire protection piping. D. See Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls" for vibration isolation devices. "Pipe E. See Division 15 Section Expansion Fittings and Loops" for pipe guides and anchors. ' "Metal F. See Division 15 Section(s) Ducts" for duct hangers and supports. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP -90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports." 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design supports for multiple pipes capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. B_ Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. C. Design seismic - restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment and obtain approval from authorities having jurisdiction. r HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15060 -1 1� Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Steel pipe hangers and supports. 2. Thermal- hanger shield inserts. 3. Powder - actuated fastener systems. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following: 1. Trapeze pipe hangers. Include Product Data for components. 2. Metal framing systems. Include Product Data for components. 3. Equipment supports. C. Welding certificates. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 STEEL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Description: MSS SP -58, Types 1 through 58, factory- fabricated components. Refer to Part 3 "Hanger and Support Applications" Article for where to use specific hanger and support types. B. Manufacturers: 1 _ AAA Technology & Specialties Co., Inc. 2. Bergen -Power Pipe Supports. 3. B -Line Systems, Inc_; a division of Cooper Industries. 4. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15060 -2 Lion Square Lodge — North Buildina Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 5. Empire Industries, Inc. 6. ERICO /Michigan Hanger Co. 7. Globe Pipe Hanger Products, Inc. 8. Grinnell Corp. 9. GS Metals Corp. 10. National Pipe Hanger Corporation. 11. PHD Manufacturing, Inc. 12. PHS Industries, Inc. 13. Piping Technology & Products, Inc. 14. Tolco Inc. C. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped. D. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. E. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion for support of bearing surface of piping. 2.3 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description: MSS SP -69, Type 59, shop- or field- fabricated pipe - support assembly made from structural -steel shapes with MSS SP -58 hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U- bolts. 2.4 METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Description: MFMA -3, shop- or field- fabricated pipe- support assembly made of steel channels and other components. B. Manufacturers: 1. B -Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2. ERICO /Michigan Hanger Co.; ERISTRUT Div. 3. GS Metals Corp. 4. Power -Strut Div.; Tyco International, Ltd. 5. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 6. Tolco Inc. 7. Unistrut Corp.; Tyco International, Ltd. C. Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish, unless bare metal surfaces are indicated. D. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. 2.5 THERMAL - HANGER SHIELD INSERTS A. Description: 100 -psig minimum, compressive - strength insulation insert encased in sheet metal shield. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15060 -3 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Manufacturers: 1. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. 2. ERICO /Michigan Hanger Co. 3. PHS Industries, Inc. 4. Pipe Shields, Inc. 5. Rilco Manufacturing Company, Inc. 6. Value Engineered Products, Inc. C. Insulation -Insert Material for Cold Piping: Water - repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate with vapor barrier. D. Insulation -insert Material for Hot Piping: Water - repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate. E. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. F. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. G. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 2.6 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Powder - Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull -out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Manufacturers: a. Hilti, Inc. b. ITW Ramset/Red Head_ c. Masterset Fastening Systems, Inc. d. MKT Fastening, LLC. e. Powers Fasteners. B. Mechanical- Expansion Anchors: Insert- wedge -type [zinc- coated] [stainless] steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull -out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Manufacturers: a. B -Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. b. Empire Industries, Inc. C. Hilti, Inc. d. 1TW Ramset/Red Head_ e. MKT Fastening, LLC. f. Powers Fasteners. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15060 -4 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2.7 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: Welded, shop- or field- fabricated equipment support made from structural -steel shapes. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36 /A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and - packaged, dry, hydraulic- cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000 -psi, 28 -day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS A_ Specific hanger and support requirements are specified in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with MSS SP -69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized, metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field- applied finish. D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. E. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. F. Horizontal- Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30_ 2. Yoke -Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of 120 to 450 deg F pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 16, requiring up to 4 inches of insulation. 3. Carbon- or Alloy - Steel, Double -Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 24, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of insulation. 4. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 5. U -Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. I HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15060 -5 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 6. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast -iron floor flange. 7. Single Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1 to NPS 30, from 2 rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 8. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 42, if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is not necessary. G. Vertical - Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20. 2. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20, if longer ends are required for riser clamps. H. Hanger -Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. 1. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Top -Beam C- Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar - joist construction to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3. Side -Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. Center -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 6. C- Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 7. Welded -Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below, or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb. b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb. C. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb. 8. Side -Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. 9. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required_ HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15060 -6 I 1 u L LJ Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado J. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: I. Steel Pipe - Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 3. Thermal- Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. K. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1 -1/4 inches. 2. Spring - Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41 roll hanger with springs. 3. Variable - Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from base support. L. Comply with MSS SP -69 for trapeze pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. M. Comply with MFMA -102 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. N. Use powder - actuated fasteners instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Steel Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP -69 and MSS SP -89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. B. Trapeze Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP -69 and MSS SP -89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on field- fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36 /A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1. Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field- assembled metal framing systems. D. Thermal- Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15060 -7 Lion S uare Lodge — North Buildin Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado E. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install powder - actuated fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder - actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder - actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. 2. Install mechanical - expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. G. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded - structural -steel shapes. H. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. J. . Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2 -1/2 and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. K. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. L. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME 831.1 (for power piping) and ASME B31.9 (for building services piping) are not exceeded. M. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following: 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal- hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. C. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.1 for power piping and ASME 831.9 for building services piping. 2. Install MSS SP -58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 3. Install MSS SP -58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. 4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: t F1 s HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15060 -8 1 7 Lion Square Lodge — North Building ' Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado ' a. NPS 114 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick. b. NPS 4 : 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. C. NPS 5 and NPS 6 : 18 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. d. NPS 8 to NPS 14 : 24 inches long and 0.075 inch thick_ ' e. NPS 16 to NPS 24 : 24 inches long and 0.105 inch thick. 5. Pipes NPS 8 and Larger: Include wood inserts. ' 6. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield. 7. Thermal- Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation. 3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. II HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15060 -9 A. Fabricate structural -steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to ' support equipment above floor. ' B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface. C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. 3.4 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. ' C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following: ' 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. ' 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. ' 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. II HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15060 -9 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3.6 PAINTING A. Touch Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC -PA 1 requirements for touching up field- painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils . B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing- repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 15060 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15060 -10 Lion S uare Lodge — North Buildin Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15071 - MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS I I PART 1 - GENERAL � 1.2 A B C 1.3 A. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: 1. Elastomeric isolation pads. 2. Restrained elastomeric isolation mounts. 3. Freestanding spring isolators. 4. Housed spring mounts. 5. Elastomeric hangers. 6. Spring hangers. 7. Spring hangers with vertical -limit stops. 8. Thrust limits. 9. Pipe riser resilient supports. 10. Resilient pipe guides. 11. Seismic snubbers. 12. Restraining cables. Definitions: 1. A, Effective peak velocity related acceleration coefficient. 2. OSHPD: Office of Statewide Health Planning & Development for the State of California. OSHPD assigns a unique anchorage preapproval "R" number to each seismic restraint it tests_ The number describes a specific device applied as tested. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Component Seismic Coefficient: Refer to equipment schedule for value for each piece of equipment. Performance Criteria Factor: Refer to equipment schedule for value for each piece of equipment. Attachment Amplification Factor: Refer to equipment schedule for value for each piece of equipment. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Include load deflection curves for each vibration isolation device indicated. MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 15071 -1 A B. 1.2 A B C 1.3 A. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: 1. Elastomeric isolation pads. 2. Restrained elastomeric isolation mounts. 3. Freestanding spring isolators. 4. Housed spring mounts. 5. Elastomeric hangers. 6. Spring hangers. 7. Spring hangers with vertical -limit stops. 8. Thrust limits. 9. Pipe riser resilient supports. 10. Resilient pipe guides. 11. Seismic snubbers. 12. Restraining cables. Definitions: 1. A, Effective peak velocity related acceleration coefficient. 2. OSHPD: Office of Statewide Health Planning & Development for the State of California. OSHPD assigns a unique anchorage preapproval "R" number to each seismic restraint it tests_ The number describes a specific device applied as tested. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Component Seismic Coefficient: Refer to equipment schedule for value for each piece of equipment. Performance Criteria Factor: Refer to equipment schedule for value for each piece of equipment. Attachment Amplification Factor: Refer to equipment schedule for value for each piece of equipment. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Include load deflection curves for each vibration isolation device indicated. MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 15071 -1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Include the following: 1. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting vibration isolators and seismic restraints and for designing vibration isolation bases. 2. Riser Supports: Include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on building structure, spring deflection changes, and seismic loads. Include certification that riser system has been examined for excessive stress and that none will exist. 3. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include auxiliary motor slides and rails, base weights, equipment static loads, power transmission, component misalignment, and cantilever loads. 4. Seismic- Restraint Details: Detail fabrication and attachment of seismic restraints and snubbers. Show anchorage details and indicate quantity, diameter, and depth of penetration of anchors. 5. Details for Interlocking Snubbers: Include load deflection curves up to 112 -inch deflection in x, y, and z planes. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Seismic - restraint devices shall have horizontal and vertical load testing and analysis performed according to OSHPD and shall bear anchorage preapproval "R" number, from OSHPD or another agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, showing maximum seismic- restraint ratings. Ratings based on independent testing are preferred to ratings based on calculations. If preapproved ratings are not available, submittals based on independent testing are preferred. Calculations (including combining shear and tensile loads) to support seismic - restraint designs must be signed and sealed by a registered professional engineer. Testing and calculations must include both shear and tensile loads and 1 test or analysis at 45 deg rees to the weakest mode. B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code -- Steel." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified_ I L 0 u MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 15071 -2 1 1� L Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2.2 VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. Manufacturers: ' 1. Ace Mounting Co., Inc. 2. Amber /Booth Company, Inc. 3. B -Line Systems, Inc. 4. California Dynamics Corp. 5. Isolation Technology, Inc. 6. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 7. Mason Industries, Inc. 8. Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc. 9. Vibration Isolation Co., Inc. 10. Vibration Mountings & Controls /Korfund. ' B. Elastomeric Isolator Pads: Oil- and water - resistant elastomer or natural rubber, arranged in single or multiple layers, molded with a nonslip pattern and galvanized ' steel baseplates of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment. 1. Material: Standard neoprene. ' 2. Durometer Rating: 30. 3. Number of Layers: 1. C. Elastomeric Mounts: Double - deflection type, with molded, oil - resistant rubber or neoprene isolator elements with factory- drilled, encapsulated top plate for bolting to equipment and with baseplate for bolting to structure. Color -code or otherwise identify to indicate capacity range. 1. Durometer Rating: 30. D. Restrained Elastomeric Mounts: All-directional elastomeric mountings with seismic restraint. 1. Materials: Cast - ductile -iron housing containing two separate and opposing, molded, bridge - bearing neoprene elements that prevent central threaded sleeve and attachment bolt from contacting the casting during normal operation. 2. Neoprene: Shock - absorbing materials compounded according to the standard for bridge- bearing neoprene as defined by AASHTO. E. Spring Isolators: Freestanding, laterally stable, open- spring isolators. ' 1. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 2. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. ' 3. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness. 4. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. t MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 15071 -3 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 5. Baseplates: Factory drilled for bolting to structure and bonded to 1/4 -inch thick, rubber isolator pad attached to baseplate underside. Baseplates shall limit floor load to 100 psig . 6. Top Plate and Adjustment Bolt: Threaded top plate with adjustment bolt and cap screw to fasten and level equipment. F. Restrained Spring Isolators: Freestanding, steel, open- spring isolators with seismic restraint. 1. Housing: Steel with resilient vertical -limit stops to prevent spring extension due to wind loads or if weight is removed; factory- drilled baseplate bonded to 1/4 -inch thick, elastomeric isolator pad attached to baseplate underside; and adjustable equipment mounting and leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. G. Housed Spring Mounts: Housed spring isolator with integral seismic snubbers. 1. Housing: Ductile -iron or steel housing to provide all- directional seismic restraint. 2. Base: Factory drilled for bolting to structure. 3. Snubbers: Vertically adjustable to allow a maximum of 1/4 -inch travel before contacting a resilient collar. H. Elastomeric Hangers: Double- deflection type, with molded, oil- resistant rubber or neoprene isolator elements bonded to steel housings with threaded connections for hanger rods. Color -code or otherwise identify to indicate capacity range. Spring Hangers: Combination coil- spring and elastomeric -insert hanger with spring and insert in compression. 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 deg rees of angular hanger -rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil- resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel- washer- reinforced cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame. Spring Hangers with Vertical -Limit Stop: Combination coil - spring and elastomeric- insert hanger with spring and insert in compression and with a vertical -limit stop. MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 15071 -4 1 r] 11 7 i t n IF� 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 deg rees of angular hanger -rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil- resistant rubber or neoprene. 7. Adjustable Vertical Stop: Steel washer with neoprene washer "up- stop" on lower threaded rod. K. Thrust Limits: Combination coil spring and elastomeric insert with spring and insert in compression and with a load stop. Include rod and angle -iron brackets for attaching to equipment. 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 deg rees of angular rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil- resistant rubber or neoprene. 7. Coil Spring: Factory set and field adjustable for a maximum of 1/4 -inch movement at start and stop. L. Pipe Riser Resilient Support: All- directional, acoustical pipe anchor consisting of 2 steel tubes separated by a minimum of 1/2 -inch thick, 60- durometer neoprene. Include steel and neoprene vertical -limit stops arranged to prevent vertical travel in both directions. Design support for a maximum load on the isolation material of 500 psig and for equal resistance in all directions. M. Resilient Pipe Guides: Telescopic arrangement of 2 steel tubes separated by a minimum of 1/2 -inch thick, 60- durometer neoprene. Factory set guide height with a shear pin to allow vertical motion due to pipe expansion and contraction. Shear pin shall be removable and reinsertable to allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of motion to meet location requirements. 2.3 SEISMIC - RESTRAINT DEVICES A. Manufacturers: 1. Amber /Booth Company, Inc. 2. B -Line Systems, Inc. 3. California Dynamics Corp. I MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 15071 -5 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 4. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 5. Loos & Co., Inc.; Cableware Technology Division. 6. Mason Industries, Inc. 7. TOLCO Incorporated. 8. Unistrut Diversified Products Co.; Wayne Manufacturing Division. 9. Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc. 10. Vibration Isolation Co., Inc. 11. Vibration Mountings & Controls /Korfund. B. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: 1- piece, molded, bridge- bearing neoprene complying with AASHTO M 251 and having a durometer of 40, plus or minus 5, with a flat washer face. C. Seismic Snubbers: Factory fabricated using welded structural -steel shapes and plates, anchor bolts, and replaceable resilient isolation washers and bushings. 1. Anchor bolts for attaching to concrete shall be seismic- rated, drill -in, and stud - wedge or female -wedge type. 2. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: 1- piece, molded, bridge - bearing neoprene complying with AASHTO M 251 and having a durometer of 40, plus or minus 5. D. Restraining Cables: Galvanized steel aircraft cables with end connections made of steel assemblies that swivel to final installation angle and utilize two clamping bolts for cable engagement. E. Anchor Bolts: Seismic- rated, drill -in, and stud -wedge or female -wedge type. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 4881E 488M. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations as specified in Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories." B. Install thrust limits at centerline of thrust, symmetrical on either side of equipment. C. Install seismic snubbers on isolated equipment. Locate snubbers as close as possible to vibration isolators and bolt to equipment base and supporting structure. D. Install restraining cables at each trapeze and individual pipe hanger. At trapeze anchor locations, shackle piping to trapeze. Install cables so they do not bend across sharp edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. E. Install steel angles or channel, sized to prevent buckling, clamped with ductile -iron clamps to hanger rods for trapeze and individual pipe hangers. At trapeze anchor MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 15071 -6 I t k Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado locations, shackle piping to trapeze. Requirements apply equally to hanging equipment. Do not weld angles to rods. F. Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: 1. Inspect isolator seismic - restraint clearance. 2. Test isolator deflection. 3. Inspect minimum snubber clearances. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust isolators after piping systems have been filled and equipment is at operating weight. B. Adjust limit stops on restrained spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating height. After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact during normal operation. C. Attach thrust limits at centerline of thrust and adjust to a maximum of 1/4 -inch movement during start and stop. D. Adjust air spring leveling mechanism. E. Adjust active height of spring isolators. F. Adjust snubbers according to manufacturer's written recommendations. G. Adjust seismic restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of operation. H. Torque anchor bolts according to equipment manufacturer's written recommendations to resist seismic forces. END OF SECTION 15071 MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 15071 -7 Lion Square Lodge — North Buildin Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15075 - MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following mechanical identification materials and their installation: 1. Equipment nameplates. 2. Equipment markers. 3. Equipment signs. 4. Access panel and door markers. 5. Pipe markers. 6. Duct markers. 7. Valve tags. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME A13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems," for letter size, length of color field, colors, and viewing angles of identification devices for piping. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A. Equipment Nameplates: Metal, with data engraved or stamped, for permanent attachment on equipment. 1. Data: a_ Manufacturer, product name, model number, and serial number. b. Capacity, operating and power characteristics, and essential data. C. Labels of tested compliances. 2. Location: Accessible and visible. 3. Fasteners: As required to mount on equipment. MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION 15075 -1 1 Lion Sauare Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Equipment Markers: Engraved, color -coded laminated plastic. Include contact -type, permanent adhesive. 1. Terminology: Match schedules as closely as possible. 2. Data: a. Name and plan number. b. Equipment service. G. Design capacity. d. Other design parameters such as pressure drop, entering and leaving conditions, and speed. 3. Size: 2 -1/2 by 4 inches for control devices, dampers, and valves; 4 -1/2 by 6 inches for equipment. C. Equipment Signs: ASTM D 709, Type I, cellulose, paper -base, phenolic- resin - laminate engraving stock; Grade ES -2, black surface, black phenolic core, with white melamine subcore, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate in sizes required for message. Provide holes for mechanical fastening. 1. Data: Instructions for operation of-equipment and for safety procedures. 2. Engraving: Manufacturer's standard letter style, of sizes and with terms to match equipment identification. 3. Thickness: 1/8 inch , unless otherwise indicated. 4. Fasteners: Self- tapping, stainless -steel screws or contact -type, permanent adhesive. D. Access Panel and Door Markers: 1/16 -inch thick, engraved laminated plastic, with abbreviated terms and numbers corresponding to identification. Provide 1/8 -inch center hole for attachment. 1. Fasteners: Self- tapping, stainless -steel screws or contact -type, permanent adhesive. 2.2 PIPING IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A. Manufactured Pipe Markers, General: Preprinted, color- coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing direction of flow. 1. Colors: Comply with ASME A13.1, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Lettering: Use piping system terms indicated and abbreviate only as necessary for each application length. 3. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches : Full -band pipe markers extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location. 4. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches and Larger: Either full -band or strip -type pipe markers at least three times letter height and of length required for label. 5. Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions; or as separate unit on each pipe marker to indicate direction of flow. MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION 15075 -2 1 Ij i iJ t 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building M Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Pretensioned Pipe Markers: Precoiled semirigid plastic formed to cover full circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without adhesive. C. Shaped Pipe Markers: Preformed semirigid plastic formed to partially cover circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe with mechanical fasteners that do not penetrate insulation vapor barrier. D. Self - Adhesive Pipe Markers: Plastic with pressure- sensitive, permanent -type, self - adhesive back. E. Plastic Tape: Continuously printed, vinyl tape at least 3 mils thick with pressure - sensitive, permanent -type, self - adhesive back. 1. Width for Markers on Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches 3/4 inch minimum. 2. Width for Markers on Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches or Larger: 1- 1/2 inches minimum. 2.3 DUCT IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A. Duct Markers: Engraved, color -coded laminated plastic. Include direction and quantity of airflow and duct service (such as supply, return, and exhaust). Include contact -type, permanent adhesive. 2.4 VALVE TAGS A. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4 -inch letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2 -inch numbers, with numbering scheme. Provide 5/32 -inch hole for fastener. 1. Material: 0.032 -inch thick brass. 2. Valve -Tag Fasteners: Brass wire -link or beaded chain; or S -hook. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS, GENERAL A. Products specified are for applications referenced in other Division 15 Sections. If more than single -type material, device, or label is specified for listed applications, selection is Installer's option. 3.2 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. Install and permanently fasten equipment nameplates on each major item of mechanical equipment that does not have nameplate or has nameplate that is damaged or located where not easily visible. Locate nameplates where accessible and visible. Include nameplates for the following general categories of equipment: II MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION 15075 -3 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Fuel- burning units, including boilers, furnaces, heaters, stills, and absorption units. 2. Pumps, compressors, chillers, condensers, and similar motor - driven units. 3. Heat exchangers, coils, evaporators, cooling towers, heat recovery units, and similar equipment. 4. Fans, blowers, primary balancing dampers, and mixing boxes. 5. Packaged HVAC central - station and zone -type units. B. Install equipment markers with permanent adhesive on or near each major item of mechanical equipment. Data required for markers may be included on signs, and markers may be omitted if both are indicated. 1. Letter Size: Minimum 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches , 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches , and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two - thirds to three- fourths the size of principal lettering. 2. Data: Distinguish among multiple units, indicate operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, warn of hazards and improper operations, and identify units. 3. Locate markers where accessible and visible. Include markers for the following general categories of equipment: a. Main control and operating valves, including safety devices and hazardous units such as gas outlets. b. Meters, gages, thermometers, and similar units. C. Fuel- burning units, including boilers, furnaces, heaters, stills, and absorption units. d. Pumps, compressors, chillers, condensers, and similar motor- driven units. e. Heat exchangers, coils, evaporators, cooling towers, heat recovery units, and similar equipment. f. Fans, blowers, primary balancing dampers, and mixing boxes. g. Packaged HVAC central- station and zone -type units. h. Tanks and pressure vessels. i. Strainers, filters, humidifiers, water - treatment systems, and similar equipment. C. install equipment signs with screws or permanent adhesive on or near each major item of mechanical equipment. Locate signs where accessible and visible. 1. Identify mechanical equipment with equipment markers in the following color codes: a. Green: For cooling equipment and components. b. Yellow: For heating equipment and components. C. Orange: For combination cooling and heating equipment and components. d. Brown: For energy- reclamation equipment and components. 2. Letter Size: Minimum 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches , 112 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches , and proportionately 1 1 1 F1 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION 15075 -4 1 �I Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two- thirds to three - fourths the size of principal lettering. 3. Data: Distinguish among multiple units, indicate operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, warn of hazards and improper operations, and identify units. 4. Include signs for the following general categories of equipment: a. Main control and operating valves, including safety devices and hazardous units such as gas outlets. b. Fuel - burning units, including boilers, furnaces, heaters, stills, and absorption units. C. Pumps, compressors, chillers, condensers, and similar motor- driven units. d. Heat exchangers, coils, evaporators, cooling towers, heat recovery units, and similar equipment. e. Fans, blowers, primary balancing dampers, and mixing boxes. f. Packaged HVAC central- station and zone -type units. g. Tanks and pressure vessels. h. Strainers, filters, humidifiers, water - treatment systems, and similar equipment. D. Install access panel markers with screws on equipment access panels. t - 3.3 PIPING IDENTIFICATION A. Install manufactured pipe markers indicating service on each piping system. Install with flow indication arrows showing direction of flow. 1. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches : Pretensioned pipe markers. Use size to ensure a tight fit. 2. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches : Self- adhesive pipe markers. Use color- coded, self - adhesive plastic tape, at least 3/4 inch wide, lapped at least 1 -1/2 inches at both ends of pipe marker, and covering full circumference of pipe. 3. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches and Larger: Shaped pipe markers. Use size to match pipe and secure with fasteners. 4. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches and Larger: Self- adhesive pipe markers. Use color - coded, self- adhesive plastic tape, at least 1 -1/2 inches wide, lapped at least 3 inches at both ends of pipe marker, and covering full circumference of pipe. B. Locate pipe markers and color bands where piping is exposed in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior nonconcealed locations as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. ' 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and nonaccessible enclosures. ' MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION 15075 -5 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced markers. 3.4 DUCT IDENTIFICATION A. Install duct markers with permanent adhesive on air ducts in the following color codes: 1. Green: For cold -air supply ducts. 2. Yellow: For hot -air supply ducts. 3. Blue: For exhaust -, outside -, relief -, return -, and mixed -air ducts. 4. Letter Size: Minimum 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two - thirds to three - fourths the size of principal lettering. B. Locate markers near points where ducts enter into concealed spaces and at maximum intervals of 50 feet in each space where ducts are exposed or concealed by removable ceiling system. 3.5 VALVE -TAG INSTALLATION A. Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves; valves within factory- fabricated equipment units; plumbing fixture supply stops; shutoff valves; faucets; convenience and lawn- watering hose connections; and HVAC terminal devices and similar roughing -in connections of end -use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule_ B. Valve -Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color scheme and with captions similar to those indicated in the following: 1. Valve -Tag Size and Shape: a. Cold Water: 1 -1/2 inches, round. b. Hot Water: 1 -1/2 inches, round. C. Gas: 1 -1/2 inches, round. d. Steam: 1 -112 inches, round. 2. Valve -Tag Color: a. Cold Water: Black. b. Hot Water: Black. C. Gas: Black. d. Steam: Black. 1 I� t 1 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION 15075 -6 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Buildin Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3. Letter Color: a. Cold Water: White. b. Hot Water: White. C. Gas: White. d. Steam: White. 3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Relocate mechanical identification materials and devices that have become visually blocked by other work. B. Clean faces of mechanical identification devices. END OF SECTION 15075 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION 15075 -7 Lion Square Lodge --North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15080 - MECHANICAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes mechanical insulation for boiler breeching, duct, equipment, and pipe, including the following: 1. Insulation Materials: a. Cellular glass. b. Flexible elastomeric. C. Mineral fiber. d. Polyolefin. e. Polystyrene. 2. Fire -rated insulation systems. 3. Insulating cements. 4. Adhesives. 5. Mastics. 6. Sealants. 7. Factory- applied jackets_ 8. Field - applied fabric - reinforcing mesh. 9. Field- applied jackets. 10. Tapes. 11. Securements_ 12. Corner angles. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show details for the following: 1. Application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2. Attachment and covering of heat tracing inside insulation. 3. Insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation. 4. Insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each type of insulation. 5. Removable insulation at piping specialties, equipment connections, and access panels. 6. Application of field- applied jackets. 7. Application at linkages of control devices. 8. Field application for each equipment type. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -1 Lion Square Lodge - _North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado C. Field quality - control inspection reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire - test- response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame- spread index of 25 or less, and smoke - developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame- spread index of 75 or less, and smoke - developed index of 150 or less. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. 3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Refer to Part 3 schedule articles for requirements about where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C_ Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -2 1 t I� 1 J 1 1 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. F. Cellular Glass: Inorganic, incombustible, foamed or cellulated glass with annealed, rigid, hermetically sealed cells. Factory- applied jacket requirements are specified in Part 2 "Factory- Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: a. Cell -U -Foam Corporation; Ultra -CUF. b. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Foamglas Super K. 2. Block Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type I. 3. Special- Shaped Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type Ill. 4. Board Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type IV. 5. Preformed Pipe Insulation without Jacket: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 1. 6. Preformed Pipe Insulation with Factory- Applied ASJ: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 2. 7. Factory fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585. G. Flexible Elastomeric: Closed -cell, sponge- or expanded- rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet materials. 1. Products: a. Aeroflex USA Inc.; Aerocel. b. Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex. C. RBX Corporation; Insul -Sheet 1800 and Insul -Tube 180. H. Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type I. Factory- applied jacket requirements are specified in Part 2 "Factory- Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: a. CertainTeed Corp.; Duct Wrap. b. Johns Manville; Microlite. C. Knauf Insulation; Duct Wrap. d. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley Wrap. e. Owens Corning; All- Service Duct Wrap. I. High- Temperature, Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type V, without factory - applied jacket. 1. Products: a. Johns Manville; HTB 23 Spin -Glas. b. Owens Corning; High Temperature Flexible Batt Insulations. r MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -3 I[] . Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado Mineral -Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. For duct and plenum applications, provide insulation without factory- applied jacket. For equipment applications, provide insulation without factory- applied jacket. Factory- applied jacket requirements are specified in Part 2 "Factory- Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: a. CertainTeed Corp.; Commercial Board. b. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; FBX. C. Johns Manville; 800 Series Spin -Glas. d. Knauf Insulation; Insulation Board. e. Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Board. f. Owens Corning; Fiberglas 700 Series. K. High - Temperature, Mineral -Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type III, without factory- applied jacket. Products: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; FBX. - b. Johns Manville; 1000 Series Spin -Glas. C. Owens Corning; High Temperature Industrial Board Insulations. d. Rock Wool Manufacturing Company; Delta Board. e. Roxul Inc.; Roxul RW. f. Thermafiber, Thermafiber Industrial Felt. Mineral - Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation: Products: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Coreplus 1200. b. Johns Manville; Micro -Lok. C. Knauf Insulation; 1000 Pipe Insulation. d. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley -K. e. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation. 2. Type 1, 850 deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, without factory- applied jacket. Factory- applied jacket requirements are specified in Part 2 "Factory- Applied Jackets" Article. 3. Type II, 1200 deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type 11, Grade A, without factory- applied jacket. Factory- applied jacket requirements are specified in Part 2 "Factory - Applied Jackets" Article. M. Mineral - Fiber, Pipe Insulation Wicking System: Preformed pipe insulation complying with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with absorbent cloth factory applied to the entire inside surface of preformed pipe insulation and extended through the longitudinal joint u i 1 1 1 MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -4 1 1 L I Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado to outside surface of insulation under insulation jacket. Factory apply a white, polymer, vapor- retarder jacket with self - sealing adhesive tape seam and evaporation holes running continuously along the longitudinal seam, exposing the absorbent cloth. 1. Products: a. Knauf Insulation; Permawick Pipe Insulation. b. Owens Corning; VaporWick Pipe Insulation. N. Mineral- Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Semirigid board material with factory- applied ASJ complying with ASTM C 1393, Type II or Type IIIA Category 2, or with properties similar to ASTM C 612, Type IB. Nominal density is 2.5 lb/cu. ft. or more. Thermal conductivity (k- value) at 100 deg F is 0.29 Btu x in. /h x sq. ft. x deg F or less. Factory- applied jacket requirements are specified in Part 2 "Factory- Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: a. CertainTeed Corp.; CrimpWrap. b. Johns Manville; MicroFlex. C. Knauf Insulation; Pipe and Tank Insulation. d. Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Flex. e. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe and Tank Insulation. O. Polyolefin: Unicellular, polyethylene thermal plastic insulation. Comply with ASTM C 534 or ASTM C 1427, Type I, Grade 1 for tubular materials and Type II, Grade 1 for sheet materials. 1. Products: a. Armacell LLC; Tubolit. b. Nomaco Inc.; IMCOLOCK, IMCOSHEET, NOMALOCK, and NOMAPLY. C. RBX Corporation; Therma -cell. P. Polystyrene: Rigid, extruded cellular polystyrene intended for use as thermal insulation. Comply with ASTM C 578, Type IV or Type XIII, except thermal conductivity (k- value) shall not exceed 0.26 Btu x in. /h x sq. ft. x deg F after 180 days of aging. Fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585. ' 1. Products: a. Dow Chemical Company (The); Styrofoam. b. Knauf Insulation; Knauf Polystyrene_ 2.3 FIRE -RATED INSULATION SYSTEMS A. Description: High- temperature, flexible, blanket insulation with FSK jacket that is UL tested and certified to provide a 2 -hour fire rating. 1. Products: 1 MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -5 Fl Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado a. CertainTeed Corp.; FlameChek. b. Johns Manville; Firetemp Wrap. C. Nelson Firestop Products; Nelson FSB Flameshield Blanket. d. Thermal Ceramics; FireMaster Duct Wrap. e. 3M; Fire Barrier Wrap Products. f. Unifrax Corporation; FyreWrap. g. Vesuvius; PYROSCAT FP FASTR Duct Wrap. 2.4 INSULATING CEMENTS A. Mineral- Fiber, Hydraulic- Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449/C 449M. 1. Products: a. Insulco, Division of MFS, Inc.; SmoothKote. b. P. K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc.; PK No. 127, and Quik -Cote. C. Rock Wool Manufacturing Company; Delta One Shot. 2.5 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated. B. Cellular -Glass and Polystyrene Adhesive: Solvent -based resin adhesive, with a service temperature range of minus 75 to plus 300 deg F. 1. Products: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -96. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 81 -33. C. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL- A- 24179A, Type 11, Class I. 1. Products: a. Aeroflex USA Inc.; Aeroseal. b. Armacell LCC; 520 Adhesive. C. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85 -75. d. RBX Corporation; Rubatex Contact Adhesive. D. Mineral -Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL- A- 3316C, Class 2, Grade A. 1. Products: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -82. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85 -20. C. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S- 90/80. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -6 Lion Souare Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225. e. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 22 -25. E. ASJ Adhesive, and FSK and PVDC Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL- A- 3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 1. Products: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -82. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85 -20. C. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S- 90/80. d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225. e. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 22 -25. F. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket. 1. Products: a. Dow Chemical Company (The); 739, Dow Silicone. b. Johns - Manville; Zeston Perma -Weld, CEEL -TITE Solvent Welding Adhesive. C. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; Welding Adhesive. d. Red Devil, Inc.; Celulon Ultra Clear. e. Speedline Corporation; Speedline Vinyl Adhesive. 2.6 MASTICS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates: Comply with MIL-C-1 9565C, Type II. B. Vapor- Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on below ambient services. 1. Products: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -35. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30 -90. C. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; CB -50. d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 590. e. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 55 -40. f. Vimasco Corporation; 749. 2. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43 -mil dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F. 4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 59 percent by volume and 71 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. II MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -7 Lion Square Lodge - North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado C. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above ambient services. 1. Products: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -10. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 35 -00. C. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; CB- 05115. d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 550. e. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 55 -50. f. Vimasco Corporation; WC- 11WC -5. 2. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 3 perms at 0.0625 -inch dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 200 deg F. 4. Solids Content: 63 percent by volume and 73 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. 2.7 SEALANTS A. Joint Sealants: 1. Joint Sealants for Cellular -Glass Products: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -76. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30 -45. C. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405. d. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 44 -05. e. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Pittseal 444. f. Vimasco Corporation; 750. 2. Joint Sealants for Polystyrene Products: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -70. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30- 45130 -46. C. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405. d. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 44 -05. e. Vimasco Corporation; 750. 3. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 4. Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant. 5. Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F_ 6. Color: White or gray. B. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -76 -8. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -8 7 Lion Square Lodge — North Buildinq Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1 1 1 1 1 � 2e 1 p 1 1 1 1 1 1 b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 95-44. C. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405. d. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 44 -05. e. Vimasco Corporation; 750. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water- resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 5. Color: Aluminum. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: Products: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -76. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water- resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 5. Color: White. FACTORY - APPLIED JACKETS Insulation system schedules indicate factory- applied jackets on various applications. When factory- applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. ASJ: White, kraft - paper, fiberglass- reinforced scrim with aluminum -foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 2. ASJ -SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure- sensitive, acrylic -based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 3. FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil, fiberglass- reinforced scrim with kraft -paper backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type 11. 4. FSP Jacket: Aluminum -foil, fiberglass- reinforced scrim with polyethylene backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type 11. 5. PVDC Jacket for Indoor Applications: 4 -mil thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.02 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame- spread index of 5 and a smoke - developed index of 20 when tested according to ASTM E 84. 6. PVDC Jacket for Outdoor Applications: 6 -mil thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.01 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame- spread index of 5 and a smoke - developed index of 25 when tested according to ASTM E 84. 7. PVDC -SSL Jacket: PVDC jacket with a self - sealing, pressure- sensitive, acrylic - based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip. a. Products: 1) Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -9 Lion S uare Lodge — North Buildin Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 8. Vinyl Jacket: UL -rated white vinyl with a permeance of 1.3 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96, Procedure A, and complying with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B. 2.9 FIELD - APPLIED JACKETS A. Field - applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. B. FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil -face, fiberglass- reinforced scrim with kraft -paper backing. C. PVC Jacket: High- impact- resistant, UV- resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784, Class 16354 -C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in field- applied jacket schedules. 1. Products: a. Johns Manville; Zeston. b. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; FG Series. C. Proto PVC Corporation; LoSmoke. d. Speedline Corporation; SmokeSafe. 2. Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer. 3. Color: White. 4. Factory- fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field fabricate. a. Shapes: 45- and 90- degree, short- and long- radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges, unions, reducers, end caps, soil -pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P -trap and supply covers for lavatories. 5. Factory- fabricated tank heads and tank side panels. D. Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105 or 5005, Temper H -14. 1. Products: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; Metal Jacketing Systems. b. PABCO Metals Corporation; Surefit. C. RPR Products, Inc.; Insul -Mate. 2. Sheet and roll stock ready for shop or field sizing. 3. Finish and thickness are indicated in field - applied jacket schedules. 4. Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 1 -mil thick, heat - bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 5. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3 -mil thick, heat - bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 6_ Factory- Fabricated Fitting Covers: MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -10 1 Lion Square bodge — North Buildin I Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado a. Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket. b. Preformed 2 -piece or gore, 45- and 90- degree, short- and long- radius elbows. C. Tee covers. d. Flange and union covers. e. End caps. f. Beveled collars. g. Valve covers. h. Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory - fabricated fitting covers are not available. E. Underground Direct- Buried Jacket: 125 -mil thick vapor barrier and waterproofing membrane consisting of a rubberized bituminous resin reinforced with a woven -glass fiber or polyester scrim and laminated aluminum foil. 1. Products: a. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Pittwrap. b. Polyguard; Insulrap No Torch 125. F. Self- Adhesive Outdoor Jacket: 60 -mil thick, laminated vapor barrier and waterproofing ' membrane for installation over insulation located aboveground outdoors; consisting of a rubberized bituminous resin on a crosslaminated polyethylene film covered with white aluminum -foil facing. 1. Products: a. Polyguard; Alumaguard 60. I G. PVDC Jacket for Indoor Applications: 4 -mil thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.02 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame- spread index of 5 and a smoke - developed index of 20 when tested according to ASTM E 84. 1. Products: a. Dow Chemical Company (The), Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film. H. PVDC Jacket for Outdoor Applications: 6 -mil thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.01 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame- spread index of 5 and a smoke - developed index of 25 when tested according to ASTM E 84. 1. Products: a. Dow Chemical Company (The), Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film. I. PVDC -SSL Jacket: PVDC jacket with a self- sealing, pressure - sensitive, acrylic -based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip. II MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -11 Lion Square Lodge - North Building Lion Square Lodge ' Vail, Colorado 2.10 TAPES , A. ASJ Tape: White vapor- retarder tape matching factory- applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136 and UL listed. 1. Width: 3 inches. 2. Thickness: 11.5 mils. 3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force /inch in width. ' 4. Elongation: 2 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 40 Ibf /inch in width. 6. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B. FSK Tape: Foil -face, vapor- retarder tape matching factory- applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C 1136 and UL listed. 1. Width: 3 inches. 2. Thickness: 6.5 mils. 3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force /inch in width. 4. Elongation: 2 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 40 Ibf /inch in width. 6. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape. ' C. PVC Tape: White vapor - retarder tape matching field- applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive. Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. 1. Width: 2 inches. 2. Thickness: 6 mils. 3. Adhesion: 64 ounces force /inch in width. 4. Elongation: 500 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 18 Ibf /inch in width. D. Aluminum -Foil Tape: Vapor - retarder tape with acrylic adhesive and UL listed. 1. Width: 2 inches. 2. Thickness: 3.7 mils. 3. Adhesion: 100 ounces force /inch in width. ' 4. Elongation: 5 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 34 Ibf /inch in width. E. PVDC Tape for Indoor Applications: White vapor- retarder PVDC tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Width: 3 inches. , 2. Film Thickness: 4 mils. 3. Adhesive Thickness: 1.5 mils. 4. Elongation at Break: 145 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 55 Ibf /inch in width. F. PVDC Tape for Outdoor Applications: White vapor- retarder PVDC tape with acrylic adhesive_ MECHANICAL INSULATION t 15080 -12 I MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -13 Lion Square Lodge -- Nort h Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Width: 3 inches. 2. Film Thickness: 6 mils. 3. Adhesive Thickness: 1.5 mils. 4. Elongation at Break: 145 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 55 Ibf /inch in width. 2.11 SECUREMENTS A. Aluminum Bands: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H -14, 0.020 inch thick, 112 inch wide with wing seal. B. Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated -Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self - locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: 1. Baseplate: Perforated, galvanized carbon -steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 2 inches square. 2. Spindle: Copper- or zinc - coated, low carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106 -inch diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. 3. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates. r C. Nonmetal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated -Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate fastened to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self - locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: 1. Baseplate: Perforated, nylon sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 1 -112 inches in diameter. 2. Spindle: Nylon, 0.106 -inch diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated, up to 2 -1/2 inches_ 3. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates. D. Self- Sticking -Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is ' capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self - locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: 1. Baseplate: Galvanized carbon -steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 2 inches square. 2. Spindle: Copper- or zinc - coated, low carbon fully steel, annealed, 0.106 -inch diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. 3. Adhesive- backed base with a peel -off protective cover. E. Insulation- Retaining Washers: Self- locking washers formed from 0.016 -inch thick, galvanized -steel sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1 -1/2 inches in diameter. I MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -13 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Protect ends with capped self - locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure permanent retention of cap in exposed locations. F. Nonmetal Insulation- Retaining Washers: Self- locking washers formed from 0.016 -inch thick nylon sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1 -1/2 inches in diameter. G. Staples: Outward - clinching insulation staples, nominal 314 -inch wide, stainless steel or Monel. H. Wire: 0.062 -inch soft - annealed, stainless steel. 2.12 CORNER ANGLES A. PVC Corner Angles: 30 mils thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, PVC according to ASTM D 1784, Class 16354 -C. White or color -coded to match adjacent surface. B. Aluminum Corner Angles: 0.040 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, aluminum according to ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105 or 5005; Temper H -14. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. B. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation. C. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless -steel surfaces, use demineralized water. 3.2 COMMON INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of equipment, ducts and fittings, and piping including fittings, valves, and specialties. B. Install insulation with tightly butted joints free of voids and gaps. Vapor barriers shall be continuous. Before installing jacket material, install vapor- barrier system. C. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of equipment, duct system, and pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -14 1 1 J 1 1 11 C t 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado D. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. E. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. F. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. G. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. H. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. J. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. K. Hangers and Anchors: Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor - barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor- barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. L. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. M. Install insulation with factory- applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3 -inch wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1 -1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self - sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches O.C. a. For below ambient services, apply vapor - barrier mastic over staples. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -15 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 4. Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor- barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct and pipe flanges and fittings. N. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. O. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. P. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. Q. For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. Vibration - control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Manholes. 5. Handholes. 6. Cleanouts_ 3.3 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seat joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Below -Grade Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -16 s 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado r i 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches. 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. D. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. E. Insulation Installation at Fire -Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through penetrations of fire -rated walls and partitions. Terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves for fire -rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate damper sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches. 1. Firestopping and fire- resistive joint sealers are specified in Division 7 Section "Through- Penetration Firestop Systems." Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: F 1. Duct: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations that are not fire rated. For penetrations through fire -rated assemblies, terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves and externally insulate damper sleeve beyond floor to match adjacent duct insulation. Overlap damper sleeve and duct insulation at least 2 inches. 2. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations. 3. Seal penetrations through fire -rated assemblies according to Division 7 Section "Through- Penetration Firestop Systems." DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION INSTALLATION Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 0 e MECHANICAL INSULATION 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. 3. Install either capacitor- discharge -weld pins and speed washers or cupped -head, capacitor - discharge -weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, place pins 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. C. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. 1 5080 -17 I Lion Souare Lodge — North Buildinq Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado e. Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers. f. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from 1 edge and 1 end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2 -inch outward - clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory - or field- applied jacket, adhesive, vapor- barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor- barrier seal. b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18 -foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor- barrier mastic applied in a Z- shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to 2 times the insulation thickness but not less than 3 inches. 5. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end joints. At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches O.C. 6. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. 7_ Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6 -inch wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c. B. Board Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. 3. Install either capacitor - discharge -weld pins and speed washers or cupped -head, capacitor- discharge -weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, space pins 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. C. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. �I s 1 u fl MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -18 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Buildinq ' Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado ' e. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. t 4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from 1 edge and 1 end of ' insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 112 -inch outward - clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field- applied jacket, adhesive, vapor- barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, ' seams, and protrusions. a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor- barrier seal. ' b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18 -foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor- barrier mastic applied in a Z- shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and ' over the surface_ Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to 2 times the insulation thickness but not less than 3 inches. 5. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation ' section for each surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as possible to outside and inside radius of elbows. 6. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation ' surface with 6 -inch wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c. ' 3.5 EQUIPMENT, TANK, AND VESSEL INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Secure insulation with adhesive and anchor pins and speed washers. ' 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of tank and vessel surfaces. ' 2. Groove and score insulation materials to fit as closely as possible to equipment, including contours. Bevel insulation edges for cylindrical surfaces for tight joints. Stagger end joints. 3. Protect exposed corners with secured corner angles. 4. Install adhesively attached or self- sticking insulation hangers and speed washers on sides of tanks and vessels as follows: ' a. Do not weld anchor pins to ASME - labeled pressure vessels. b. Select insulation hangers and adhesive that are compatible with service temperature and with substrate. c_ On tanks and vessels, maximum anchor -pin spacing is 3 inches from ' insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. in both directions. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e. Cut and miter insulation segments to fit curved sides and domed heads of ' tanks and vessels. f. Impale insulation over anchor pins and attach speed washers. I MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -19 J Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado g. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 5. Secure each layer of insulation with stainless -steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation materials. 6. Where insulation hangers on equipment and vessels are not permitted or practical and where insulation support rings are not provided, install a girdle network for securing insulation. Stretch prestressed aircraft cable around the diameter of vessel and make taut with clamps, turnbuckles, or breather springs. Place one circumferential girdle around equipment approximately 6 inches from each end. Install wire or cable between two circumferential girdles 12 inches o.c. Install a wire ring around each end and around outer periphery of center openings, and stretch prestressed aircraft cable radially from the wire ring to nearest circumferential girdle. Install additional circumferential girdles along the body of equipment or tank at a minimum spacing of 48 inches o.c. Use this network for securing insulation with tie wire or bands. 7. Stagger joints between insulation layers at least 3 inches. 8. Install insulation in removable segments on equipment access doors, manholes, handholes, and other elements that require frequent removal for service and inspection. 9. Bevel and seal insulation ends around manholes, handholes, ASME stamps, and nameplates. 10. For equipment with surface temperatures below ambient, apply vapor- barrier mastic to open ends, joints, seams, breaks, and punctures in insulation. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from 1 edge and 1 end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2 -inch outward - clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field - applied jacket, adhesive, vapor- barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor- barrier seal. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation Installation for Tanks and Vessels: Install insulation over entire surface of tanks and vessels. 1. Apply 100 percent coverage of adhesive to surface with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 2. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints. C. Insulation Installation on Pumps: 1. Fabricate metal boxes lined with insulation. Fit boxes around pumps and coincide box joints with splits in pump casings. Fabricate joints with outward bolted flanges. Bolt flanges on 6 -inch centers, starting at corners. Install 3/8- inch diameter fasteners with wing nuts. Alternatively, secure the box sections together using a latching mechanism. 2. Fabricate boxes from galvanized steel, at least 0.050 inch thick. 3. For below ambient services, install a vapor barrier at seams, joints, and penetrations. Seal between flanges with replaceable gasket material to form a vapor barrier. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -20 C s u L n Lion Souare Lodge — North Building ' Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3.6 PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Requirements in this Article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. B. Secure single -layer insulation with bands at 12 -inch intervals and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. C. Install 2 -layer insulation with joints tightly butted and staggered at least 3 inches. Secure inner layer with 0.062 -inch wire spaced at 12 -inch intervals. Secure outer layer with bands at 12 -inch intervals. D. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor- retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. E. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of insulating cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor - barrier mastic for below ambient services and a breather mastic for above ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric- reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well- shaped contour. F. For services not specified to receive a field - applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape. G. H Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "UNION." Match size and color of pipe labels. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of preformed insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. Orient longitudinal joints between half sections in 3 and 9 o'clock positions on the pipe_ 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor- barrier mastic and joint sealant. 3. For insulation with factory- applied jackets on above ambient services, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c. 4. For insulation with factory- applied jackets with vapor barriers, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive or tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor- barrier mastic. 5. For insulation with factory- applied jackets on below ambient services, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor - barrier mastic and flashing sealant. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. I MECHANICAL INSULATION [KI& IM Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of same insulation material and thickness as pipe insulation. 4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant. 5. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: I. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. 2. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. K. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing -box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. 3. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 4. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket_ Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. 5. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. L. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes, vessels, and equipment. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -22 L 1 C 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Buildin I g Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1 M. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the following: 1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation. 2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless -steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. 3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges except divide the two -part section on the vertical center line of valve body. 4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless -steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. 5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field- applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket. N. Special Installation Requirements for Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Insulation: 1. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 2. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: a. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. b. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. C. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. d. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: a. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation. b. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. I MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -23 r Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3.7 FIELD - APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION A. Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. Draw jacket material smooth and tight. 2. Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket. 3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 4. Install jacket with 1 -1/2 -inch laps at longitudinal seams and 3 -inch wide joint strips at end joints. 5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor- retarder jackets and exposed insulation with vapor - retarder mastic. B. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1 -inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints; for horizontal applications, install with longitudinal seams along top and bottom of tanks and vessels. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along seam and joint edge. C. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2 -inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with . stainless -steel bands 12 inches o.c. and at end joints. D. Where PVDC jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. Apply three separate wraps of filament tape per insulation section to secure pipe insulation to pipe prior to installation of PVDC jacket. 2. Wrap factory- presized jackets around individual pipe insulation sections with one end overlapping the previously installed sheet. Install presized jacket with an approximate overlap at butt joint of 2 inches over the previous section. Adhere lap seal using adhesive or SSL, and then apply 1 -1/4 circumferences of appropriate PVDC tape around overlapped butt joint. 3. Continuous jacket can be spiral wrapped around a length of pipe insulation. Apply adhesive or PVDC tape at overlapped spiral edge. When electing to use adhesives, refer to manufacturer's written instructions for application of adhesives along this spiral edge to maintain a permanent bond. 4. Jacket can be wrapped in cigarette fashion along length of roll for insulation systems with an outer circumference of 33 -1/2 inches or less. The 33 -1/2 -inch circumference limit allows for 2 -inch overlap seal. Using the length of roll allows for longer sections of jacket to be installed at one time. Use adhesive on the lap seal. Visually inspect lap seal for "fishmouthing," and use PVDC tape along lap seal to secure joint. 5. Repair holes or tears in PVDC jacket by placing PVDC tape over the hole or tear and wrapping a minimum of 1 -1/4 circumferences to avoid damage to tape edges. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -24 1 t 1 t n 7 Lion Square Lodge -- North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado n 1 t t 3.8 FIRE -RATED INSULATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Where fire -rated insulation system is indicated, secure system to ducts and duct hangers and supports to maintain a continuous UL- listed fire rating. B. Insulate duct access panels and doors to achieve same fire rating as duct. C. Install firestopping at penetrations through fire -rated assemblies. Fire -stop systems are specified in Division 7 Section "Through- Penetration Firestop Systems." 3.9 FINISHES A. Duct, Equipment, and Pipe Insulation with ASJ or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket as specified in Division 9 painting Sections. 1. Apply two finish coats of interior, flat, latex - emulsion size over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. C. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work. D. Do not field paint aluminum jackets. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Inspect ductwork, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field- applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to one location(s) for each duct system defined in the "Duct Insulation Schedule, General" Article. 2. Inspect field - insulated equipment, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field- applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to one location(s) for each type of equipment defined in the "Equipment Insulation Schedule" Article. For large equipment, remove only a portion adequate to determine compliance. 3. Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field- applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to three locations of straight pipe, three locations of threaded fittings, three locations of welded fittings, two locations of threaded strainers, two locations of welded strainers, three locations of threaded valves, and three locations of flanged valves for each pipe service defined in the "Piping Insulation Schedule, General' Article. t MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -25 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection , reveals noncompliance with requirements. Remove defective Work. C. Install new insulation and jackets to replace insulation and jackets removed for ' inspection. Repeat inspection procedures after new materials are installed. 3.11 BOILER BREECHING INSULATION SCHEDULE ' A. Exposed, Breeching and Connector Insulation: High - temperature mineral -fiber blanket, 3 inches thick and 3- lb /cu. ft. nominal density. ' B. Concealed, Breeching and Connector Insulation: High- temperature mineral -fiber blanket, 3 inches thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. 3.12 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Plenums and Ducts Requiring Insulation: ' 1. Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air. , 2. Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air. 3. Indoor, concealed return located in nonconditioned space. 4. Indoor, exposed return located in nonconditioned space. B. Items Not Insulated: ' 1. Fibrous -glass ducts. ' 2. Metal ducts with duct liner of sufficient thickness to comply with energy code and ASHRAE /IESNA 90.1. 3. Factory- insulated flexible ducts. 4. Factory- insulated plenums and casings. ' 5. Flexible connectors. 6. Vibration- control devices. 7. Factory- insulated access panels and doors. I 3.13 INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Concealed, Supply-Air Duct and Plenum Insulation: Mineral -fiber blanket , , 1 -1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. B. Concealed, Outdoor -Air Duct and Plenum Insulation: Mineral -fiber blanket, 1 -1/2 , 3 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. C. Exposed, Supply -Air Duct and Plenum Insulation: Mineral -fiber board, 1 -112 inches , thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. € D. Exposed, Outdoor -Air Duct and Plenum Insulation: Mineral -fiber board, 1 -112 inches ' thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -26 4 Lion Square Lodge — North Buildin ' Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3.14 EQUIPMENT INSULATION SCHEDULE ' A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are identified below. If more than one material is listed for a type of equipment, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. B. Insulate indoor and outdoor equipment in paragraphs below that is not factory insulated. ' C. Heat - Exchanger (Water -to -Water for Heating Service) Insulation: Mineral -fiber pipe and tank, 2 inches thick. ' D. Chilled -water pump insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral -fiber board, 2 inches thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. E. Dual- service heating and cooling pump insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral -fiber board, 2 inches thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. F. Heating- Hot -Water Pump Insulation: Mineral -fiber board, 2 inches thick. G. Chilled -water expansion /compression tank insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral -fiber pipe and tank, 1 inch thick. H. Dual- service heating and cooling expansion /compression tank insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral -fiber pipe and tank, 1 inch thick. I. Heating- Hot -Water Expansion /Compression Tank Insulation: Mineral -fiber pipe and tank, 1 inch thick. ' J. Chilled -water air - separator insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral -fiber pipe and tank, 1 inch thick. K. Dual- service heating and cooling air - separator insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral -fiber pipe and tank, 1 inch thick. L. Heating- Hot -Water Air - Separator Insulation: Mineral -fiber pipe and tank, 2 inches thick. M. Domestic Hot -Water Storage Tank Insulation: Mineral -fiber pipe and tank, 4 inches thick. N. Domestic Water Storage Tank Insulation: Mineral -fiber pipe and tank, 4 inches thick. 3.15 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. bI MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -27 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following: 1. Fire - suppression piping. 2. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces. 3. Below -grade piping. 4. Chrome - plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury. 3.16 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Domestic Hot and Recirculated Hot Water: Mineral -fiber pipe insulation, Type I, 1/2 inch thick. B. Exposed Sanitary Drains, Domestic Water, Domestic Hot Water, and Stops for Plumbing Fixtures for People with Disabilities: Polyolefin, 1/2 inch thick. C. Chilled Water, above 40 Deg F: Insulation shall be the following: 1. Pipe Size 1 -1/2 inch and smaller: mineral- fiber, preformed pipe, Type I, 1 inch thick. 2. Pipe Size 2 inch and larger: mineral - fiber, preformed pipe, Type I, 1 -1/2 inches thick. D. Heating -Hot -Water Supply and Return, 200 Deg F and below: Insulation shall be the following: 1. Pipe Size 1 -112 inch and smaller: mineral - fiber, preformed pipe, Type I, 1 inch thick. 2. Pipe Size 2 inch and larger: mineral - fiber, preformed pipe, Type I, 2 inches thick. 3.17 OUTDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Loose -fill insulation, for belowground piping, is specified in Division 2 piping distribution Sections. B. Domestic Water Piping: Insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral -fiber pipe insulation, Type I, 2 inches thick. C. Domestic Hot and Recirculated Hot Water: Insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral -fiber pipe insulation, Type I, 2 inches thick. D. Chilled Water and Brine: Insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral -fiber pipe insulation, Type I, 3 inches thick. E. Heating- Hot -Water Supply and Return, 200 Deg F and below: Insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral -fiber pipe insulation, Type I, 2 inches thick. END OF SECTION 15080 MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080 -28 Lion Square Lodge — North Building ' Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado ' SECTION 15110 - VALVES PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following general - duty valves: ' 1. Copper -alloy ball valves. 2. Ferrous -alloy butterfly valves. 3. Bronze check valves. 4. Gray -iron swing check valves. 5. Spring- loaded, lift -disc check valves. 6. Bronze gate valves. 7. Cast -iron gate valves. 8. Bronze globe valves. 9. Cast -iron globe valves. B. See Division 2 piping Sections for general -duty and specialty valves for site ' construction piping. M C. See Division 13 fire - suppression piping and fire pump Sections for fire- protection valves. D. See Division 15 Section "HVAC Instrumentation and Controls" for control valves and actuators. E. See Division 15 piping Sections for specialty valves applicable to those Sections only. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve indicated. Include body, seating, and trim materials; valve design; pressure and temperature classifications; end connections; arrangement; dimensions; and required clearances. Include list indicating valve and its application. Include rated capacities; furnished specialties; and accessories. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASME Compliance: ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. 1. Exceptions: Domestic hot- and cold -water piping valves unless referenced. B. ASME Compliance for Ferrous Valves: ASME B16.10 and ASME 1316.34 for dimension and design criteria. C. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 for valve materials for potable -water service. VALVES 15110 -1 F� Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado PART 2- PRODUCTS I 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by ' the manufacturers specified. 2.2 VALVES, 1 l GENERAL � A. Refer to Part 3 "Valve Applications" Article for applications of valves. i {✓ B. Bronze Valves: NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends, unless otherwise indicated. C. Ferrous Valves NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Flanged ends, unless otherwise indicated. D. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. , E. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream pipe, unless otherwise indicated. F. Valve Actuators: s 1. Handwheel: For valves other than quarter -turn types. 2. Lever Handle: For quarter -turn valves NPS 6 and smaller, except plug valves. ' G. Extended Valve Stems: On insulated valves. l H. Valve Flanges: ASME B16.1 for cast -iron valves, ASME 816.5 for steel valves, and ' F ASME 816.24 for bronze valves. f. Valve Grooved Ends: AWWA C606. 1. Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18.` a. Caution: Use solder with melting point below 840 deg F for angle, check, gate, and globe valves; below 421 deg F for ball valves. ' 2. Threaded: With threads according to ASME 131.20.1. J. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP -45. VALVES 15110 -2 Lion Square Lodge — North Buildinq Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2.3 COPPER -ALLOY BALL VALVES A. Manufacturers: One - Piece, Copper -Alloy Ball Valves: a. American Valve, Inc. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. ' e. Grinnell Corporation. f. NIBCO INC. g. Watts Industries, Inc., Water Products Div. 2. Two - Piece, Copper -Alloy Ball Valves: a. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. e. Grinnell Corporation. f. Hammond Valve. g. Honeywell Braukmann. h. Milwaukee Valve Company. i. NIBCO INC. j. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 3. Three- Piece, Copper -Alloy Ball Valves: a. Conbraco Industries, Inc_; Apollo Div. b. Grinnell Corporation. C. Hammond Valve. d. NIBCO INC. 4. Safety - Exhaust, Copper -Alloy Ball Valves: a. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div. b. Grinnell Corporation. ' C. Hammond Valve. d. Milwaukee Valve Company. e. NIBCO INC. ' B. Copper -Alloy Ball Valves, General: MSS SP -110. C. One - Piece, Copper -Alloy Ball Valves: Brass or bronze body with chrome - plated bronze ball, PTFE or TFE seats, and 400 -psig CWP rating. D. Two - Piece, Copper -Alloy Ball Valves: Brass or bronze body with full -port, chrome - plated bronze ball; PTFE or TFE seats; and 600 -psig minimum CWP rating and blowout -proof stem. I I VALVES 15110 -3 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado E. Three - Piece, Copper -Alloy Ball Valves: Brass or bronze body with full -port, chrome - plated bronze ball; PTFE or TFE seats; and 600 -psig minimum CWP rating and blowout -proof stem. F. Safety - Exhaust, Copper -Alloy Ball Valves: Two -piece bronze body with exhaust vent opening, chrome- plated ball with vent, blowout -proof stem, locking handle, and working pressure rating of 400 -psig CWP. 2.4 A. B. C. D. 2.5 A. VALVES FERROUS -ALLOY BUTTERFLY VALVES Manufacturers: 1. Flangeless, Ferrous -Alloy Butterfly Valves: a. American Valve, Inc. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Center Line. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. d. Grinnell Corporation. e. Hammond Valve. f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g. NIBCO INC. h. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 2. Single- Flange, Ferrous -Alloy Butterfly Valves: a. American Valve, Inc. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Center Line. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. e. Grinnell Corporation. f. Hammond Valve. g. Milwaukee Valve Company. h. NIBCO INC. i. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. Ferrous -Alloy Butterfly Valves, General: MSS SP -67, Type I, for tight shutoff, with disc and lining suitable for potable water, unless otherwise indicated. Flangeless, 150 -psig CWP Rating, Ferrous -Alloy Butterfly Valves: Wafer type with one -piece stem. Single - Flange, 150 -psig CWP Rating, Ferrous -Alloy Butterfly Valves: Wafer -lug type with one -piece stem. BRONZE CHECK VALVES Manufacturers: 1. Type 1, Bronze, Horizontal Lift Check Valves with Metal Disc: 15110 -4 1 t 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. 2. Type 2, Bronze, Horizontal Lift Check Valves with Nonmetallic Disc: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. 3. Type 1, Bronze, Vertical Lift Check Valves with Metal Disc: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. C. Red -White Valve Corp. 4. Type 2, Bronze, Vertical Lift Check Valves with Nonmetallic Disc: a. Grinnell Corporation. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. 5. Type 3, Bronze, Swing Check Valves with Metal Disc: a. American Valve, Inc. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. e. Grinnell Corporation. f. Hammond Valve. g. Milwaukee Valve Company. h. NIBCOINC. i. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 6. Type 4, Bronze, Swing Check Valves with Nonmetallic Disc: a. Cincinnati Valve Co. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. e. Grinnell Corporation. f. Hammond Valve. g. Milwaukee Valve Company. h. NIBCO INC. i. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. B. Bronze Check Valves, General: MSS SP -80. C. Type 1, Class 125, Bronze, Horizontal Lift Check Valves: Bronze body with bronze disc and seat. D. Type 1, Class 125, Bronze, Vertical Lift Check Valves: Bronze body with bronze disc and seat. VALVES 15110 -5 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado E. Type 2, Class 125, Bronze, Horizontal Lift Check Valves: Bronze body with nonmetallic disc and bronze seat. F. Type 2, Class 125, Bronze, Vertical Lift Check Valves: Bronze body with nonmetallic disc and bronze seat. G. Type 3, Class 125, Bronze, Swing Check Valves: Bronze body with bronze disc and seat. H. Type 4, Class 125, Bronze, Swing Check Valves: Bronze body with nonmetallic disc and bronze seat. 2.6 GRAY -IRON SWING CHECK VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Type I, Gray -Iron Swing Check Valves with Metal Seats: a. Cincinnati Valve Co. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. c. . Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. e. Grinnell Corporation. f. Hammond Valve. g. Milwaukee Valve Company. h. NIBCO INC. i. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 2. Type II, Gray -Iron Swing Check Valves with Composition to Metal Seats: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. C. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 3. Grooved -End, Ductile -Iron Swing Check Valves: a. Grinnell Corporation. b. Victaulic Co. of America. B. Gray -Iron Swing Check Valves, General: MSS SP -71. C. Type I, Class 125, gray -iron, swing check valves with metal seals. D. Type Il, Class 125, gray -iron, swing check valves with composition to metal seats. 2.7 SPRING- LOADED, LIFT -DISC CHECK VALVES A. Manufacturers: VALVES 15110 -6 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. C. D. E. F. 2.8 A. VALVES 1. Type 1, Wafer Lift -Disc Check Valves: a. Mueller Steam Specialty. 2. Type 11, Compact - Wafer, Lift -Disc Check Valves: a. Durabla Fluid Technology, Inc. b. Grinnell Corporation. C. Hammond Valve. d. Milwaukee Valve Company. e. Mueller Steam Specialty. f. NIBCO INC. 3. Type III, Globe Lift -Disc Check Valves: a. Durabla Fluid Technology, Inc. b. Grinnell Corporation. C. Hammond Valve. d. Milwaukee Valve Company. e. NIBCO INC. 4. Type IV, Threaded Lift -Disc Check Valves: a. Check -All Valve Mfg. Co. b. Grinnell Corporation. C. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO INC. e. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. Lift -Disc Check Valves, General: FCI 74 -1, with spring - loaded bronze or alloy disc and bronze or alloy seat. Type 1, Class 125, Wafer Lift -Disc Check Valves: Wafer style with cast -iron shell with diameter matching companion flanges. Type II, Class 125, Compact - Wafer, Lift -Disc Check Valves: Compact -wafer style with cast -iron shell with diameter made to fit within bolt circle. Type 111, Class 125, Globe Lift -Disc Check Valves: Globe style with cast -iron shell and flanged ends. Type IV, Class 125, Threaded Lift -Disc Check Valves.: Threaded style with bronze shell and threaded ends. BRONZE GATE VALVES Manufacturers 1 . Type 1, Bronze, Nonrising -Stem Gate Valves: 15110 -7 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado a. American Valve, Inc. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. e. Grinnell Corporation. f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g. NIBCO INC. h. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 2. Type 2, Bronze, Rising -Stem, Solid -Wedge Gate Valves: a. American Valve, Inc. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. e. Grinnell Corporation. f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g. NIBCO INC. 3. Type 3, Bronze, Rising -Stem, Split -Wedge Gate Valves: a. Cincinnati Valve Co. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. C. Grinnell Corporation. d_ NIBCO INC. B. Bronze Gate Valves, General: MSS SP -80, with ferrous -alloy handwheei. C. Type 1, Class 125, Bronze Gate Valves: Bronze body with nonrising stem and bronze solid wedge. D. Type 2, Class 125, Bronze Gate Valves: Bronze body with rising stem and bronze solid wedge. E. Type 3, Class 125, Bronze Gate Valves: Bronze body with rising stem and bronze split wedge. 2.9 CAST-IRON GATE VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Type 1, Cast -Iron, Nonrising -Stem Gate Valves: a. Cincinnati Valve Co. b_ Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d- Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. e. Grinnell Corporation. f. Hammond Valve. VALVES 15110 -8 B. Cast -Iron Gate Valves, General: MSS SP -70, Type I. C. Class 125, NRS, Bronze - Mounted, Cast -Iron Gate Valves: Cast -iron body with bronze trim, nonrising stem, and solid -wedge disc. D. Class 125, OS &Y, Bronze - Mounted, Cast -Iron Gate Valves: Cast -iron body with bronze trim, rising stem, and solid -wedge disc. E. Class 125, NRS, All -Iron, Cast -iron Gate Valves: Cast -iron body with cast -iron trim, nonrising stem, and solid -wedge disc. F. Class 125, OS &Y, All -Iron, Cast -Iron Gate Valves: Cast -iron body with cast -iron trim, rising stem, and solid -wedge disc. 2.10 BRONZE GLOBE VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Type 1, Bronze Globe Valves with Metal Disc: a. Cincinnati Valve Co. b. Lion Square Lodge — North Building Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. Lion Square Lodge Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. e. Vail, Colorado f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g. h. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. 2. Type i. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. Cincinnati Valve Co. 2. Type I, Cast -Iron, Rising -Stem Gate Valves: Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. a. Cincinnati Valve Co. d. b. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. e. Grinnell Corporation. f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g. NIBCO INC. h. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. B. Cast -Iron Gate Valves, General: MSS SP -70, Type I. C. Class 125, NRS, Bronze - Mounted, Cast -Iron Gate Valves: Cast -iron body with bronze trim, nonrising stem, and solid -wedge disc. D. Class 125, OS &Y, Bronze - Mounted, Cast -Iron Gate Valves: Cast -iron body with bronze trim, rising stem, and solid -wedge disc. E. Class 125, NRS, All -Iron, Cast -iron Gate Valves: Cast -iron body with cast -iron trim, nonrising stem, and solid -wedge disc. F. Class 125, OS &Y, All -Iron, Cast -Iron Gate Valves: Cast -iron body with cast -iron trim, rising stem, and solid -wedge disc. 2.10 BRONZE GLOBE VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Type 1, Bronze Globe Valves with Metal Disc: a. Cincinnati Valve Co. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. e. Grinnell Corporation. f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g_ NIBCO INC. 2. Type 2, Bronze Globe Valves with Nonmetallic Disc: a. Cincinnati Valve Co. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. It VALVES 15110 -9 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado e. Grinnell Corporation. f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g. NIBCO INC. 3. Type 3, Bronze Globe Valves with Renewable Seat and Metal Disc: a. Cincinnati Valve Co. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. G. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. e. Grinnell Corporation. f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g. NIBCO INC. B. Bronze Globe Valves, General: MSS SP -80, with ferrous -alloy handwheel. C. Type 1, Class 125, Bronze Globe Valves: Bronze body with bronze disc. D_ Type 2, Class 125, Bronze Globe Valves: Bronze body with nonmetallic disc. E. Type 3, Class 125, Bronze Globe Valves: Bronze body with bronze disc and renewable seat. 2.11 CAST -IRON GLOBE VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Type I, Cast -Iron Globe Valves with Metal Seats: a. Cincinnati Valve Co. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. e. Grinnell Corporation. f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g. NIBCO INC. B. Cast -Iron Globe Valves, General: MSS SP -85. C. Type I, Class 125, Cast -Iron Globe Valves: Gray -iron body with bronze seats. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Refer to piping Sections for specific valve applications. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following: VALVES 15110 -10 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado ' 1. 2. Shutoff Service: Ball, butterfly valves. Throttling Service: Angle, ball, butterfly, or globe valves. 3. Pump Discharge: Spring- loaded, lift -disc check valves. ' B. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves with higher SWP class or CWP ratings may be substituted. ' C. Chilled -Water Piping: Use the following types of valves: 1. Ball Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: One -piece, 400 -psig CWP rating, copper alloy. 2. Ball Valves, NIPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Class 150, ferrous alloy. 3. Butterfly Valves, NIPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Single - flange, 150 -psig CWP rating, ferrous alloy, with EPDM liner. 4. Lift Check Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 2, Class 125, horizontal, bronze. 5. Swing Check Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 4, Class 125, bronze. 6. Swing Check Valves, NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Type 11, Class 125, gray iron. 7. Wafer Check Valves, NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Single- plate, wafer, Class 125 or 150 ferrous alloy. 8. Spring- Loaded, Lift -Disc Check Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type IV, Class 125 minimum. 9. Spring- Loaded, Lift -Disc Check Valves, NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Type 1, Class ' 125, cast iron. 10. Gate Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 2, Class 125, bronze. 11. Gate Valves, NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Type I, Class 125, NRS, bronze - mounted cast iron. 12. Globe Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 2, Class 125, bronze. 13. Globe Valves, NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Type I, Class 125, bronze - mounted cast iron. D. Domestic Water Piping: Use the following types of valves: 1. Ball Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: One - piece, 400 -psig CWP rating, copper alloy. 2. Ball Valves, NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Class 150, ferrous alloy. 3. Butterfly Valves, NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Single - flange, 150 -psig CWP rating, ferrous alloy, with EPDM liner. 4. Lift Check Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 2, Class 125, horizontal, bronze. 5. Swing Check Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 4, Class 125, bronze. 6. Swing Check Valves, NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Type II, Class 125, gray iron. 7. Wafer Check Valves, NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Single- plate, wafer, Class 125 or 150, ferrous alloy. 8. Spring - Loaded, Lift -Disc Check Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type IV, Class 125 minimum. 9. Spring- Loaded, Lift -Disc Check Valves, NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Type I, Class 125, cast iron. 10. 11. Gate Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 1, Class 125, bronze. Gate Valves, NPS 2 -112 and Larger: Type I, Class 125, NRS, bronze - mounted cast iron. 12. Globe Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 2, Class 125, bronze. 13. Globe Valves, NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Type I, Class 125, bronze - mounted cast iron. VALVES 15110 -11 t Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado E. Heating Water Piping: Use the following types of valves: F 3.2 A. B. C. D. E_ F. VALVES 1. Ball Valves, NIPS 2 and Smaller: One - piece, 400 -psig CWP rating, copper alloy. 2. Ball Valves, NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Class 150, ferrous alloy. 3. Butterfly Valves, NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Single- flange, 150 -psig CWP rating, ferrous alloy, with EPDM liner. 4. Lift Check Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 2, Class 125, horizontal, bronze. 5. Swing Check Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 4, Class 125, bronze. 6. Swing Check Valves, NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Type II, Class 125, gray iron. 7. Wafer Check Valves, NPS 2 -112 and Larger: Single- plate, wafer, Class 125 or 150, ferrous alloy. 8. Spring - Loaded, Lift -Disc Check Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type IV, Class 125 minimum. 9. Spring- Loaded, Lift -Disc Check Valves, NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Type I, Class 125 , cast iron. 10. Gate Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 2, Class 125, bronze. 11. Gate Valves, NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Type I, Class 125, NRS, bronze - mounted cast iron. 12. Globe Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 2, Class 125, bronze. 13. Globe Valves, NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Type 1, Class 125, bronze - mounted cast iron. Select valves, except wafer and flangeless types, with the following end connections: 1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 and Smaller: Solder joint or threaded ends, except provide valves with threaded ends for heating hot water, steam, and steam condensate services. 2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 -1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends. 3. For Copper Tubing, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged ends. 4_ For Steel Piping, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends. 5. For Steel Piping, NPS 2 -1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends. 6. For Steel Piping, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged ends. VALVE INSTALLATION Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. Install check valves for proper direction of flow and as follows: 15110 -12 t t L I J 1 t 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level. 2. Dual -Plate Check Valves: In horizontal or vertical position, between flanges. 3. Lift Check Valves: With stem upright and plumb. 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Refer to Division 15 Section 'Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping joint construction. B. Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with keyed coupling housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling and fitting manufacturer's written instructions. C. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water - flushable, lead -free flux; ASTM B 32, lead - free -alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. END OF SECTION 15110 VALVES 15110 -13 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15121 - PIPE EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following pipe expansion joints and expansion compensation devices for mechanical piping systems: 1. Metal- bellows expansion joints. 2. Expansion compensators. 3. Rubber expansion joints. 4. Flexible -hose expansion joints. 5. Pipe bends and loops. 6. Alignment guides and anchors. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Compatibility: Products shall be suitable for piping system fluids, materials, working pressures, and temperatures. B. Capability: Products shall absorb 200 percent of maximum axial movement between anchors. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of pipe expansion joint and alignment guide indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. 1. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for thermal expansion of piping systems and for selecting and designing expansion joints, loops, and bends. 2. Anchor Details: Detail fabrication of each anchor indicated. Show dimensions and methods of assembly and attachment to building structure. 3. Alignment Guide Details: Detail field assembly and attachment to building structure. 4. Schedule: Indicate type, manufacturer's number, size, material, pressure rating, end connections, and location for each expansion joint. C. Welding certificates. D. Operation and maintenance data. I I PIPE EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS 15121 -1 Lion Square Lodge — North Buildinq Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. Steel Shapes and Plates: AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 2. Welding to Piping: ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Metal - Bellows Expansion Joints: ASTM F 1120, circular - corrugated - bellows type with external tie rods. 1. Manufacturers: a. Adsco Manufacturing, LLC. b. Anamet, Inc. C. Badger Industries. d. Expansion Joint Systems, Inc. e. Flex -Hose Co., Inc. f. Flexicraft Industries. g. Flex - Pression, Ltd. h. Flex -Weld, Inc. i. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. j. Metraflex, Inc. k. Piping Technology & Products, Inc. I. Proco Products, Inc. M. Senior Flexonics, Inc.; Pathway Division. n. Tozen America Corp. o. Unaflex Inc_ p. WahlcoMetroflex. 2. Metal - Bellows Expansion Joints for Copper Piping: Single -ply phosphor - bronze bellows, copper pipe end connections, and brass shrouds. PIPE EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS 15121 -2 l� 1 fl 11 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3. Metal - Bellows Expansion Joints for Steel Piping: Single -ply stainless -steel bellows, steel pipe end connections, and carbon -steel shroud. 4. Configuration: Single - bellows type, unless otherwise indicated. 5. End Connections: Flanged. B. Expansion Compensators: Double -ply corrugated steel, stainless- steel, or copper -alloy bellows in a housing with internal guides, antitoraue device, and removable end clip for positioning. 1. Manufacturers: a. Adsco Manufacturing, LLC. b. Flexicraft Industries. C. Flex - Pression, Ltd. d. Flex -Weld, Inc. e. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. f. Metraflex, Inc. g. Senior Flexonics, Inc.; Pathway Division. h. Unaflex Inc. 2. Configuration for Steel Piping: Two -ply stainless -steel bellows and carbon -steel shroud. 3. End Connections for Copper Tubing: Solder joint. 4. End Connections for Steel Pipe NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded. 5. End Connections for Steel Pipe NPS 2 -1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged_ C. Rubber Expansion Joints: ASTM F 1123, fabric - reinforced rubber with external control rods and complying with FSA's "Technical Handbook: Non - Metallic Expansion Joints and Flexible Pipe Connectors." 1. Manufacturers: a. Flex -Hose Co_, Inc. b. Flexicraft Industries. C. Flex -Weld, Inc. d. Garlock Sealing Technologies. e. General Rubber Corp. f. Mason Industries, Inc.; Mercer Rubber Co. g. Metraflex, Inc. h. MG Piping Products Co. i. Proco Products, Inc. j. Red Valve Company, Inc. k. Senior Flexonics, Inc.; Pathway Division. I. Tozen America Corp. M. Unaflex Inc. n. Vibration Mountings & Controls, Inc. 2. Arch Type: Single arches. 3. Spherical Type: Single spheres. 4. Material: BR. PIPE EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS 15121 -3 t Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 5. End Connections: Full- faced, integral, steel flanges with steel retaining rings D. Flexible -Hose Expansion Joints: Manufactured assembly with two flexible- metal -hose legs joined by long- radius, 180 - degree return bend or center section of flexible hose; with inlet and outlet elbow fittings, corrugated -metal inner hoses, and braided outer sheaths. 1. Manufacturers: a. Flex -Hose Co., Inc. b. Flexicraft Industries. C. Flex - Pression, Ltd. d. Metraflex, Inc. 2. Flexible -Hose Expansion Joints for Copper Piping: Copper -alloy fittings with solder- joint end connections. a. NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze hoses and single -braid bronze sheaths. b. NPS 2 -1/2 to NPS 4: Stainless -steel hoses and single- braid, stainless - steel sheaths. 3. Flexible -Hose Expansion Joints for Steel Piping: Carbon -steel fittings with threaded end connections for NPS 2 and smaller and flanged end connections for NPS 2 -1/2 and larger. a. NPS 2 and Smaller: Stainless -steel hoses and single- braid, stainless -steel sheaths. b. NPS 2 -1/2 to NPS 6: Stainless -steel hoses and single- braid, stainless - steel sheaths. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Alignment Guides: Steel, factory fabricated, with bolted two - section outer cylinder and base for alignment of piping and two- section guiding spider for bolting to pipe. 1. Manufacturers: a. b. C. d. e. f. 9- h. i. B. Steel Shy Adsco Manufacturing, LLC. Advanced Thermal Systems, Inc. Flex -Hose Co., Inc. Flexicraft Industries. Flex -Weld, Inc. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. Metraflex, Inc. Piping Technology & Products, Inc. Senior Flexonics, Inc.; Pathway Division apes and Plates. ASTM A 36/A 36M. PIPE EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS 15121 -4 J 1� t 1 t t r� Lion Square Lodge - North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado C. Bolts and Nuts: ASME 818.10 or ASTM A 183, steel, hex head. D. Washers: ASTM F 844, steel, plain, flat washers. E. Mechanical Fasteners: Insert- wedge -type stud with expansion plug anchor for use in hardened portland cement concrete, and tension and shear capacities appropriate for application. 1. Stud: Threaded, zinc- coated carbon steel. 2. Expansion Plug: Zinc - coated steel. 3. Washer and Nut: Zinc- coated steel. F. Chemical Fasteners: Insert- type -stud bonding system anchor for use with hardened portland cement concrete, and tension and shear capacities appropriate for application. 1. Bonding Material: ASTM C 881, Type IV, Grade 3, 2- component epoxy resin suitable for surface temperature of hardened concrete where fastener is to be installed. 2. Stud: ASTM A 307, zinc - coated carbon steel with continuous thread on stud, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Washer and Nut: Zinc- coated steel. G. Concrete: Portland cement mix, 3000 psi minimum. Refer to Division 3 Section "Cast - in -Place Concrete" for formwork, reinforcement, and concrete. H. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and - packaged, dry, hydraulic- cement, nonshrink, nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000 -psi, 28 -day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install manufactured, nonmetallic expansion joints according to FSA's "Technical Handbook: Non - Metallic Expansion Joints and Flexible Pipe Connectors." B. Install expansion joints of sizes matching size of piping in which they are installed. C. Install alignment guides to allow expansion and to avoid end- loading and torsional stress. D. Install pipe bends and loops cold- sprung in tension or compression as required to partly absorb tension or compression produced during anticipated change in temperature. E. Attach pipe bends and loops to anchors. II PIPE EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS 15121 -5 t Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Steel Anchors: Attach by welding. Comply with ASME 831.9 and ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 2. Concrete Anchors: Attach by fasteners. Follow fastener manufacturer's written instructions. F. Connect risers and branch connections to mains with at least five pipe fittings, including tee in main. G. Connect risers and branch connections to terminal units with at least four pipe fittings, including tee in riser. H. Connect mains and branch connections to terminal units with at least four pipe fittings, including tee in main. 1. Install guides on piping adjoining pipe expansion joints and bends and loops. J. Attach guides to pipe and secure to building structure. K. Install anchors at locations to prevent stresses from exceeding those permitted by ASME B31.9 and to prevent transfer of loading and stresses to connected equipment. L. Fabricate and install steel anchors by welding steel shapes, plates, and bars to piping and to structure. Comply with ASME 1331.9 and AWS D1.1. M. Construct concrete anchors of poured -in -place concrete of dimensions indicated and include embedded fasteners. N. Install pipe anchors according to expansion -joint manufacturer's written instructions if expansion joints or compensators are indicated. O. Use grout to form flat bearing surfaces for expansion fittings, guides, and anchors installed on or in concrete. END OF SECTION 15121 PIPE EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS 15121 -6 r Ll 1 t r 1 1 t 1 11 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15122 - METERS AND GAGES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following meters and gages for mechanical systems: 1. Thermometers. 2. Gages. 3. Test plugs. 4. Flowmeters. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated; include performance curves. B. Operation and maintenance data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 THERMOMETERS A. Liquid -in -Glass Thermometers: 1. Manufacturers: a. Ernst Gage Co. b. Eugene Ernst Products Co. C. Marsh Bellofram. d. Miljoco Corp. e. Trerice, H. O. Co. f. Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. METERS AND GAGES 15122 -1 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado g. Winters Instruments. 2. Case: Plastic, 7 inches long. 3. Tube: Red or blue reading, mercury or organic - liquid filled, with magnifying lens. 4. Tube Background: Satin- faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings. 5. Window: Glass or plastic. 6. Connector: Adjustable type, 180 degrees in vertical plane, 360 degrees in horizontal plane, with locking device. 7. Stem: Metal, for thermowell installation and of length to suit installation. 8. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of range or plus or minus 1 scale division to maximum of 1.5 percent of range. B. Duct -Type, Liquid -in -Glass Thermometers: 1. Manufacturers: a. Miljoco Corp. b. Palmer - Wahl Instruments Inc. C. Trerice, H. O. Co. d. Weiss Instruments, Inc. 2. Case: Die -cast aluminum, 7 inches long. 3. Tube: Red or blue reading, mercury or organic- liquid filled, with magnifying lens. 4. Tube Background: Satin - faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings. 5. Window: Glass or plastic. 6. Connector: Adjustable type, 180 degrees in vertical plane, 360 degrees in horizontal plane, with locking device. 7. Stem: Metal, for installation in mounting bracket and of length to suit installation. 8. Mounting Bracket: Flanged fitting for attachment to duct and made to hold thermometer stem. 9. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of range or plus or minus 1 scale division to maximum of 1.5 percent of range. C. Bimetallic- Actuated Dial Thermometers: 1. Manufacturers: a. Ashcroft Commercial Instrument Instrument Div. b. Ernst Gage Co. C_ Eugene Ernst Products Co. d. Marsh Bellofram. e. Miljoco Corp. f. NANMAC Corporation. g. Noshok, Inc. h. Palmer - Wahl Instruments Inc. i. REO TEMP Instrument Corporation. j. Tel -Tru Manufacturing Company. Operations; Dresser Industries; METERS AND GAGES 15122 -2 1, 1 Li t 7 1 t t 1 J 1 �1 1� 1 1 1 P, t 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge ~ Vail, Colorado k. Trerice, H. O. Co. I. Weiss Instruments, Inc. m. Weksler instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. n. WIKA Instrument Corporation. o. Winters Instruments. 2. Description: Direct - mounting, bimetallic- actuated dial thermometers complying with ASME B40.3. 3. Case: Dry type, stainless steel with 3 -inch diameter. 4. Element: Bimetal coil. 5. Dial: Satin - faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings. 6. Pointer: Red metal. 7. Window: Glass. 8. Ring: Stainless steel. 9. Connector: Adjustable angle type. 10. Stem: Metal, for thermowell installation and of length to suit installation. 11. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of range or plus or minus 1 scale division to maximum of 1.5 percent of range. D. Thermowells: 1. Manufacturers: Same as manufacturer of thermometer being used. 2. Description: Pressure - tight, socket -type metal fitting made for insertion into piping and of type, diameter, and length required to hold thermometer. 2.3 PRESSURE GAGES A. Manufacturers: 1. AMETEK, Inc.; U.S. Gauge Div. 2. Ashcroft Commercial Instrument Operations; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. 3. Ernst Gage Co. 4. Eugene Ernst Products Co_ 5. KOBOLD Instruments, Inc. 6. Marsh Bellofram. 7. Miljoco Corp. 8. Noshok, Inc. 9. Palmer - Wahl Instruments Inc. 10. REO TEMP Instrument Corporation. 11. Trerice, H. O. Co. 12. Weiss Instruments, Inc. 13. Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. 14. WIKA Instrument Corporation. 15. Winters Instruments. B. Direct - Mounting, Dial -Type Pressure Gages: Indicating -dial type complying with ASME B40.100. METERS AND GAGES 15122 -3 J Lion Square Lodge — North Building, Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Case: Dry type, drawn steel or cast aluminum, 4 -1/2 -inch diameter. 2. Pressure - Element Assembly: Bourdon tube, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Pressure Connection: Brass, NPS 1/4, bottom - outlet type unless back- outlet type is indicated. 4. Movement: Mechanical, with link to pressure element and connection to pointer. 5. Dial: Satin - faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings. 6. Pointer: Red metal. 7. Window: Glass. 8. Ring: Metal. 9. Accuracy: Grade A, plus or minus 1 percent of middle halfscale. 10. Vacuum - Pressure Range: 30 -in. Hg of vacuum to 15 psig of pressure. 11. Range for Fluids under Pressure: Two times operating pressure. C. Pressure -Gage Fittings: 1. Valves: NPS 1/4 brass or stainless -steel needle type. 2. Syphons: NPS 1/4 coil of brass tubing with threaded ends. 3. Snubbers: ASME B40.5, NPS 1/4 brass bushing with corrosion - resistant, porous -metal disc of material suitable for system fluid and working pressure. 2.4 TEST PLUGS A. Manufacturers: 1. Flow Design, Inc. 2. MG Piping Products Co. 3. National Meter, Inc. 4. Peterson Equipment Co., Inc_ 5. Sisco Manufacturing Co. 6. Trerice, H. O. Co. 7. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. B. Description: Corrosion - resistant brass or stainless -steel body with core inserts and gasketed and threaded cap, with extended stem for units to be installed in insulated piping. C. Minimum Pressure and Temperature Rating: 500 psig at 200 deg F. D. Core Inserts: One or two self - sealing rubber valves. 1. Insert material for air, water, oil, or gas service at 20 to 200 deg F shall be CR. 2. Insert material for air or water service at minus 30 to plus 275 deg F shall be EPDM. E. Test Kit: Furnish one test kit(s) containing one pressure gage and adaptor, one thermometer(s), and carrying case. Pressure gage, adapter probes, and thermometer sensing elements shall be of diameter to fit test plugs and of length to project into piping. METERS AND GAGES 15122 -4 1 1 n U ij 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Pressure Gage: Small bourdon -tube insertion type with 2- to 3 -inch diameter dial and probe. Dial range shall be 0 to 200 psig. 2. Low -Range Thermometer: Small bimetallic insertion type with 1- to 2 -inch diameter dial and tapered -end sensing element. Dial ranges shall be 25 to 125 deg F. 3. High -Range Thermometer: Small bimetallic insertion type with 1- to 2 -inch diameter dial and tapered -end sensing element. Dial ranges shall be 0 to 220 deg F. 4. Carrying case shalt have formed instrument padding. 1 2.5 FLOWMETERS I 1 I 1 A. Wafer- Orifice Flowmeters: 1. Manufacturers: a. ABB, Inc.; ABB Instrumentation. b. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. C. Badger Meter, Inc.; Industrial Div. d. Bell & Gossett; ITT Industries. e. Meriam Instruments Div.; Scoff Fetzer Co. 2. Description: Differential - pressure- design orifice insert for installation between pipe flanges; with calibrated flow- measuring element, separate flowmeter, hoses or tubing, valves, fittings, and conversion chart compatible with flow - measuring element, flowmeter, and system fluid. 3_ Construction: Cast -iron body, brass valves with integral check valves and caps, and calibrated nameplate. 4. Pressure Rating: 300 psig. 5. Temperature Rating: 250 deg F. 6. Range: Flow range of flow - measuring element and flowmeter shall cover operating range of equipment or system served. 7. Permanent Indicators: Suitable for wall or bracket mounting, calibrated for connected flowmeter element, and having 6 -inch diameter, or equivalent, dial with fittings and copper tubing for connecting to flowmeter element. a. Scale: Gallons per minute. b. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent between 20 and 80 percent of range. 8. Portable Indicators: Differential- pressure type calibrated for connected flowmeter element and having two 12 -foot hoses in carrying case. t 1 l a. Scale: Gallons per minute. b. Accuracy: Plus or minus 2 percent between 20 and 80 percent of range. 9. Operating Instructions: Include complete instructions with each flowmeter. B. Pitot -Tube Flowmeters: METERS AND GAGES 15122 -5 Lion Square Lodge -- North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Manufacturers: a. Dieterich Standard Inc. b. Meriam Instruments Div.; Scott Fetzer Co. C. Preso Meters Corporation. d. Taco, Inc. e. Veris, Inc. 2. Description: Insertion -type, differential - pressure design for inserting probe into piping and measuring flow directly in gallons per minute. 3. Construction: Stainless -steel probe of length to span inside of pipe; with integral transmitter and direct - reading scale. 4. Pressure Rating: 150 psig minimum. 5. Temperature Rating: 250 deg F minimum. 6. Display: Visual instantaneous rate of flow, with register to indicate total volume in gallons. 7. Integral Transformer: For low- voltage power connection. 8. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent for liquids and gases. C. Flow Indicators: 1. Manufacturers: a. Brooks Instrument Div.; Emerson Electric Co. b. Dwyer Instruments, Inc. C. Ernst Gage Co. d. Eugene Ernst Products Co. e. McCrometer, Inc. f. OPW Engineered Systems; Dover Corp. g. Penberthy, Inc. 2. Description: Instrument for installation in piping systems for visual verification of flow. 3. Construction: Bronze or stainless -steel body; with sight glass and indicator, and threaded or flanged ends. 4. Pressure Rating: 125 psig. 5. Temperature Rating: 200 deg F. 6. End Connections for NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded. 7. End Connections for NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Flanged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 THERMOMETER APPLICATIONS A. Install thermometers in the following locations: 1. Inlet and outlet of each hydronic zone. 2. Inlet and outlet of each hydronic boiler and chiller. METERS AND GAGES 15122 -6 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3. Inlet and outlet of each hydronic coil in air - handling units and built -up central systems. 4. Inlet and outlet of each hydronic heat exchanger. 5. Inlet and outlet of each hydronic heat - recovery unit. 6. inlet and outlet of each thermal storage tank. 7. Outside -air, return -air, and mixed -air ducts. B. Provide the following temperature ranges for thermometers: 1. Domestic Hot Water: 30 to 240 deg F, with 2- degree scale divisions. 2. Domestic Cold Water: 0 to 100 deg F, with 2- degree scale divisions. 3. Heating Hot Water: 30 to 240 deg F, with 2- degree scale divisions. 4. Chilled Water: 0 to 100 deg F, with 2- degree scale divisions. 5. Air Ducts: Minus 40 to plus 110 deg F, with 2- degree scale divisions. 3.2 GAGE APPLICATIONS A. Install pressure gages for discharge of each pressure - reducing valve. B. Install pressure gages at chilled- and condenser -water inlets and outlets of chillers. C. Install pressure gages at suction and discharge of each pump. 3.3 INSTALLATIONS A. Install direct - mounting thermometers and adjust vertical and tilted positions. B. Install remote - mounting dial thermometers on panel, with tubing connecting panel and thermometer bulb supported to prevent kinks. Use minimum tubing length. C. Install thermowells with socket extending a minimum of 2 inches into fluid and in vertical position in piping tees where thermometers are indicated. D. Duct Thermometer Support Flanges: Install in wall of duct where duct thermometers are indicated. Attach to duct with screws. E. Install direct - mounting pressure gages in piping tees with pressure gage located on pipe at most readable position. F. Install remote - mounting pressure gages on panel. G. Install needle -valve and snubber fitting in piping for each pressure gage for fluids (except steam). H. Install needle -valve and syphon fitting in piping for each pressure gage for steam. I. Install test plugs in tees in piping. J. Install flow indicators, in accessible positions for easy viewing, in piping systems. METERS AND GAGES 15122 -7 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado K. Assemble and install connections, tubing, and accessories between flow- measuring elements and flowmeters as prescribed by manufacturer's written instructions. L. Install flowmeter elements in accessible positions in piping systems. M. Install differential- pressure -type flowmeter elements with at least minimum straight lengths of pipe upstream and downstream from element as prescribed by manufacturer's written instructions. N. Install wafer - orifice flowmeter elements between pipe flanges. O. Install permanent indicators on walls or brackets in accessible and readable positions. P. Install connection fittings for attachment to portable indicators in accessible locations. Q. Install flowmeters at discharge of hydronic system pumps and at inlet of hydronic air coils. R. Mount meters on wall if accessible; if not, provide brackets to support meters. S. Install meters and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow service and maintenance for meters, gages, machines, and equipment. T. Calibrate meters according to manufacturer's written instructions, after installation. U. Adjust faces of meters and gages to proper angle for best visibility. END OF SECTION 15122 METERS AND GAGES 15122 -8 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15140 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes domestic water piping inside the building. B. Water meters will be furnished and installed by utility company. C. See Division 2 Section "Water Distribution" for water - service piping and water meters outside the building from source to the point where water - service piping enters the building. D. See Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages" for thermometers, pressure gages, and fittings. E. See Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for water distribution piping specialties. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Field quality - control test reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping System Components and Related Materials," for plastic, potable domestic water piping and components. Include marking "NSF -pw" on piping. B. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections 1 through 9," for potable domestic water piping and components. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Refer to Part 3 "Pipe and Fitting Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. B. Transition Couplings for Aboveground Pressure Piping: Coupling or other manufactured fitting the same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140 -1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado C. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or S , Grade A or B Schedule 40, galvanized. Include ends matching joining method. 1. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M or ASTM A 106, Schedule 40, galvanized, seamless steel pipe. Include ends matching joining method. 2. Malleable -Iron Unions: ASME 816.39, Class 150, hexagonal -stock body, with ball- and - socket, metal -to- metal, bronze seating surface and female threaded ends. 3. Gray -Iron, Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, galvanized, standard pattern. 4. Cast -Iron Flanges: ASME B16.1, Class 125. 5. Cast -Iron, Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Class 125, galvanized. 6. Steel- Piping, Expansion Joints: Compound, galvanized steel fitting with telescoping body and slip -pipe section. Include packing rings, packing, limit rods, chrome - plated finish on slip -pipe sections, and flanged ends. 7. Steel- Piping, Double Expansion Joints: Compound, galvanized steel fitting with telescoping body and two slip -pipe sections. Include packing rings, packing, limit rods, chrome- plated finish on slip -pipe sections, and flanged ends. D. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types K and L , water tube, annealed temper. 1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME 816.18, cast - copper -alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought- copper, solder joint fittings. Furnish wrought - copper fittings if indicated. 2. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder -joint ends. Furnish Class 300 flanges if required to match piping_ 3. Copper Unions: MSS SP -123, cast - copper- alloy, hexagonal -stock body, with ball- and - socket, metal -to -metal seating surfaces, and solder -joint or threaded ends. E. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types L and M , water tube, drawn temper. 1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast - copper -alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought- copper, solder -joint fittings. Furnish wrought - copper fittings if indicated. 2. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder -joint ends. Furnish Class 300 flanges if required to match piping. 3. Copper Unions: MSS SP -123, cast - copper - alloy, hexagonal -stock body, with ball- and - socket, metal -to -metal seating surfaces, and solder -joint or threaded ends. 2.2 VALVES A. Bronze and cast -iron, general -duty valves are specified in Division 15 Section "Valves." B. Balancing and drain valves are specified in Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties." 1 I i DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140 -2 1 Lion Square Lodge -- North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATION A. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." L 3.2 PIPE AND FITTING APPLICATIONS A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may L be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. B. Flanges may be used on aboveground piping, unless otherwise indicated. C. Fitting Option: Extruded -tee connections and brazed joints may be used on aboveground copper tubing. D. Under - Building -Slab, Water - Service Piping on Service Side of Water Meter: Refer to Division 2 Section "Water Distribution." E. Domestic Water Piping on Service Side of Water Meter inside the Building: Use any of the following piping materials for each size range: 1. NPS 4 to NPS 6: Steel pipe; gray -iron, threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 2. NPS 4 to NPS 6: Hard copper tube, Type L or Type M; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. F_ Under - Building -Slab, Domestic Water Piping on House Side of Water Meter, NPS 4 and Smaller: Soft or Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. G. Aboveground Domestic Water Piping: Use any of the following piping materials for each size range: 1. NPS 1 and Smaller: Hard copper tube, Type L or Type M ; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. 2. NPS 1 -114 and NPS 1 -1/2: Hard copper tube, Type L or Type M; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. 3. NPS 2: Hard copper tube, Type L or Type M; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. 4. NPS 2 -112 to NPS 3 -1/2: Steel pipe; gray -iron, threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 5. NPS 4 to NPS 6: Steel pipe; gray -iron, threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 3.3 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: II DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140 -3 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Shutoff Duty: Use bronze ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use cast -iron butterfly or gate valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2 -1/2 and larger. 2. Throttling Duty: Use bronze ball or globe valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use cast -iron butterfly valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2 -1/2 and larger. 3. Hot - Water - Piping, Balancing Duty: Calibrated or Memory-stop balancing valves. 4. Drain Duty: Hose -end drain valves. B. Install shutoff valve close to water main on each branch and riser serving plumbing fixtures or equipment, on each water supply to equipment, and on each water supply to plumbing fixtures that do not have supply stops. Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly or gate valves for piping NPS 2 -1/2 and larger. C. Install drain valves for equipment at base of each water riser, at low points in horizontal piping, and where required to drain water piping. Install hose -end drain valves at low points in water mains, risers, and branches. Install stop- and -waste drain valves where indicated. D. Install balancing valve in each hot -water circulation return branch and discharge side of each pump and circulator. Set balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop flow. Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller and butterfly valves for piping NPS 2 -1/2 and larger. Balancing valves are specified in Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties." E. Install calibrated balancing valves in each hot -water circulation return branch and discharge side of each pump and circulator. Set calibrated balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop flow. Calibrated balancing valves are specified in Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties." 3.4 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." B. Install under - building -slab copper tubing according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." C. Install cast -iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to make installation watertight. Sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." D. Install shutoff valve, hose -end drain valve, strainer, pressure gage, and test tee with valve, inside the building at each domestic water service entrance. Pressure gages are specified in Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages," and drain valves and strainers are specified in Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties." E. Install domestic water piping level with 0.25 percent slope downward toward drain and plumb. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140 -4 Ll l� 'J F1 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado F. Rough -in domestic water piping for water -meter installation according to utility company's requirements. 3.5 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Basic piping joint construction requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." B. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water - flushable, lead -free flux; ASTM B 32, lead - free -alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated. C. Extruded -Tee Connections: Form tee in copper tube according to ASTM F 2014. Use tool designed for copper tube; drill pilot hole, form collar for outlet, dimple tube to form seating stop, and braze branch tube into collar. 3.6 - ROUGHING -IN FOR WATER METERS A. Rough -in domestic water piping for water meter installation according to utility company's requirements. B. Water meters will be furnished and installed by utility. 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Pipe hanger and support devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." Install the following: 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. C. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls, if indicated. 3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. B. Install supports according to Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. D. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double -rod hangers, to a minimum of 318 inch. E. Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1 -1/4 and Smaller: 84 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. II DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140 -5 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2. NPS 1 -1/2: 108 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 3. NPS 2: 10 feet with 3/8 -inch rod. 4. NPS 2 -1/2: 11 feet with 1/2 -inch rod. 5. NPS 3 and NPS 3 -1/2: 12 feet (3.7 m) with 1/2 -inch rod. 6. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 12 feet with 5/8 -inch rod. 7. NPS 6: 12 feet with 3/4 -inch rod. F. Install supports for vertical steel piping every 15 feet. G. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 3/4 and Smaller: 60 inches with 318 -inch rod. 2. NPS 1 and NPS 1 -114: 72 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 3. NPS 1 -112 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 4. NPS 2 -1/2: 108 inches with 1/2 -inch rod. 5. NPS 3 to NPS 5: 10 feet with 1/2 -inch rod. 6. NPS 6: 10 feet with 5 /84nch rod. H. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet I. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP -69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.8 CONNECTIONS A. Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance. B. Connect domestic water piping to exterior water - service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. C. Connect domestic water piping to water - service piping with shutoff valve, and extend and connect to the following: 1. Booster Pumps: Cold -water suction and discharge piping. 2. Water Heaters: Cold -water supply and hot -water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than sizes of water heater connections. 3. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot -water supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Fixtures." 4. Equipment: Cold- and hot -water supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for NPS 2 -112 and larger. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect domestic water piping as follows: DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140 -6 n w i h Ll e I r F1 J t Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction: a. Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. b. Final Inspection: Arrange final inspection for authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. 3. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. 4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Test domestic water piping as follows: 1. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water. 2. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 3. Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 4. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. 5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. 3.10 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping using purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction_ Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination. C. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities. END OF SECTION 15140 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140 -7 Lion Sauare Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15145 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following domestic water piping specialties: 1. Vacuum breakers. 2. Backflow preventers. 3. Water pressure - reducing valves. 4. Balancing valves. 5. Temperature - actuated water mixing valves. 6. Strainers. 7. Hose bibbs. 8. Wall hydrants. 9. Drain valves. 10. Water hammer arresters. 11. Trap -seal primer valves. B. See Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Piping" for water meters. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Working Pressure for Domestic Water Piping Specialties: 125 psig unless otherwise indicated. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field quality - control test reports. C. Operation and maintenance data. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NSF Compliance: 1. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Components and Related Materials," for plastic domestic water piping components. 2. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections 1 through 9." DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145 -1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 VACUUM BREAKERS A. Pipe - Applied, Atmospheric -Type Vacuum Breakers : 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Ames Co. b. Cash Acme. C. Conbraco Industries, Inc. d. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. e. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. f. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 3. Standard: ASSE 1001. 4. Size: NPS 1/4 to NPS 3 as required to match connected piping. 5. Body: Bronze. 6. Inlet and Outlet Connections: Threaded. 7. Finish: Rough bronze or Chrome plated. B. Hose - Connection Vacuum Breakers 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Arrowhead Brass Products, Inc. b. Cash Acme. C. Conbraco Industries, Inc. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. e. Woodford Manufacturing Company. f. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation. g. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 3. Standard: ASSE 1001. 4. Body: Bronze, nonremovable, with manual drain. 5. Outlet Connection: Garden -hose threaded complying with ASME B1.20.7. 6_ Finish: Chrome, nickel plated or Rough bronze. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145 -2 e Lion Square Lodge — North Building ' Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2.2 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Intermediate Atmospheric -Vent Backflow Preventers: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: ' a. Cash Acme. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc. C. FEBCO, SPX Valves & Controls. d. Honeywell Water Controls. e. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. f. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145 -3 0 3. Standard: ASSE 1012. ' 4. Operation: Continuous - pressure applications. 5. Size: NPS 1/2, NPS 314. 6. Body: Bronze. ' 7. End Connections: Union or solder joint. 8. Finish: Chrome plated or Rough bronze. B. Reduced- Pressure - Principle Backflow Preventers: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: ' 3. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Ames Co. ' b. Conbraco Industries, Inc. C. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. d. Wafts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 4. Standard: ASSE 1013. 5. Operation: Continuous- pressure applications. 6. Pressure Loss: 12 psig maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range. 7. Size: (See Pipe sizing on P1.0) 8. 9. Selected Unit Flow Range Limits: Pressure Loss at Design Flow Rate: 6 psig for sizes NIPS 2 and smaller; 6 psig for NIPS 2 -112 and larger. 10. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying with ' AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved, steel with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved, stainless steel for NPS 2 -1/2 and larger. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145 -3 0 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 11. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2 -1/2 and larger. 12. Configuration: Designed for horizontal center section, and vertical outlet flow. 13. Accessories: a. Valves: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2 and smaller; outside screw and yoke gate -type with flanged ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2 -112 and larger. b. Air -Gap Fitting: ASME Al 12.1.2, matching backflow- preventer connection. C. Double -Check Backflow- Prevention Assemblies 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide [the product indicated on Drawings] or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Ames Co. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc. C. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 4. Standard: ASSE 1015. 5. Operation: Continuous- pressure applications, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Pressure Loss: 6 psig maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range. 7. Selected Unit Flow Range Limits: See manufacturer specifications. 8. Pressure Loss at Design Flow Rate: See manufacturer specifications 9. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved or steel with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved, stainless steel for NPS 2 -1/2 and larger. 10. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2 -1/2 and larger. 11. Configuration: Designed for horizontal flow. 12. Accessories: a. Valves: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2 and smaller; outside screw and yoke gate -type with flanged ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2 -1/2 and larger. D. Backflow- Preventer Test Kits 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145 -4 0 f F 7 u r Lion Square Lodge — North Building ' Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado ' 3. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide [the product indicated on Drawings] or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. C. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. d. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 4. Description: Factory calibrated, with gages, fittings, hoses, and carrying case with test - procedure instructions. 1 2.3 WATER PRESSURE- REDUCING VALVES 2.4 BALANCING VALVES A_ Memory-Stop Balancing Valves 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: ' 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: I DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145 -5 A. Water Regulators 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, ' but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: ' a. Cash Acme. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc. C. Honeywell Water Controls. ' d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. ' 3. Standard: ASSE 1003. 4. Pressure Rating: Initial working pressure of 150 psig. 5. Size: See manufacturer specifications. 6. Design Flow Rate: See manufacturer specifications. ' 7. Design Inlet Pressure: See manufacturer specifications. 8. Design Outlet Pressure Setting: See manufacturer specifications Body: Bronze with chrome - plated finish for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved for NIPS 2 -1/2 and NPS 3. 9. Valves for Booster Heater Water Supply: Include integral bypass. 10. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2 -1/2 and ' NPS 3. 2.4 BALANCING VALVES A_ Memory-Stop Balancing Valves 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: ' 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: I DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145 -5 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado a. Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. G. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. e. Milwaukee Valve Company. f. NIBCO INC. 3. Standard: MSS SP -110 for two- piece, copper -alloy ball valves. 4. Pressure Rating: 400 -psig minimum CWP. 5. Size: NPS 2 or smaller. 6. Body: Copper alloy. 7. Port: Standard or full port. 8. Ball: Chrome - plated brass. 9. Seats and Seals: Replaceable. 10. End Connections: Solder joint or threaded. 11. Handle: Vinyl- covered steel with memory - setting device. 2.5 TEMPERATURE- ACTUATED WATER MIXING VALVES A. Water- Temperature Limiting Devices: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide [the product indicated on Drawingsj or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Armstrong International, Inc. b. Cash Acme. C. Conbraco Industries, Inc. d. Symmons Industries, Inc. e. Taco, Inc. f. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. g. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 4. Standard: ASSE 1017. 5. Pressure Rating: 125 psig. 6. Type: Thermostatically controlled water mixing valve. 7. Material: Bronze body with corrosion- resistant interior components. 8. Connections: Threaded[ union] inlets and outlet. 9. Accessories: Check stops on hot- and cold -water supplies, and adjustable, temperature- control handle. 10. Tempered -Water Setting: 110 deg F. 11. Tempered -Water Design Flow Rate: 12. Valve Finish: Chrome plated or Rough bronze. B_ Primary, Thermostatic, Water Mixing Valves DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145 -6 i l 1 t i a. Strainers NPS 2 and Smaller: 0.020 inch, 0.033 inch or 0.062 inch]. b. Strainers NPS 2 -1/2 to NPS 4: 0.045 inch, 0.062 inch or 0.125 inch. C. Strainers NPS 5 and Larger: 0.10 inch, 0.125 inch or 0.25 inch. ' 6. Drain: Pipe plug or Factory- installed, hose -end drain valve. I DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145 -7 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge ' Vail, Colorado ' 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by ' one of the following: 3. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide [the product indicated on Drawings] or a comparable product by one of the following: ' a. Armstrong International, Inc. b. Lawler Manufacturing Company, Inc. C. Leonard Valve Company. ' d. Powers; a Watts Industries Co. e. Symmons Industries, Inc. 4. Standard: ASSE 1017. ' 5. Pressure Rating: 125 psig. 6. Type: Exposed- mounting or Cabinet -type, thermostatically controlled water mixing valve. 7. Material: Bronze body with corrosion - resistant interior components. 8. Connections: Threaded, union inlets and outlet. 9. Accessories: Manual temperature control, check stops on hot- and cold -water ' supplies, and adjustable, temperature - control handle. 10. Valve Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum, unless otherwise indicated. 11. Tempered -Water Setting: 110 deg F. 12. Tempered -Water Design Flow Rate: See Pipe Sizing Schedule on P1.0. ' 13. Selected Valve Flow Rate at 45 -psig Pressure Drop: 14. Pressure Drop at Design Flow Rate: 6 psig . 15. Valve Finish: Chrome plated, polished, chrome plated, or rough bronze. 16. Piping Finish: Chrome plated or Copper. 17. Cabinet: Factory- fabricated, stainless steel, for recessed or surface mounting and with hinged, stainless -steel door. 2.6 STRAINERS FOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING A. Y- Pattern Strainers 1. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum, unless otherwise indicated. t 2. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or FDA - approved, epoxy coating and for NIPS 2 -112 and larger. 3. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2 -112 and larger. ' 4. Screen: Stainless steel with round perforations, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Perforation Size: a. Strainers NPS 2 and Smaller: 0.020 inch, 0.033 inch or 0.062 inch]. b. Strainers NPS 2 -1/2 to NPS 4: 0.045 inch, 0.062 inch or 0.125 inch. C. Strainers NPS 5 and Larger: 0.10 inch, 0.125 inch or 0.25 inch. ' 6. Drain: Pipe plug or Factory- installed, hose -end drain valve. I DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145 -7 Lion Square Lodge - North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2.7 HOSE BIBBS A. Hose Bibbs: 1. Standard: ASME Al 12.18.1 for sediment faucets. 2. Body Material: Bronze. 3. Seat: Bronze, replaceable. 4. Supply Connections: NPS 112 or NPS 3/4 threaded or solder joint inlet. 5. Outlet Connection: Garden -hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7. 6. Pressure Rating: 125 psig. 7. Vacuum Breaker: Integral, field- installation, nonremovable, drainable, hose - connection vacuum breaker complying with ASSE 1011. 8. Finish for Equipment Rooms: Rough bronze, or chrome or nickel plated. 9. Finish for Service Areas: Rough bronze, Chrome or nickel plated. 10. Finish for Finished Rooms: Chrome or nickel plated. 11. Operation for Equipment Rooms: Wheel handle or operating key. 12. Operation for Service Areas: Wheel handle or Operating key. 13. Operation for Finished Rooms: Wheel handle or Operating key. 14. Include operating key with each operating -key hose bibb. 15. Include integral wall flange with each chrome- or nickel - plated hose bibb. 16. with ASME B1.20.7. 2.8 DRAIN VALVES A. Ball -Valve -Type, Hose -End Drain Valves 1. Standard: MSS SP -110 for standard -port, two -piece ball valves. 2. Pressure Rating: 400 -psig minimum CWP. 3. Size. NPS 3/4. 4. Body: Copper alloy. 5. Ball: Chrome - plated brass. 6. Seats and Seals: Replaceable. 7. Handle: Vinyl- covered steel. 8. Inlet: Threaded or solder joint. 9. Outlet: Threaded, short nipple with garden -hose thread ASME B1.20.7 and cap with brass chain. 2.9 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS A. Water Hammer Arresters complying with 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AMTROL, Inc. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145 -8 d 1 1 I i Lion Square Lodge — North Building ' Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado I PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for piping joining materials, joint construction, and basic installation requirements. B. Install backflow preventers in each water supply to mechanical equipment and systems and to other equipment and water systems that may be sources of contamination. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Locate backflow preventers in same room as connected equipment or system. 2. Install drain for backflow preventers with atmospheric -vent drain connection with air -gap fitting, fixed air -gap fitting, or equivalent positive pipe separation of at DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145 -9 b. Josam Company. C. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc. d. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. e. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. ' f. Watts Drainage Products Inc. g. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 3. Standard: ASSE 1010 or PDI -WH 201. ' 4. Type: Metal bellows or Copper tube with piston. 5. Size: ASSE 1010, Sizes AA and A through F or PDI -WH 201, Sizes A through F. ' 2.10 TRAP -SEAL PRIMER VALVES ' A. Supply -Type, Trap -Seal Primer Valves or " Proset" Trap Insert 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc. b. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. C. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. d. Proset 3. Standard: ASSE 1018. 4. 5. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum. Body: Bronze. 6. Inlet and Outlet Connections: NPS 1/2 threaded, union, or solder joint. 7. Gravity Drain Outlet Connection: NPS 112 threaded or solder joint. ' 8_ Finish: Chrome plated, or rough bronze for units used with pipe or tube that is not chrome finished_ I PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for piping joining materials, joint construction, and basic installation requirements. B. Install backflow preventers in each water supply to mechanical equipment and systems and to other equipment and water systems that may be sources of contamination. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Locate backflow preventers in same room as connected equipment or system. 2. Install drain for backflow preventers with atmospheric -vent drain connection with air -gap fitting, fixed air -gap fitting, or equivalent positive pipe separation of at DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145 -9 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado least two pipe diameters in drain piping and pipe to floor drain. Locate air -gap device attached to or under backflow preventer. Simple air breaks are not acceptable for this application. 3. Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers. C. Install water regulators with inlet and outlet shutoff valves[ and bypass with memory- stop balancing valve]. Install pressure gages on inlet and outlet. D. Install balancing valves in locations where they can easily be adjusted. E. Install temperature- actuated water mixing valves with check stops or shutoff valves on inlets and with shutoff valve on outlet. 1. Install thermometers and water regulators if specified. 2. Install cabinet -type units recessed in or surface mounted on wall as specified. F. Install Y- pattern strainers for water on supply side of each control valve,water pressure - reducing valve, solenoid valve or pump]. G. Install water hammer arresters in water piping according to PDI -WH 201. H. Install supply -type, trap -seal primer valves with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor -drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust valve for proper flow. I. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping and specialties. J. Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic - laminate equipment nameplate or sign on or near each of the following: 1. Intermediate atmospheric -vent backflow preventers. 2. Reduced - pressure - principle backflow preventers. 3. Double -check backflow- prevention assemblies. 4. Water pressure - reducing valves. 5. Primary, thermostatic, water mixing valves. 6. Supply -type, trap -seal primer valves. K. Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in addition to identifying unit. Nameplates and signs are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification." 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and prepare test reports: 1. Test each reduced- pressure - principle backflow preventer and double -check backflow - prevention assembly according to authorities having jurisdiction and the device's reference standard. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145 -10 I n i [�I Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Remove and replace malfunctioning domestic water piping specialties and retest as specified above. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Set field - adjustable pressure set points of water pressure - reducing valves. B. Set field- adjustable flow of balancing valves. C. Set field- adjustable temperature set points of temperature- actuated water mixing valves. END OF SECTION 15145 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145 -11 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15150 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following soil and waste, sanitary drainage and vent piping inside the building: 1. Pipe, tube, and fittings. 2. Special pipe fittings. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10 -foot head of water (30 kPa). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Field quality - control inspection and test reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF -dwv" for plastic drain, waste, and vent piping; and "NSF- drain" for plastic drain piping. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Hub- and - Spigot, Cast -Iron Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Service class_ 1. Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber. 8_ Hubless Cast -Iron Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301. 1. Sovent Stack Fittings: ASME B16.45 or ASSE 1043, hubless, cast -iron aerator and deaerator drainage fittings. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150 -1 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2. Shielded Couplings: ASTM C 1277 assembly of metal shield or housing, corrosion- resistant fasteners, and rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. a. Standard, Shielded, Stainless -Steel Couplings: CISPI 310, with stainless - steel corrugated shield; stainless -steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve. b. Heavy -Duty, Shielded, Stainless -Steel Couplings: With stainless -steel shield, stainless -steel bands and tightening devices, and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve. C. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or S, Grade A or B, Schedule 40, galvanized. Include ends matching joining method. 1. Drainage Fittings: ASME B16.12, galvanized, threaded, cast -iron drainage pattern. 2. Pressure Fittings: a. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M or ASTM A 106, Schedule 40, galvanized, seamless steel pipe. Include ends matching joining method. b. Malleable -Iron Unions: ASME 816.39; Class 150; hexagonal -stock body with ball - and - socket, metal -to- metal, bronze seating surface; and female threaded ends. C. Gray -Iron, Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, [galvanized, ]standard pattern. d. Cast -Iron Flanges: ASME 816.1, Class 125_ e. Cast -Iron, Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Class 125, galvanized. D. Copper DWV Tube: ASTM B 306, drainage tube, drawn temper. 1. Copper Drainage Fittings: ASME 816.23, cast copper or ASME B16.29, wrought- copper, solder -joint fittings. E. Solid -Wall or Cellular -Core ABS Pipe: ASTM D 2661, Schedule 40, solid wall. 1. ABS Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2661, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns. F. Solid -Wall or Cellular -Core PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, solid -wall drain, waste, and vent. 1. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, socket type, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Special pipe fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure ratings may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150 -2 1 t L� r 1 t 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Flanges and unions may be used on aboveground pressure piping, unless otherwise ' indicated. C. Aboveground, soil, waste, and vent piping shall be the following: ' 1. Hubless cast -iron soil pipe and fittings, sovent stack fittings; standard or heavy - duty shielded, stainless -steel couplings; and hubless- coupling joints. D. Underground, soil, waste, and vent piping shall be the following: 1. Service class, hub - and - spigot, cast -iron soil i e and fittings; a p p g gaskets; and compression joints. 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Sanitary sewer piping outside the building is specified in Division 2 Section "Sanitary Sewerage." I B. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." I SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150 -3 C. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to ' building sanitary sewers. D. Install cast -iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service ' pipe penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to make installation watertight. Sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." ' E. Install wall penetration system at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Make installation watertight. Wall penetration systems are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." F. Install cast -iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." G. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long -sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep ' 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long -turn, double Y- branch and 1/8 -bend fittings if 2 fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more ' than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. 1 H. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends ' of piping upstream. install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written I SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150 -3 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. I. Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Building Sanitary Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 and larger. 2. Horizontal Sanitary Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow. 3. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack. J. Sleeves are not required for cast -iron soil piping passing through concrete slabs -on- grade if slab is without membrane waterproofing. K. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Basic piping joint construction requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." B. Cast -Iron, Soil- Piping Joints: Make joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." 1. Gasketed Joints: Make with rubber gasket matching class of pipe and fittings. 2. Hubless Joints: Make with rubber gasket and sleeve or clamp. C. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water- flushable, lead -free flux; ASTM B 32, lead - free -alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 VALVE INSTALLATION A. General -duty valves are specified in Division 15 Section "Valves." B. Shutoff Valves: Install shutoff valve on each sewage pump discharge. 1. Use gate or full -port ball valve for piping NPS 2 and smaller. 2. Use gate valve for piping NPS 2 -1/2 and larger. C. Check Valves: Install swing check valve, downstream from shutoff valve, on each sewage pump discharge. D. Backwater Valves: Install backwater valves in piping subject to sewage backflow. 1. Horizontal Piping: Horizontal backwater valves. Use normally closed type, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Floor Drains: Drain outlet backwater valves, unless drain has integral backwater valve. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150 -4 t t t 1 r Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3. Install backwater valves in accessible locations. 4. Backwater valves are specified in Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties." 3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Seismic - restraint devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." B. Pipe hangers and supports are specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." Install the following: 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. C. Longer Than 100 Feet, if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls. 3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. C. Install supports according to Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." D. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. E. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double -rod hangers, with 3/8 -inch minimum rods. F. Install hangers for cast -iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1 -1/2 and NPS 2: 60 inches (1500 mm) with 3/8 -inch rod. 2. NPS 3: 60 inches with 1/2 -inch rod. 3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 60 inches with 5/8 -inch rod. 4. NPS 6: 60 inches with 3/4 -inch rod. 5. Spacing for 10 -foot lengths may be increased to 10 feet. Spacing for fittings is limited to 60 inches. G. Install supports for vertical cast -iron soil piping every 15 feet (4.5 m). H. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP -69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. II SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150 -5 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following: 1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 2. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 4. Equipment: Connect drainage piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve, if indicated, and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for connections NPS 2 -1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. 2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. 2. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. 3.8 CLEANING A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. END OF SECTION 15150 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150 -6 1 n Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15155 - SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following sanitary drainage piping specialties: 1. Backwater valves. 2. Cleanouts, 3. Floor drains. 4. Roof flashing assemblies. 5. Miscellaneous sanitary drainage piping specialties. 6. Flashing materials. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and accessories for grease interceptors. 13 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Drainage piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BACKWATER VALVES A. Horizontal, Cast -Iron Backwater Valves: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Josam Company; Josam Div. b. Smith, Jay R. Mfr. Co_; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. C. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. d. Watts Drainage Products Inc. e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 15155-1 r� Ll Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 4. Standard: ASME Al 12.14.1. 5. Size: Same as connected piping. 6. Body: Cast iron. 7. Cover: Cast iron with bolted or threaded access check valve. 8. End Connections: Hub and spigot. 9. Type Check Valve: Removable, bronze, swing check, factory assembled or field modified to hang closed. 10. Extension: ASTM A 74, Service class; full -size, cast -iron, soil -pipe extension to field - installed cleanout at floor; replaces backwater valve cover. B. Drain - Outlet Backwater Valves: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Josam Company; Josam Div. b. Smith, Jay R. Mfr. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. C. Watts Drainage Products Inc. d. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 3. Size: Same as floor drain outlet. 4. Body: Cast iron or bronze made for vertical installation in bottom outlet of floor drain. 5. Check Valve: Removable ball float. 6. Inlet: Threaded. 7. Outlet: Threaded or spigot. 2.2 CLEANOUTS A. Exposed Cast -Iron Cleanouts: Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Josam Company; Josam Div. b. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. C. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. d. Watts Drainage Products Inc. e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 4. Standard: ASME Al 12.36.2M for cast iron for cleanout test tee. 1 t t t ri SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 15155-2 , t Lion Square Lod e — North Buildin ' Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 5. Size: Same as connected drainage piping 6. Body Material: Hub - and - spigot, cast -iron soil pipe T- branch as required to match connected piping. 7. Closure: Countersunk, brass plug. 8. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size. B. Cast -Iron Floor Cleanouts: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by 1 one of the following: 3. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Josam Company; Josam Div. SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 15155-3 a. Josam Company; Josam Div. ' b. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc. C. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. d. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. e. Watts Drainage Products Inc. f. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation. g. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 4. Standard: ASME Al 12.36.2M for adjustable housing cleanout. 5. Size: Same as connected branch. 6. Type: Adjustable housing. ' 7. Body or Ferrule: Cast iron. 8. Clamping Device: Required. 9. Outlet Connection: Spigot. 10. Closure: Brass plug with straight threads and gasket. ' 11. Adjustable Housing Material: Cast iron with threads. 12. Frame and Cover Material and Finish: Nickel- bronze, copper alloy. 13. 14. Frame and Cover Shape: Round. Top Loading Classification: Extra Heavy Duty. 15. Riser: ASTM A 74, Extra -Heavy class, cast -iron drainage pipe fitting and riser to cleanout. C. Cast -Iron Wall Cleanouts: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by 1 one of the following: 3. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Josam Company; Josam Div. SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 15155-3 t Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado b. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. G. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. d. Watts Drainage Products Inc. e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 1 9 Il 4. Standard: ASME Al 12.36.2M. Include wall access. 5. Size: Same as connected drainage piping. 6. Body: Hub - and - spigot, cast -iron soil pipe T- branch as required to match connected piping. 7. Closure: Countersunk brass plug. 8. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size. 9. Wall Access: Round, deep, chrome- plated bronze cover plate with screw. 10. Wall Access: Round, nickel- bronze, copper - alloy, or stainless -steel wall - installation frame and cover. FLOOR DRAINS Cast -Iron Floor Drains: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Commercial Enameling Co. b. Josam Company; Josam Div. C. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. d. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. e. Watts Drainage Products Inc. f. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation. g. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 4. Standard: ASME All 12.6.3. 5. Pattern: Floor drain. 6. Body Material: Gray iron. 7. Seepage Flange: Required. 8. Anchor Flange: Required. 9. Clamping Device: Required. 10. Outlet: Bottom. 11. Backwater Valve: Not required. 12. Coating on Interior and Exposed Exterior Surfaces: Acid - resistant enamel. 13. Sediment Bucket: Not required. 14. Top or Strainer Material: Bronze. 15. Top of Body and Strainer Finish: Nickel bronze. 16. Top Shape: Round. SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 15155-4 I t 1 t I I i IJ F� Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 17. Top Loading Classification: Heavy Duty. 18. Funnel: Not required. 19. Trap Material: Cast iron. 20. Trap Pattern: Standard P -trap. 2.4 ROOF FLASHING ASSEMBLIES A. Roof Flashing Assemblies: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Acorn Engineering Company; Elmdor /Stoneman Div. b. Thaler Metal Industries Ltd. B. Description: Manufactured assembly made of 4.0-lb/sq. ft. thick, lead flashing collar and skirt extending at least 6 inches from pipe, with galvanized -steel boot reinforcement and counterflashing fitting. 1. Open -Top Vent Cap: Without cap. 2. Low - Silhouette Vent Cap: With vandal -proof vent cap. 3. Extended Vent Cap: With field - installed, vandal -proof vent cap. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS SANITARY DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Open Drains: 1. Description: Shop or field fabricate from ASTM A 74, Service class, hub -and- spigot, cast -iron, soil -pipe fittings. Include P -trap, hub -and- spigot riser section; and where required, increaser fitting joined with ASTM C 564, rubber gaskets. 2. Size: Same as connected waste piping. B. Deep -Seal Traps: 1. Description: Cast -iron or bronze casting, with inlet and outlet matching connected piping and cleanout trap -seal primer valve connection. 2. Size: Same as connected waste piping. a. NPS 2: 4- inch - minimum water seal. b. NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: 5- inch - minimum water seal. C. Floor- Drain, Trap -Seal Primer Fittings: II SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 15155-5 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Description: Cast iron, with threaded inlet and threaded or spigot outlet, and trap -seal primer valve connection. 2. Size: Same as floor drain outlet with NPS 1/2 side inlet. D. Air -Gap Fittings: 1. Standard: ASME A112.1.2, for fitting designed to ensure fixed, positive air gap between installed inlet and outlet piping. 2. Body: Bronze or cast iron. 3. Inlet: Opening in top of body. 4. Outlet: Larger than inlet. 5. Size: Same as connected waste piping and with inlet large enough for associated indirect waste piping. E. Sleeve Flashing Device: 1. Description: Manufactured, cast -iron fitting, with clamping device, that forms sleeve for pipe floor penetrations of floor membrane. Include galvanized -steel pipe extension in top of fitting that will extend 1 inch above finished floor and galvanized -steel pipe extension in bottom of fitting that will extend through floor slab. 2. Size: As required for close fit to riser or stack piping. F. Stack Flashing Fittings: 1. Description: Counterflashing -type, cast -iron fitting, with bottom recess for terminating roof membrane, and with threaded or hub top for extending vent pipe. 2. Size: Same as connected stack vent or vent stack. G. Vent Caps: 1. Description: Cast -iron body with threaded or hub inlet and vandal -proof design. Include vented hood and setscrews to secure to vent pipe. 2. Size: Same as connected stack vent or vent stack. 2.6 FLASHING MATERIALS A. Lead Sheet: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, copper bearing, with the following minimum weights and thicknesses, unless otherwise indicated: 1. General Use: 4.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0625 -inch thickness. 2. Vent Pipe Flashing: 3.0- lb /sq. ft., 0.0469 -inch thickness. 3. Burning: 6- Ib /sq_ ft., 0.0938 -inch thickness. B. Fasteners: Metal compatible with material and substrate being fastened. C. Metal Accessories: Sheet metal strips, clamps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units required for installation; matching or compatible with material being installed. I� i� t t 1 1 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 15155-6 1 LI Lion S uare Lodge — North Buildin Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado D. Solder: ASTM B 32, lead -free alloy. E. Bituminous Coating: SSPC -Paint 12, solvent -type, bituminous mastic. PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for piping joining materials, joint construction, and basic installation requirements. B. Install backwater valves in building drain piping. For interior installation, provide cleanout deck plate flush with floor and centered over backwater valve cover, and of adequate size to remove valve cover for servicing. C. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Size same as drainage piping up to NPS 4. Use NPS 4 for larger drainage piping unless larger cleanout is indicated. 2. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees. 3. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping NPS 4 and smaller and 100 feet for larger piping. 4. Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack. D. For floor cleanouts for piping below floors, install cleanout deck plates with top flush with finished floor. E. For cleanouts located in concealed piping, install cleanout wall access covers, of types indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall. F. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush with finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Position floor drains for easy access and maintenance. 2. Set floor drains below elevation of surrounding finished floor to allow floor drainage. Set with grates depressed according to the following drainage area radii: a. Radius, 30 Inches or Less: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not less than 1/4 -inch total depression. b. Radius, 30 to 60 Inches: Equivalent to 1 percent slope. C. Radius, 60 Inches or Larger: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not greater than 1 -inch total depression. 3. Install floor -drain flashing collar or flange so no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated. SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 15155-7 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 4. Install individual traps for floor drains connected to sanitary building drain, unless otherwise indicated. G. Install roof flashing assemblies on sanitary stack vents and vent stacks that extend through roof. H. Install flashing fittings on sanitary stack vents and vent stacks that extend through roof. 1. Assemble open drain fittings and install with top of hub 1 inch above floor. J. Install deep -seal traps on floor drains and other waste outlets, if indicated. K. Install floor- drain, trap -seal primer fittings on inlet to floor drains that require trap -seal primer connection. 1. Exception: Fitting may be omitted if trap has trap -seal primer connection. 2. Size: Same as floor drain inlet. L. Install air -gap fittings on draining -type backflow preventers and on indirect -waste piping discharge into sanitary drainage system. M. Install sleeve flashing device with each riser and stack passing through floors with waterproof membrane. N. Install vent caps on each vent pipe passing through roof. O. Install traps on plumbing specialty drain outlets. Omit traps on indirect wastes unless trap is indicated. P. Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep- pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding pipe fittings. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance. C. Grease Interceptors: Connect inlet and outlet to unit, and connect flow - control fitting and vent to unit inlet piping. Install valve on outlet of automatic drawoff-type unit. 3.3 FLASHING INSTALLATION A_ Fabricate flashing from single piece unless large pans, sumps, or other drainage shapes are required. Join flashing according to the following if required: SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 15155-8 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Lead Sheets: Burn joints of lead sheets 6.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0938 -inch thickness or thicker. Solder joints of lead sheets 4.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0625 -inch thickness or thinner. II I SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 15155-9 B. Install sheet flashing on pipes, sleeves, and specialties passing through or embedded in floors and roofs with waterproof membrane. 1. Pipe Flashing: Sleeve type, matching pipe size, with minimum length of 10 inches, and skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around pipe. 2. Sleeve Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around sleeve. ' 3. Embedded Specialty Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around specialty. C. Set flashing on floors and roofs in solid coating of bituminous cement. D. Secure flashing into sleeve and specialty clamping ring or device. E. Install flashing for piping passing through roofs with counterflashing or commercially made flashing fittings, according to Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." F. Extend flashing up vent pipe passing through roofs and turn down into pipe, or secure flashing into cast -iron sleeve having calking recess. 3.4 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic - laminate equipment nameplate or sign on or near each grease interceptor. B. Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in addition to identifying unit. Nameplates and signs are specified in Division 15 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment_" 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and to prevent damage from traffic or construction work. B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops. END OF SECTION 15155 II I SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 15155-9 Lion Square Lodge -- North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15160 - STORM DRAINAGE PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following storm drainage piping inside the building. 1. Pipe, tube, and fittings. 2. Special pipe fittings. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Storm Drainage Piping: 10 -foot head of water. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Field quality - control inspection and test reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF- drain" for plastic drain piping. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Hub -and- Spigot, Cast -Iron Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Service class- 1 _ Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber. B. Hubless Cast -Iron Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301. 1. Shielded Couplings: ASTM C 1277 assembly of metal shield or housing, corrosion - resistant fasteners, and rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. STORM DRAINAGE PIPING 15160-1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado a. Standard, Shielded, Stainless -Steel Couplings: CISPI 310, with stainless - steel corrugated shield; stainless -steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve. b. Heavy -Duty, Shielded, Stainless -Steel Couplings: With stainless -steel shield, stainless -steel bands and tightening devices, and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve. C. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or S, Grade A or B, Schedule 40, galvanized. Include ends matching joining method. 1. Drainage Fittings: ASME 816.12, threaded, cast -iron drainage pattern. 2. Pressure Fittings: a. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53 /A 53M or ASTM A 106, Schedule 40, galvanized, seamless steel pipe. Include ends matching joining method. b. Malleable -iron Unions: ASME B16.39; Class 150; hexagonal -stock body with ball- and - socket, metal -to- metal, bronze seating surface; and female threaded ends. C. Gray -Iron, Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern. d. Cast -iron Flanges: ASME B16.1, Class 125. e. Cast -Iron, Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Class 125. D. Copper DWV Tube: ASTM B 306, drainage tube, drawn temper. 1. Copper Drainage Fittings: ASME B16.23, cast copper or ASME B16.29, wrought copper, solder -joint fittings. E. ABS Pipe: ASTM D 2661, Schedule 40, solid wall. 1. ABS Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2661, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns. F. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, solid -wall drain, waste, and vent. 1. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Special pipe fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure ratings may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. B. Aboveground storm drainage piping shall be the following: I. Hubless cast -iron soil pipe and fittings; standard, shielded, stainless -steel couplings; and coupled joints. STORM DRAINAGE PIPING 15160-2 1] I � 1 1 r t J Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado C. Underground storm drainage piping shall be the following: 1. Service class, cast -iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. PIPING INSTALLATION Storm sewer and drainage piping outside the building are specified in Division 2 Section "Storm Drainage. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section 'Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building storm drains connect to building storm sewers. Cleanouts are specified in Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties." D. Install cast -iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to make installation watertight. Sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." E. Install wall - penetration- fitting system at each. service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Make installation watertight. F. Install cast -iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." G. Make changes in direction for storm piping using appropriate branches, bends, and ' long -sweep bends. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. H. Lay buried building drain piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. I. Install storm drainage piping at the following minimum slopes, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Building Storm Drain: 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 and larger. 2. Horizontal Storm - Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow. J. Sleeves are not required for cast -iron soil piping passing through concrete slabs -on- grade if slab is without membrane waterproofing. K. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. I STORM DRAINAGE PIPING 15160-3 1 a � C. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section 'Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building storm drains connect to building storm sewers. Cleanouts are specified in Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties." D. Install cast -iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to make installation watertight. Sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." E. Install wall - penetration- fitting system at each. service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Make installation watertight. F. Install cast -iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." G. Make changes in direction for storm piping using appropriate branches, bends, and ' long -sweep bends. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. H. Lay buried building drain piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. I. Install storm drainage piping at the following minimum slopes, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Building Storm Drain: 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 and larger. 2. Horizontal Storm - Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow. J. Sleeves are not required for cast -iron soil piping passing through concrete slabs -on- grade if slab is without membrane waterproofing. K. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. I STORM DRAINAGE PIPING 15160-3 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Basic piping joint construction requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." B. Hub - and - Spigot, Cast -Iron Soil Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for compression joints. C. Hubless Cast -Iron Soil Piping Coupled Joints: Join according to CISPI310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for hubless- coupling joints. 3.4 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Backwater Valves: Install backwater valves in piping subject to backflow. 1. Horizontal Piping: Horizontal backwater valves. 2. Install backwater valves in accessible locations. 3. Backwater valve are specified in Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties." 3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION ' µ A. Seismic- restraint devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." B. Pipe hangers and supports are specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." Install the following: P 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. C. Longer Than 100 Feet, if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls. , 3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. r 4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. , C. Install supports according to Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." D. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. t E. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double -rod hangers, with 3/8 -inch minimum L rods. F. Install hangers for cast -iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1 -1/2 and NPS 2: 60 inches with 318 -inch rod. STORM DRAINAGE PIPING 15160-4 I Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2. NPS 3: 60 inches with 1/2 -inch rod. 3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 60 inches with 518 -inch rod. 4. NPS 6: 60 inches with 3/4 -inch rod. 5. Spacing for 10 -foot lengths may be increased to 10 feet. Spacing for fittings is r limited to 60 inches. G. Install supports for vertical cast -iron soil piping every 15 feet. H. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP -69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 11 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Connect interior storm drainage piping to exterior storm drainage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. B. Connect storm drainage piping to roof drains and storm drainage specialties. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in after roughing -in. 2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Test storm drainage piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction. 3.8 CLEANING A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. END OF SECTION 15160 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING 15160-5 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15181 - HYDRONIC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes pipe and fitting materials, joining methods, special -duty valves, and specialties for the following: 1. Hot -water heating piping. 2. Chilled -water piping. 3. Condensate -drain piping. B. See Division 15 Section "Hydronic Pumps" for pumps, motors, and accessories for hydronic piping. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following: 1. Pressure -seal fittings. 2. Valves. Include flow and pressure drop curves based on manufacturer's testing for calibrated- orifice balancing valves and automatic flow - control valves. 3. Air control devices. 4. Chemical treatment. 5. Hydronic specialties. B. Shop Drawings: Detail, at 1/4 scale, the piping layout, fabrication of pipe anchors, hangers, supports for multiple pipes, alignment guides, expansion joints and loops, and attachments of the same to the building structure. Detail location of anchors, alignment guides, and expansion joints and loops. C. Field quality- control test reports. D. Operation and maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME 831.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate ASME label. Fabricate and stamp air separators and expansion tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. II HYDRONIC PIPING 15181-1 1 Lion Square Lodge -- North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Drawn - Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type L. B. Annealed- Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type K. C. DWV Copper Tubing: ASTM B 306, Type DWV. D. Wrought- Copper Fittings: ASME 816.22. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Anvil International, Inc. b. S. P. Fittings; a division of Star Pipe Products. C. Victaulic Company of America. 4. Grooved -End Copper Fittings: ASTM B 75, copper tube or ASTM B 584, bronze casting. 5. Grooved - End -Tube Couplings: Rigid pattern, unless otherwise indicated; gasketed fitting. Ductile -iron housing with keys matching pipe and fitting grooves, EPDM gasket rated for minimum 230 deg F for use with housing, and steel bolts and nuts. E. Wrought- Copper Unions: ASME B16.22_ 2.2 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53 /A 53M, black steel with plain ends; type, grade, and wall thickness as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. B. Cast -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME 816.4; Classes 125 and 250 as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. C. Malleable -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Classes 150 and 300 as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. D. Malleable -Iron Unions: ASME B16.39; Classes 150, 250, and 300 as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. HYDRONIC PIPING 15181-2 t r 7- t t fl r L� Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado E. Cast -Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME 816.1, Classes 25, 125, and 250; 1 raised ground face, and bolt holes spot faced as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. F. Wrought Cast- and Forged -Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings: 1. Material Group: 1.1. 2. End Connections: Butt welding. 3. Facings: Raised face. G. Grooved Mechanical -Joint Fittings and Couplings: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Anvil International, Inc. b. Central Sprinkler Company; a division of Tyco Fire & Building Products. C. National Fittings, Inc. d. S. P. Fittings; a division of Star Pipe Products. e. Victaulic Company of America. 4. Joint Fittings: ASTM A 536, Grade 65 -45 -12 ductile iron; ASTM A 47/A 47M, Grade 32510 malleable iron; ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type F, E, or S, Grade B fabricated steel; or ASTM A 106, Grade B steel fittings with grooves or shoulders constructed to accept grooved -end couplings; with nuts, bolts, locking pin, locking toggle, or lugs to secure grooved pipe and fittings. 5. Couplings: Ductile- or malleable -iron housing and synthetic rubber gasket of central cavity pressure - responsive design; with nuts, bolts, locking pin, locking toggle, or lugs to secure grooved pipe and fittings. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. Pipe - Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents. 1. ASME 616.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos free, 1/8 -inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. a. Full -Face Type: For flat -face, Class 125, cast -iron and cast - bronze flanges. b. Narrow -Face Type: For raised -face, Class 250, cast -iron and steel flanges. HYDRONIC PIPING 15181 -3 Lion Sguare Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. C. Plastic, Pipe - Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead -free alloys. Include water- flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper - phosphorus alloys for joining copper with copper; or BAg -1, silver alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel. F. Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for fluid to be handled and working temperatures and pressures. 2.4 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Description: Combination fitting of copper -alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder - joint, plain, or weld -neck end connections that match piping system materials. B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. C. Dielectric Unions: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Capitol Manufacturing Company. b. Central Plastics Company. C. Hart Industries International, Inc. d. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; AquaSpec Commercial Products Division. 3. Factory- fabricated union assembly, for 250 -psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F. D. Dielectric Couplings: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Calpico, Inc_ b. Lochinvar Corporation. u 1 1 I HYDRONIC PIPING 15181 -4 , t Lion Square Lodge — North Buildinq ' Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1 3. Galvanized -steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300 -psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. 2.5 VALVES A. Gate, Globe, Check, Ball, and Butterfly Valves: Comply with requirements specified in ' Division 15 Section "Valves." B. Automatic Temperature - Control Valves, Actuators, and Sensors: Comply with requirements specified in Division 15 Section "HVAC Instrumentation and Controls." C. Bronze, Calibrated- Orifice, Balancing Valves: I HYDRONIC PIPING 15181 -5 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. b. Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries. C. Flow Design Inc. d. Gerand Engineering Co. e. Griswold Controls. L Taco. g. Tour & Andersson; available through Victaulic Company of America 4. Body: Bronze, ball or plug type with calibrated orifice or venturi. 5. Ball: Brass or stainless steel. 6. Plug: Resin. 7. Seat: PTFE_ 8. 9. End Connections: Threaded or socket. Pressure Gage Connections: Integral seals for portable differential pressure meter. 10. Handle Style: Lever, with memory stop to retain set position. 11. CWP Rating: Minimum 125 psig. 12. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F. D. Cast -Iron or Steel, Calibrated - Orifice, Balancing Valves: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: I HYDRONIC PIPING 15181 -5 J Lion Sauare Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado a. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. b. Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries. C. Flow Design Inc. d. Gerand Engineering Co. e. Griswold Controls. f. Taco. 4. Body: Cast -iron or steel body, ball, plug, or globe pattern with calibrated orifice or Venturi. 5. Ball: Brass or stainless steel. 6. Stem Seals: EPDM O- rings. 7. Disc: Glass and carbon - filled PTFE. 8. Seat: PTFE. 9. End Connections: Flanged or grooved. 10. Pressure Gage Connections: Integral seals for portable differential pressure meter. 11. Handle Style: Lever, with memory stop to retain set position. 12. CWP Rating: Minimum 125 psig. 13. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F. E. Diaphragm - Operated, Pressure - Reducing Valves: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Amtrol, Inc. b. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. C. Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries. d. Conbraco Industries, Inc. e. Spence Engineering Company, Inc. f. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 4. Body: Bronze or brass. 5. Disc: Glass and carbon - filled PTFE. 6. Seat: Brass. 7. Stem Seals: EPDM O- rings. 8. Diaphragm: EPT. 9. Low inlet- pressure check valve. 10. Inlet Strainer: removable without system shutdown. 11. Valve Seat and Stem: Noncorrosive. 12. Valve Size, Capacity, and Operating Pressure: Selected to suit system in which installed, with operating pressure and capacity factory set and field adjustable. F. Diaphragm- Operated Safety Valves: I LJ L" HYDRONIC PIPING 15181 -6 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building ' Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1 J e 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Amtrol, Inc. b. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. C. Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries. d. Conbraco Industries, Inc. e. Spence Engineering Company, Inc. f. Wafts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 4. Body: Bronze or brass. 5. Disc: Glass and carbon - filled PTFE. 6. Seat: Brass. 7. Stem Seals: EPDM O- rings. 8. Diaphragm: EPT. 9. Wetted, Internal Work Parts: Brass and rubber. 10. Inlet Strainer: removable without system shutdown. 11. Valve Seat and Stem: Noncorrosive. 12. Valve Size, Capacity, and Operating Pressure: Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IV, and selected to suit system in which installed, with operating pressure and capacity factory set and field adjustable. G. Automatic Flow - Control Valves: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: Flow Design Inc. Griswold Controls. 4. Body: Brass or ferrous metal. 5. Piston and Spring Assembly: Stainless steel, tamper proof, self cleaning, and removable. 6. Combination Assemblies: Include bonze or brass -alloy ball valve. 7. Identification Tag: Marked with zone identification, valve number, and flow rate. 8. Size: Same as pipe in which installed. 9. Performance: Maintain constant flow, plus or minus 5 percent over system pressure fluctuations. 10. Minimum CWP Rating: 175 psig. 11. Maximum Operating Temperature: 200 deg F. I HYDRONIC PIPING 15181-7 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2.6 AIR CONTROL DEVICES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Amtrol, Inc. 2. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. 3. Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries. 4. Taco. C. Manual Air Vents: 1. Body: Bronze. 2. Internal Parts: Nonferrous. 3. Operator: Screwdriver or thumbscrew. 4. Inlet Connection: NPS 112. 5. Discharge Connection: NPS 1/8. 6. CWP Rating: 150 psig. 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 225 deg F. D. Expansion Tanks: 1. Tank: Welded steel, rated for 125 -psig working pressure and 375 deg F maximum operating temperature, with taps in bottom of tank for tank fitting and taps in end of tank for gage glass. Tanks shall be factory tested with taps fabricated and labeled according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. 2. Air - Control Tank Fitting: Cast -iron body, copper - plated tube, brass vent tube plug, and stainless -steel ball check, 100 -gal. unit only; sized for compression - tank diameter. Provide tank fittings for 125 -psig working pressure and 250 deg F maximum operating temperature. 3. Tank Drain Fitting: Brass body, nonferrous internal parts; 125 -psig working pressure and 240 deg F maximum operating temperature; constructed to admit air to compression tank, drain water, and close off system. 4. Gage Glass: Full height with dual manual shutoff valves, 314 -inch- diameter gage glass, and slotted -metal glass guard. E_ In -Line Air Separators: 1. Tank: One -piece cast iron with an integral weir constructed to decelerate system flow to maximize air separation. 2. Maximum Working Pressure: Up to 175 psig. 3. Maximum Operating Temperature: Up to 300 deg F. l s J s r s HYDRONIC PIPING 15181 -8 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Buildin Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2.7 CHEMICAL TREATMENT A. Bypass Chemical Feeder: Welded steel construction; 125 -psig working pressure; 5- gal. capacity; with fill funnel and inlet, outlet, and drain valves. 1. Chemicals: Specially formulated, based on analysis of makeup water, to prevent accumulation of scale and corrosion in piping and connected equipment. B. Ethylene and Propylene Glycol: Industrial grade with corrosion inhibitors and environmental- stabilizer additives for mixing with water in systems indicated to contain antifreeze or glycol solutions. 2.8 HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Y- Pattern Strainers: 1. Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain connection. 2. End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged ends for NPS 2 -1/2 and larger. 3. Strainer Screen: 40 -mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless -steel basket with 50 percent free area. 4. CWP Rating: 125 psig. B. Stainless -Steel Bellow, Flexible Connectors: 1. Body: Stainless -steel bellows with woven, flexible, bronze, wire - reinforcing protective jacket. 2. End Connections: Threaded or flanged to match equipment connected. 3. Performance: Capable of 3/4 -inch misalignment. 4. CWP Rating: 150 psig. 5. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F. C. Expansion fittings are specified in Division 15 Section "Pipe Expansion Fittings and Loops." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Hot -water heating piping, aboveground, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be the following: 1. Type L, drawn- temper copper tubing, wrought - copper fittings, and soldered joints. B. Hot -water heating piping, aboveground, NPS 2 -1/2 and larger, shall be the following: 1. Schedule 40 steel pipe, wrought -steel fittings and wrought -cast or forged -steel flanges and flange fittings, and welded and flanged joints. ' HYDRONIC PIPING 15181-9 Lion Square Lodge -- North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado C. Hot -Water Heating Piping Installed Belowground and within Slabs: Type K, annealed - temper copper tubing, wrought - copper fittings, and soldered joints. Use the fewest possible joints. D. Chilled -water piping, aboveground, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be the following: 1. Type L, drawn - temper copper tubing, wrought - copper fittings, and soldered joints. E. Chilled -water piping, aboveground, NPS 2 -1/2 and larger, shall be the following: 1. Schedule 40 steel pipe, wrought -steel fittings and wrought -cast or forged -steel flanges and flange fittings, and welded and flanged joints. F. Chilled -Water Piping Installed Belowground and within Slabs: Type K, annealed - temper copper tubing, wrought- copper fittings, and soldered joints. Use the fewest possible joints. G. Condensate -Drain Piping: Type M, drawn- temper copper tubing, wrought - copper fittings, and soldered joints. 3.2 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Install shutoff-duty valves at each branch connection to supply mains, and at supply connection to each piece of equipment. B. Install calibrated- orifice, balancing valves at each branch connection to return main. C. Install calibrated- orifice, balancing valves in the return pipe of each heating or cooling terminal. D. Install check valves at each pump discharge and elsewhere as required to control flow direction. E. Install safety valves at hot -water generators and elsewhere as required by ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Install drip -pan elbow on safety -valve outlet and pipe without valves to the outdoors; and pipe drain to nearest floor drain or as indicated on Drawings. Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1, for installation requirements. F. install pressure - reducing valves at makeup -water connection to regulate system fill pressure. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATIONS A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicate piping locations and arrangements if such were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations_ Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. u 0 I HYDRONIC PIPING 15181 -10 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado I B. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. D. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. E. Install piping to permit valve servicing. F. Install piping at indicated slopes. G. Install piping free of sags and bends. H. install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. I. Install piping to allow application of insulation. J. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. K. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves. L. Install drains, consisting of a tee fitting, NPS 3/4 ball valve, and short NPS 3/4 threaded nipple with cap, at low points in piping system mains and elsewhere as required for system drainage. M. Install piping at a uniform grade of 0.2 percent upward in direction of flow. N. Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side up O. Install branch connections to mains using tee fittings in main pipe, with the branch connected to the bottom of the main pipe. For up -feed risers, connect the branch to the top of the main pipe. P. Install valves according to Division 15 Section "Valves." Q. Install unions in piping, NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to valves, at final connections of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. R. Install flanges in piping, NPS 2 -1/2 and larger, at final connections of equipment and elsewhere as indicated. S. Install strainers on inlet side of each control valve, pressure- reducing valve, solenoid valve, in -line pump, and elsewhere as indicated. Install NPS 3/4 nipple and ball valve in blowdown connection of strainers NPS 2 and larger. Match size of strainer blowoff connection for strainers smaller than NPS 2. �' HYDRONIC PIPING 15181 -11 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado T. Install expansion loops, expansion joints, anchors, and pipe alignment guides as I specified in Division 15 Section "Pipe Expansion Fittings and Loops." U. Identify piping as specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification." , 3.4 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS "Hangers A. Hanger, support, and anchor devices are specified in Division 15 Section and Supports." Comply with the following requirements for maximum spacing of supports. B. Seismic restraints are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." C. Install the following pipe attachments: ' 1. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal piping less than 20 feet long. 2. Adjustable roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal piping 20 feet or longer. 3. Pipe Roller: MSS SP -58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping 20 feet or longer, supported on a trapeze. 4. Spring hangers to support vertical runs. 5. Provide copper -clad hangers and supports for hangers and supports in direct contact with copper pipe. D. Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 3/4: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 114 inch. 2. NPS 1: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 114 inch. 3. NPS 1 -112: Maximum span, 9 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 4. NPS 2: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 5. NPS 2 -112: Maximum span, 11 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 6. NPS 3: Maximum span, 12 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 7. NPS 4: Maximum span, 14 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. E. Install hangers for drawn - temper copper piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 3/4: Maximum span, 5 feet; minimum rod size, 114 inch. 2. NPS 1: Maximum span, 6 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 1 NPS 1 -112: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 4_ NPS 2: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 5. NPS 2 -112: Maximum span, 9 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 6. NPS 3: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. F. Support vertical runs at roof, at each floor, and at 10 -foot intervals between floors. HYDRONIC PIPING 15181 -12 11 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building ' Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3.5 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 15 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water - flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead -free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper - phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1: 'Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. G. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. H_ Mechanically Formed, Copper- Tube - Outlet Joints: Use manufacturer - recommended tool and procedure, and brazed joints. 3.6 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION A. Install manual air vents at high points in piping, at heat - transfer coils, and elsewhere as required for system air venting. B. Install piping from boiler air outlet, air separator, or air purger to expansion tank with a 2 percent upward slope toward tank. C. Install in -line air separators in pump suction. Install drain valve on air separators NPS 2 and larger. D. Install bypass chemical feeders in each hydronic system where indicated, in upright position with top of funnel not more than 48 inches above the floor. Install feeder in minimum NPS 3/4 bypass line, from main with full -size, full -port, ball valve in the main HYDRONIC PIPING 15181 -13 1 Lion Square Lodae — North Buildina I Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado between bypass connections. Install NPS 3/4 pipe from chemical feeder drain, to I nearest equipment drain and include a full -size, full -port, ball valve. E. Install expansion tanks above the air separator. Install tank fitting in tank bottom and I charge tank. Use manual vent for initial fill to establish proper water level in tank. 1. Install tank fittings that are shipped loose. 2. Support tank from floor or structure above with sufficient strength to carry weight ' of tank, piping connections, fittings, plus tank full of water. Do not overload building components and structural members. 3.7 TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Sizes for supply and return piping connections shall be the same as or larger than equipment connections. B. Install control valves in accessible locations close to connected equipment. C. Install bypass piping with globe valve around control valve. If parallel control valves are installed, only one bypass is required. D. Install ports for pressure gages and thermometers at coil inlet and outlet connections according to Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages." 3.8 CHEMICAL TREATMENT A. Fill system with fresh water and add liquid alkaline compound with emulsifying agents and detergents to remove grease and petroleum products from piping. Circulate solution for a minimum of 24 hours, drain, clean strainer screens, and refill with fresh water. B. Add initial chemical treatment and maintain water quality in ranges noted above for the first year of operation. C. Fill systems indicated to have antifreeze or glycol solutions with the following concentrations: 1. Hot -Water Heating Piping: Minimum 30 percent propylene glycol. 2. Chilled -Water Heating Piping: Minimum 30 percent propylene glycol. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prepare hydronic piping according to ASME 831.9 and as follows: 1. Leave joints, including welds, uninsulated and exposed for examination during test. HYDRONIC PIPING 15181 -14 ' 1�1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2. Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints that cannot sustain reactions due to test pressure. If temporary restraints are impractical, isolate expansion joints from testing. 3. Flush hydronic piping systems with clean water; then remove and clean or replace strainer screens. 4. Isolate equipment from piping. If a valve is used to isolate equipment, its closure shall be capable of sealing against test pressure without damage to valve. Install blinds in flanged joints to isolate equipment. 5. Install safety valve, set at a pressure no more than one -third higher than test pressure, to protect against damage by expanding liquid or other source of overpressure during test. B. Perform the following tests on hydronic piping: 1. Use ambient temperature water as a testing medium unless there is risk of damage due to freezing. Another liquid that is safe for workers and compatible with piping may be used. 2. While filling system, use vents installed at high points of system to release air. Use drains installed at low points for complete draining of test liquid. 3. Isolate expansion tanks and determine that hydronic system is full of water. 4. Subject piping system to hydrostatic test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times the system's working pressure. Test pressure shall not exceed maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in system under test. Verify that stress due to pressure at bottom of vertical runs does not exceed 90 percent of specified minimum yield strength or 1.7 times "SE" value in Appendix A in ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping." 5. After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine piping, joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing components, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks. 6. Prepare written report of testing. C. Perform the following before operating the system: 1. Open manual valves fully. 2. Inspect pumps for proper rotation. 3. Set makeup pressure- reducing valves for required system pressure. 4. Inspect air vents at high points of system and determine if all are installed and operating freely (automatic type), or bleed air completely (manual type). 5_ Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow. 6. Inspect and set operating temperatures of hydronic equipment, such as boilers, chillers, cooling towers, to specified values. 7. Verify lubrication of motors and bearings. END OF SECTION 15181 HYDRONIC PIPING 15181 -15 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15185 - HYDRONIC PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Close - coupled, in -line centrifugal pumps. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include certified performance curves and rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, final impeller dimensions, and accessories for each type of product indicated. Indicate pump's operating point on curves. B. Shop Drawings: Show pump layout and connections. Include setting drawings with templates for installing foundation and anchor bolts and other anchorages. C_ Operation and maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 778 for motor - operated water pumps. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. HYDRONIC PUMPS 15185 -1 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2.2 CLOSE - COUPLED, IN -LINE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS A. Manufacturers: 1. Armstrong Pumps Inc. 2. Aurora Pump; Division of Pentair Pump Group. 3. Bell & Gossett; Div, of ITT Industries. 4. Grundfos Pumps Corporation. 5. Taco, Inc. B. Description: Factory- assembled and - tested, centrifugal, overhung - impeller, close - coupled, in -line pump as defined in HI 1.1 -1.2 and HI 1.3; designed for installation with pump and motor shafts mounted horizontally or vertically. Rate pump for 125 -psig minimum working pressure and a continuous water temperature of 240 deg F. C. Pump Construction: 1. Casing: Radially split, cast iron, with replaceable bronze wear rings, threaded gage tappings at inlet and outlet, and threaded companion -flange connections. 2. Impeller: ASTM B 584, cast bronze; statically and dynamically balanced, keyed to shaft, and secured with a locking cap screw. Trim impeller to match specified performance. 3. Pump Shaft: Steel, with copper -alloy shaft sleeve. 4. Mechanical Seal: Carbon rotating ring against a ceramic seat held by a stainless -steel spring, and Buna -N bellows and gasket. Include water stinger on shaft between motor and seal. 5. Packing Seal: Stuffing box, with a minimum of four rings of graphite- impregnated braided yarn with bronze lantern ring between center two graphite rings, and bronze packing gland. 6. Pump Bearings: Permanently lubricated ball bearings. D. Motor: Single speed, with permanently lubricated ball bearings, unless otherwise indicated; and rigidly mounted to pump casing. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Motors." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PUMP INSTALLATION A. Comply with HI 1.4. B. Install pumps with access for periodic maintenance including removal of motors, impellers, couplings, and accessories. C_ Independently support pumps and piping so weight of piping is not supported by pumps and weight of pumps is not supported by piping. t t 1 1 t HYDRONIC PUMPS 15185 -2 1 1 1 1 t t Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado D. Install continuous - thread hanger rods and elastomeric hangers of sufficient size to support pump weight. Vibration isolation devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." Fabricate brackets or supports as required. Hanger and support materials are specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." E. Suspend vertically mounted, in -line centrifugal pumps independent of piping. Install pumps with motor and pump shafts vertical. Use continuous- thread hanger rods and elastomeric hangers of sufficient size to support pump weight. Vibration isolation devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." Hanger and support materials are specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." F. Set base - mounted pumps on concrete foundation. Disconnect coupling before setting. Do not reconnect couplings until alignment procedure is complete. 1. Support pump baseplate on rectangular metal blocks and shims, or on metal wedges with small taper, at points near foundation bolts to provide a gap of 3/4 to 1 -1/2 inches between pump base and foundation for grouting. 2. Adjust metal supports or wedges until pump and driver shafts are level. Check coupling faces and suction and discharge flanges of pump to verify that they are level and plumb. 3.2 ALIGNMENT A. Align pump and motor shafts and piping connections after setting on foundation, grout has been set and foundation bolts have been tightened, and piping connections have been made. B. Comply with pump and coupling manufacturers' written instructions. C. Adjust pump and motor shafts for angular and offset alignment by methods specified in H11.1 -1.5, "Centrifugal Pumps for Nomenclature, Definitions, Application and Operation." D. After alignment is correct, tighten foundation bolts evenly but not too firmly. Completely fill baseplate with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout while metal blocks and shims or wedges are in place. After grout has cured, fully tighten foundation bolts. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect piping to pumps. pumps. I HYDRONIC PUMPS Install valves that are same size as piping connected to 15185 -3 Li Lion Square Lodge - North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado D. Install suction and discharge pipe sizes equal to or greater than diameter of pump ' nozzles. E. Install check valve and throttling valve on discharge side of pumps. F. Install Y -type strainer and shutoff valve on suction side of pumps. ' G. Install flexible connectors on suction and discharge sides of base - mounted pumps ' between pump casing and valves. H. Install pressure gages on pump suction and discharge, at integral pressure -gage tapping, or install single gage with multiple input selector valve. , I. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." J. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." ' END OF SECTION 15185 HYDRONIC PUMPS 15185 -4 ' Lion S uare Lodge — North Buildin Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado I SECTION 15189 - HVAC WATER TREATMENT ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following HVAC water-treatment systems: 1. Bypass chemical -feed equipment and controls. 2. Biocide chemical -feed equipment and controls. 3. Chemical treatment test equipment. 4. HVAC water - treatment chemicals. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS ' A. Water quality for HVAC systems shall minimize corrosion, scale buildup, and biological growth for optimum efficiency of HVAC equipment without creating a hazard to operating personnel or the environment. B. Base HVAC water treatment on quality of water available at Project site, HVAC system equipment material characteristics and functional performance characteristics, operating personnel capabilities, and requirements and guidelines of authorities having jurisdiction. I C. Closed hydronic systems, including hot -water heating, chilled water, shall have the following water qualities: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. pH: Maintain a value within 9.0 to 10.5. "P" Alkalinity: Maintain a value within 100 to 500 ppm. Boron: Maintain a value within 100 to 200 ppm. Chemical Oxygen Demand: Maintain a maximum value of 100 ppm Soluble Copper: Maintain a maximum value of 0.20 ppm. TDS: Maintain a maximum value of 10 ppm. Ammonia: Maintain a maximum value of 20 ppm. Free Caustic Alkalinity: Maintain a maximum value of 20 ppm. Microbiological Limits: Ii e Total Aerobic Plate Count: Maintain a maximum value of 1000 organisms /ml. Total Anaerobic Plate Count: Maintain a maximum value of 100 organisms /ml. C. Nitrate Reducers: Maintain a maximum value of 100 organisms /ml. d_ Sulfate Reducers: Maintain a maximum value of 0 organisms /ml. e. Iron Bacteria: Maintain a maximum value of 0 organisms /ml. ' D. Passivation for Galvanized Steel: For the first 60 days of operation. I HVAC WATER TREATMENT 15189 -1 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. pH: Maintain a value within 7 to 8. 2. Calcium Carbonate Hardness: Maintain a value within 100 to 300 ppm. 3. Calcium Carbonate Alkalinity: Maintain a value within 100 to 300 ppm. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Pretreatment and chemical treatment equipment showing tanks, maintenance space required, and piping connections to HVAC systems. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Wiring Diagrams: Power and control wiring. C. Field quality - control test reports. D. Other Informational Submittals: 1. Water - Treatment Program: Written sequence of operation on an annual basis for the application equipment required to achieve water quality defined in the "Performance Requirements" Article above. 2. Water Analysis: Illustrate water quality available at Project site. 3. Passivation Confirmation Report: Verify passivation of galvanized -steel surfaces, and confirm this observation in a letter to Architect. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. HVAC Water- Treatment Service Provider Qualifications: An experienced HVAC water - treatment service provider capable of analyzing water qualities, installing water - treatment equipment, and applying water treatment as specified in this Section_ B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ampion Corp. HVAC WATER TREATMENT 15189 -2 1 1 t t 1 1 I I 1 Ll 1 1 2. Anderson Chemical Co, Inc. 3. Aqua -Chem, Inc.; Cleaver- Brooks Div. 4. Barclay Chemical Co.; Water Management, Inc. 5. Boland Trane Services. 6. GE Betz. 7. GE Osmonics. 8. H -O -H Chemicals, Inc. 9. Metro Group. Inc. (The); Metropolitan Refining Div. 10. ONDEO Nalco Company. 11. Watcon, Inc. 1 2.2 MANUAL CHEMICAL -FEED EQUIPMENT 1 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado A. Bypass Feeders: Steel, with corrosion - resistant exterior coating, minimum 3 -1/2 -inch (89 -mm) fill opening in the top, and NPS 3/4 (DN 20) bottom inlet and top side outlet. Quarter turn or threaded fill cap with gasket seal and diaphragm to lock the top on the feeder when exposed to system pressure in the vessel. 1. Capacity: 2 gal. 2. Minimum Working Pressure: 125 psig. AUTOMATIC CHEMICAL -FEED EQUIPMENT � A 1 1 e 1 1 1 1 1 Water Meter: 1. AWWA C700, oscillating - piston, magnetic- drive, totalization meter. 2. Body: Bronze. 3. Maximum Pressure Loss at Design Flow: 3 psig. 4. Registration: Gallons or cubic feet. 5. Controls: Flow- control switch with normally open contacts; rated for maximum 10 A, 250 -V ac; and that will close at adjustable increments of total flow. Inhibitor Injection Timers: 1. Microprocessor -based controller with LCD display in NEMA 250, Type 12 enclosure with gasketed and lockable door. Interface for start/stop and status indication at central workstation as described in Division 15 Section "HVAC Instrumentation and Controls." 2. Programmable timers with infinite adjustment over full range, and mounted in cabinet with hand -off -auto switches and status lights. 3. Test switch. 4. Hand - off -auto switch for chemical pump. 5. Illuminated legend to indicate feed when pump is activated. 6. Programmable lockout timer with indicator light. Lockout timer to deactivate the pump and activate alarm circuits. 7. LCD makeup totalizer to measure amount of makeup and bleed -off water from two water meter inputs. I HVAC WATER TREATMENT 15189 -3 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado C. pH Controller: 1. Microprocessor -based controller, 1 percent accuracy in a range from zero to 14 units. Incorporate solid -state integrated circuits and digital LCD display in NEMA 250, Type 12 enclosure with gasketed and lockable door.lnterface for start/stop and status indication at central workstation as described in Division 15 Section "HVAC Instrumentation and Controls." 2. Digital display and touch pad for input. 3. Sensor probe adaptable to sample stream manifold. 4. High, low, and normal pH indication. 5. High or low pH alarm light, trip points field adjustable; with silence switch. 6. Hand - off -auto switch for acid pump. 7. Internal adjustable hysteresis or deadband. D. TDS Controller: 1. Microprocessor -based controller, 1 percent accuracy in a range from zero to 5000 micromhos. Incorporate solid -state integrated circuits and digital LCD display in NEMA 250, Type 12 enclosure with gasketed and lockable door.lnterface for start/stop and status indication at central workstation as described in Division 15 Section "HVAC Instrumentation and Controls." 2. Digital display and touch pad for input. 3. Sensor probe adaptable to sample stream manifold. 4. High, low, and normal conductance indication. 5. High or low conductance alarm light, trip points field adjustable; with silence switch. 6. Hand - off -auto switch for solenoid bleed -off valve. 7. Bleed -off valve activated indication. 8. Internal adjustable hysteresis or deadband. 9. Bleed Valves: a. Cooling Systems: Forged -brass body, globe pattern, general- purpose solenoid with continuous -duty coil, or motorized valve. E. Biocide Feeder Timer: 1. Microprocessor -based controller with digital LCD display in NEMA 250, Type 12 enclosure with gasketed and lockable door.lnterface for start/stop and status indication at central workstation as described in Division 15 Section "HVAC Instrumentation and Controls." 2. 24 -hour timer with 14 -day skip feature to permit activation any hour of day. 3. Precision, solid- state, bleed -off lockout timer and clock - controlled biocide pump timer. Prebleed and bleed lockout timers_ 4. Solid -state alternator to enable use of two different formulations. 5. 24 -hour display of time of day. 6. 14 -day display of day of week. 7. Battery backup so clock is not disturbed by power outages. 8. Hand - off -auto switches for biocide pumps. 9. Biocide A and Biocide B pump running indication. HVAC WATER TREATMENT 15189 -4 1 t r, n fl 1 t 1 Ll r 1 1 1 1 1 FJ Lion_ Square_ Lodge - North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado F. Chemical Solution Tanks: 1. Chemical- resistant reservoirs fabricated from high - density opaque polyethylene with minimum 110 percent containment vessel. 2. Molded cover with recess for mounting pump. 3. Capacity: 30 gal. G. Chemical Solution Injection Pumps: 1. Self- priming, positive - displacement; rated for intended chemical with minimum 25 percent safety factor for design pressure and temperature. 2. Adjustable flow rate. 3. Metal and thermoplastic construction. 4. Built -in relief valve. 5. Fully enclosed, continuous -duty, single -phase motor. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Motors." H. Chemical Solution Tubing: Polyethylene tubing with compression fittings and joints. I. Injection Assembly: 1. Quill: Minimum NPS 1/2 with insertion length sufficient to discharge into at least 25 percent of pipe diameter. 2. Ball Valve: Three - piece, stainless steel; selected to fit quill. 3. Packing Gland: Mechanical seal on quill of sufficient length to allow quill removal during system operation. 4. Assembly Pressureffemperature Rating: Minimum 600 psig at 200 deg F. t 2.4 CHEMICAL TREATMENT TEST EQUIPMENT 1 1 A. Test Kit: Manufacturer- recommended equipment and chemicals in a wall - mounting cabinet for testing pH, TDS, inhibitor, chloride, alkalinity, and hardness; sulfite and testable polymer tests for high - pressure boilers, and oxidizing biocide test for open cooling systems. B. Corrosion Test - Coupon Assembly: Constructed of corrosive- resistant material, complete with piping, valves, and mild steel and copper coupons. Locate copper coupon downstream from mild steel coupon in the test - coupon assembly. 1. Two - station rack for closed -loop systems. 2. Four - station rack for open systems. 2.5 CHEMICALS A. Chemicals shall be as recommended by water - treatment system manufacturer that are compatible with piping system components and connected equipment, and that can attain water quality specified in Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article. B. Water Softener Chemicals: HVAC WATER TREATMENT 15189 -5 1 Lion Square _Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Mineral: High- capacity, sulfonated- polystyrene ion - exchange resin that is stable over entire pH range with good resistance to bead fracture from attrition or shock. Resin exchange capacity minimum 30,000 grains /cu. ft. of calcium carbonate of resin when regenerated with 15 lb of salt. 2. Salt for Brine Tanks: High - purity sodium chloride, free of dirt and foreign material. Rock and granulated forms are not acceptable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WATER ANALYSIS A. Perform an analysis of supply water to determine quality of water available at Project site. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install chemical application equipment on concrete bases, level and plumb. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. Arrange units so controls and devices that require servicing are accessible. Anchor chemical tanks and floor - mounting accessories to substrate. B. Install water testing equipment on wall near water chemical application equipment. C. Install interconnecting control wiring for chemical treatment controls and sensors. D. Mount sensors and injectors in piping circuits. E. Bypass Feeders: Install in closed hydronic systems, including hot -water heating, chilled water, and equipped with the following: 1. Install bypass feeder in a bypass circuit around circulating pumps, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 2. Install water meter in makeup water supply. 3. Install test - coupon assembly in bypass circuit around circulating pumps, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 4. Install a gate or full -port ball isolation valves on inlet, outlet, and drain below feeder inlet. 5. Install a swing check on inlet after the isolation valve. [ t � t � K � 7 il ►1 �� [ f a ] i . I.� A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance. HVAC WATER TREATMENT 15189 -6 t t 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building, ' Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado C. Make piping connections between HVAC water- treatment equipment and dissimilar - metal piping with dielectric fittings. Dielectric fittings are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." D. Install shutoff valves on HVAC water - treatment equipment inlet and outlet. Metal general -duty valves are specified in Division 15 Section "Valves." ' E. Refer to Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for backflow preventers required in makeup water connections to potable -water systems. F. Confirm applicable electrical requirements in Division 16 Sections for connecting electrical equipment. G. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." H. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory- authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. Report results in writing. B. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory- authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Inspect field - assembled components and equipment installation, including piping and electrical connections. 2. Inspect piping and equipment to determine that systems and equipment have ' been cleaned, flushed, and filled with water, and are fully operational before introducing chemicals for water - treatment system. 3. Place HVAC water - treatment system into operation and calibrate controls during the preliminary phase of HVAC systems' startup procedures. 4. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is tested and satisfactory test results are achieved. 5. Test for leaks and defects. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 6. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, and replaced water piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that has been covered or concealed before it has been tested and approved. 7. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow test pressure to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects. I HVAC WATER TREATMENT 15189 -7 Lion Square Lodge— North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 8. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping until no leaks exist. D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. E. At four -week intervals following Substantial Completion, perform separate water analyses on hydronic systems to show that automatic chemical -feed systems are maintaining water quality within performance requirements specified in this Section. Submit written reports of water analysis advising Owner of changes necessary to adhere to Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article. F. Comply with ASTM D 3370 and with the following standards: 1. Silica: ASTM D 859. 2. Acidity and Alkalinity: ASTM D 1067. 3. Iron: ASTM D 1068. 4. Water Hardness: ASTM D 1126. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory- authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain HVAC water - treatment systems and equipment. Refer to Division 1 Section "Demonstration and Training." END OF SECTION 15189 1 1 1 HVAC WATER TREATMENT 15189 -8 i Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15194 - FUEL GAS PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes fuel gas piping within the building. Products include the following: 1. Pipe, tube, fittings, and joining materials. 2. Protective pipe and fitting coating. 3. Piping specialties. 4. Specialty valves. 5. Service meters. 6. Pressure regulators. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For fuel gas piping. Include plans and attachments to other work. 1. Include wiring diagrams. C. Field quality - control test reports. D. Operation and maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. NFPA Standard: Comply with NFPA 54, "National Fuel Gas Code." PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: FUEL GAS PIPING 15194-1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 PIPING MATERIALS A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. B. Corrugated, Stainless -Steel Tubing Systems: Comply with AGA LC 1 and include the following: 1. Tubing: Corrugated stainless steel with plastic jacket or coating. 2. Fittings: Copper alloy with ends made to ft corrugated tubing. Include ends with threads according to ASME B1.20.1 if connection to threaded pipe or fittings is required. 3. Striker Plates: Steel, designed to protect tubing from penetrations. C. Steel Pipe: ASTM.A 53 /A 53M; Type E or S; Grade B; black. Wall thickness of wrought -steel pipe shall comply with ASME B36.10M. 1. Malleable -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME 816.3, Class 150, standard pattern, with threaded ends according to ASME 81.20.1. 2. Steel Threaded Fittings: ASME 816.11, forged steel with threaded ends according to ASME 131.20.1. 3. Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass -to -iron seat, ground joint, and threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1. 4. Cast -Iron Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Class 125. 5. Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas. D. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L, annealed temper. 1. Copper Fittings: ASME 616.22, wrought copper, streamlined pattern. 2. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, Silver Classification BAg -1. Filler metal containing phosphorus is prohibited. 2.3 PROTECTIVE COATING A. Furnish pipe and fittings with factory- applied, corrosion - resistant polyethylene coating for use in contact with materials that may corrode the pipe. 2.4 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Flexible Connectors: ANSI Z21.24, copper alloy. FUEL GAS PIPING 15194-2 I t 1 1 r Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Quick - Disconnect Devices: ANSI Z21.41, convenience outlets and matching plug connector. 2.5 SPECIALTY VALVES A. Valve End Connections: Threaded, according to ASME B1.20.1. B. Appliance Connector Valves: ANSI Z21.15 and CSA International listed. C. Gas Stops: Bronze body with AGA stamp, plug type with bronze plug and flat or square head, ball type with chrome- plated brass ball and lever handle, or butterfly valve with stainless -steel disc and fluorocarbon elastomer seal and lever handle; 2 -psig minimum pressure rating. D. Gas Valves: ASME B16.33 and CSA International- listed bronze body and 125 -psig pressure rating. E. Automatic Gas Valves: ANSI Z21.21, with electrical operator for actuation by appliance automatic shutoff device. 1. Manufacturers: a. ASCO General Controls. b. ASCOLECTRIC, Ltd. C. ASCO Power Technologies, LP; Division of Emerson. d. Dungs, Karl, Inc. e. Eaton Corporation; Controls Div. f. Eclipse Combustion, Inc. g. GPS Gas Protection Systems Inc. h. Honeywell International Inc. i. Johnson Controls. F. Electrically Operated Gas Valves: UL 429, bronze, aluminum, or cast -iron body solenoid valve; 120 -V ac, 60 Hz, Class B, continuous -duty molded coil. Include NEMA ISC 6, Type 4, coil enclosure and electrically opened and closed dual coils. Valve position shall normally be closed. 1. Manufacturers: a. ASCO General Controls. b. ASCO Power Technologies, LP; Division of Emerson. C. Dungs, Karl, Inc. d. Eclipse Combustion, Inc. e. Goyen Valve Corp.; Tyco Environmental Systems. f. Magnatrol Valve Corp. g. Parker Hannifin Corporation; Climate & industrial Controls Group; Skinner Valve Div. h. Watts Industries, Inc. FUEL GAS PIPING 15194-3 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado G. Earthquake Valves: Listed in CSA International's "Certified Product Listing Directory: Components for Gas and Electrical Equipment" as complying with ASCE 25 and UL listed. 1. Earthquake - Valve, Type 1: Working- pressure rating is 25 psig. Cast - aluminum body with stainless -steel internal parts. Buna -N, reset -stem, O -ring seal. Threaded end connections. a. Manufacturers: 1) Safe T Quake Corp. 2. Earthquake - Valve, Type 2: Working - pressure rating is 5 psig. Cast - aluminum body with nickel - plated chrome steel internal parts. Nitrile valve washer. Sight windows for visual indication of valve position. Threaded end connections. Wall mounting bracket with bubble level indicator. a. Manufacturers: 1) Vanguard Valves, Inc. 3. Earthquake - Valve, Type 3: Working- pressure rating is 0.5 psig. Cast - aluminum body with stainless -steel internal parts. Buna -N, reset -stem, O -ring seal. Composition valve seat with clapper held by spring or magnet locking mechanism. Valve position, open or closed, indicator. Level indicator. Threaded end connections through NPS 2, and flanged connections for NPS 2- 1/2 and larger. a. Manufacturers: 1) Pacific Seismic Products, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off fuel gas to premises or section of piping. Perform leakage test as specified in "Field Quality Control" Article to determine that all equipment is turned off in affected piping section. 3.2 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Use flanges, unions, transition, and special fittings in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. B. Fuel Gas Piping, 2 psig or Less: FUEL GAS PIPING 15194-4 A. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 psig or Less: Appliance connector valve or gas stop. B. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 to 2 psig: Gas stop or gas valve. C. Piping Line Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Gas valve. D. Valves at Service Meter, NPS 2 and Smaller: Gas valve. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Basic piping installation requirements and piping joint construction are specified in Division 15 Section 'Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." B. Install pressure gage downstream from each service pressure regulator. Pressure gages are specified in Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages." C. Concealed Locations: Except as specified below, install concealed gas piping in airtight conduit constructed of Schedule 40, seamless, black steel pipe with welded joints. Vent conduit to outside and terminate with screened vent cap. 1. Above - Ceiling Locations: Gas piping may be installed in accessible spaces, subject to approval of authorities having jurisdiction, whether or not such spaces are used as plenums. Do not locate valves above ceilings. 2. In Partitions: Do not install concealed piping in solid partitions. Protect tubing from physical damage when installed inside partitions or hollow walls. 3. In Walls: Gas piping with welded joints and protective wrapping specified in Part 2 "Protective Coating" Article may be installed in masonry walls, subject to approval of authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Prohibited Locations: Do not install gas piping in or through circulating air ducts, clothes or trash chutes, chimneys or gas vents (flues), ventilating ducts, or dumbwaiter or elevator shafts. I FUEL GAS PIPING 15194-5 I Lion Square Lodge - North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. NPS 1/2 and Smaller: steel pipe, malleable -iron threaded fittings, and threaded ' joints. 2. NPS 3/4 and NPS 1: Steel pipe, malleable -iron threaded fittings, and threaded joints. 3. NPS 1 -1/4 to NPS 2: Steel pipe, malleable -iron threaded fittings, and threaded joints. C. Fuel Gas Piping 2 to 5 psig: 1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Steel pipe, malleable -iron threaded fittings, and threaded joints. 3.3 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 psig or Less: Appliance connector valve or gas stop. B. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 to 2 psig: Gas stop or gas valve. C. Piping Line Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Gas valve. D. Valves at Service Meter, NPS 2 and Smaller: Gas valve. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Basic piping installation requirements and piping joint construction are specified in Division 15 Section 'Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." B. Install pressure gage downstream from each service pressure regulator. Pressure gages are specified in Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages." C. Concealed Locations: Except as specified below, install concealed gas piping in airtight conduit constructed of Schedule 40, seamless, black steel pipe with welded joints. Vent conduit to outside and terminate with screened vent cap. 1. Above - Ceiling Locations: Gas piping may be installed in accessible spaces, subject to approval of authorities having jurisdiction, whether or not such spaces are used as plenums. Do not locate valves above ceilings. 2. In Partitions: Do not install concealed piping in solid partitions. Protect tubing from physical damage when installed inside partitions or hollow walls. 3. In Walls: Gas piping with welded joints and protective wrapping specified in Part 2 "Protective Coating" Article may be installed in masonry walls, subject to approval of authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Prohibited Locations: Do not install gas piping in or through circulating air ducts, clothes or trash chutes, chimneys or gas vents (flues), ventilating ducts, or dumbwaiter or elevator shafts. I FUEL GAS PIPING 15194-5 I w Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado D. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect. Include outlets of service meters. Locate where readily accessible for cleaning and emptying. Do not install where condensate would be subject to freezing. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped. Use minimum - length nipple of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches long, and same size as connected pipe. Install with space between bottom of drip and floor for removal of plug or cap. E. Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings unless specifically shown to be exposed to view. F. Install fuel gas piping at uniform grade of 0.1 percent slope upward toward risers. G. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side down. H. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping. Install unions in pipes NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each piece of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Unions are not required on flanged devices. J. Install corrugated, stainless -steel tubing system according to manufacturer's written instructions. Include striker plates to protect tubing from puncture where tubing is restrained and cannot move. K. Install strainer on inlet of each fine pressure regulator and automatic and electrically operated valve. L. Install pressure gage downstream from each line pressure regulator. Pressure gages are specified in Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages_" M. Install flanges on valves, specialties, and equipment having NPS 2 -1/2 and larger connections. N. Install vent piping for gas pressure regulators and gas trains, extend outside building, and vent to atmosphere. Terminate vents with turned -down, reducing -elbow fittings with corrosion - resistant insect screens in large end. 3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Pipe hanger and support devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports_" B. Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 1 and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 2. NPS 1 -1/4: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. FUEL GAS PIPING 15194-6 Li t 1 1 1 r �I'�J Lion Square Lodge — North Building_ Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3. NIPS 1 -1/2 and NPS 2: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. C. Install hangers for horizontal corrugated, stainless -steel tubing with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 318 and NPS 1/2: Maximum span, 48 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 2. NPS 3/4 and NPS 1: Maximum span, 72 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3. Option: Support tubing from structure according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance. Connect piping to appliances using gas with shutoff valves and unions. Install valve upstream from and within 72 inches of each appliance. Install union downstream from valve. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test, inspect, and purge piping according to NFPA 54 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest system until satisfactory results are obtained. END OF SECTION 15194 FUEL GAS PIPING 15194-7 LION SQUARE LODGE NORTH t Vail, Colorado SECTION 15300: FIRE PROTECTION -- SPRINKLER/STANDPIPE SYSTEM ' PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Furnishing of labor, materials, equipment, and service necessary for the complete ' installation and testing, adjusting, and placing into service of the fire protection systems as specified herein and as required by Vail Fire & Emergency Services. ' B. The scope of work included in this specification is: 1. Wet pipe sprinkler system, per NFPA 13, throughout conditioned areas of building, to accommodate remodel and addition. The existing system must be upgraded as necessary to comply with current standards. 2. Dry pipe sprinkler system, per NFPA 13, for the parking garage. 3. Exterior sprinkler coverage, as specified herein, for each residential balcony, through sidewalI mounted, dry sprinkler head. 4. Upgrade of existing fire entry equipment. 5. Manual dry standpipe system, run in separate pipe and risers from the sprinkler ' system. Installation of Class I standpipes in stairwells, as reflected on the Drawings. C. Work included in this specification shall consist of, but is not necessarily limited to, the following items: 1. Obtain and bear the cost of necessary permits, bonds, and fees. ' 2. Installation of a complete, operable and code compliant fire sprinkler system. 3. Furnish and install waterflow and tamper switches. Coordinate locations and monitoring with fire alarm contractor. Outside hom/strobe to be provided by fire alarm contractor. 4. Complete required cutting and patching. 5. Include miscellaneous items as specified. D. Fire Protection Contractor is responsible for verifying water supply conditions prior to constriction. E. The complete installation shall be in compliance all applicable codes and standards referenced herein. F. Fire protection contractor shall be properly licensed in the Town of Vail. G. Coordinate work with other trades, building conditions and structural conditions prior to installation. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Three sets of shop drawings, equipment submittals & hydraulic calculations shall be submitted to the project Fire Protection Engineer for review prior to commencement of ' construction. Submittal shall include product data for each type sprinkler head, valve, pipe, fittings, fire department connection, system accessories and miscellaneous FIRE PROTECTION — SPRINKLER /STANDPIPE SYSTEM 15300-1 LION SQUARE LODGE NORTH Vail, Colorado equipment. Shop Drawings shall be prepared in accordance with NFPA 13 including hydraulic calculations. B. Submit 3 sets of submittals, drawings and calculations to the Vail Fire& Emergency Services plan review office, along with appropriate permit applications. 1.3 SITE DOCUMENTATION A. Maintain at the site one record set of drawings, specifications, accepted shop drawings and accepted submittals. Upon project completion, provide a complete set of reproducible as -built drawings to the owner. 1.4 REFERENCES /APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) B. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) C. Vail Fire & Emergency Services (VFES) Requirements D. Eagle County Code, Amendments E. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), standard #13 F. International Building Code (IBC) 2003 G. International Fire Code (IFC) 2003 1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. System shall be a complete, operable and code compliant fire sprinkler system in compliance with all applicable requirements. B. Equipment, accessories, and products shall be: 1. UL Listed 2. Manufactured according to the latest standards, methods, (echniques, and codes applicable at the time of bidding. 3. The product of experienced manufacturers, new and free from defects in manufacture or performance. 4. Each system component shall be installed in according to manufacturer's recommendations for the specific service conditions. 5. Permanently marked with manufacturer's identification showing (if applicable): a) Manufacturer b) Capacity C) Service rating d) Type, grade, or class of each item C) Certification or approval 1.6 DESIGN RESPONSIBILITY A. The fire protection contractor is responsible without reservation for their design and for cooperation and coordination with the design direction established by the Fire Protection Engineer. B. Any areas of disagreement must be resolved prior to commencing any work or ordering of materials. The system must be reviewed satisfactorily by the AWJ, all applicable FIRE PROTECTION — SPRINKLER/STANDPIPE SYSTEM 15300-2 LION SQUARE LODGE NORTH ' Vail, Colorado agencies and owner's representative. ' C. Any contractor submitting a proposal for the fire protection systems accepts total responsibility for their systems both in their performance as stated above and herein and for their adequate protection from any damage and for the resulting damage from failure ' of their system due to freezing. 1.7 DESIGN CRITERIA ' A. Fire Protection Contractor shall conduct a water flow test or obtain proper water model data, prior to completion of submittal drawings. Water supply data shall be included in submittal package. B. System shall be designed per NFPA 13. C. All equipment used in the system shall be UL listed. D. Sprinkler and standpipes shall be provided with separate risers. Standpipes shall be of the manual dry type. PART 2 EQUIPMENT /MANUFACTURERS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Contractor shall choose equipment manufacturer, provided all specification requirements are met. All equipment is subject to approval by Fire Protection Engineer and Vail Fire ' & Emergency Services. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. Steel Piping and Fittings: Per ASTM, ANSI standards; Schedule 40 or equivalent, UL listed for fire protection systems. B. Provide fittings, couplings, unions and other piping accessories as necessary. All ' equipment shall be UL listed for fire protection systems and supplied in accordance with NFPA 13 and other applicable standards. C. Existing backflow preventer may remain, provided it is in compliance with state and local requirements. The fire protection contractor shall inspect the existing fire entry to ensure compliance. ' D. Provide valves of the size and type appropriate for use in the fire protection system as specified herein. All valves shall be UL listed for their use and supplied in accordance with NFPA 13 and other applicable standards. All valves shall be new. E. Sprinkler Heads: Provide UL listed sprinkler heads, upright, pendent or sidewall type. Indicate each type and location on submittal plans_ ' PART 3 EXECUTION ' FIRE PROTECTION — SPRINKLER/STANDPIPE SYSTEM 15300-3 LION SQUARE LODGE NORTH Vail, Colorado 3.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Employ on the job a competent superintendent for the progress and execution of the work. Labor quality shall be of high standards, conforming to standard practice as stipulated by NFPA, ASTM, and ANSI recommendations, by skilled personnel. B. Contractor's Qualifications: Any installation, modification, or alteration of a sprinkler system shall be performed only by a person qualified to do so, as defined by the state and local regulations. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to the work of other trades, the building and property of others due to leaks or defects in the fire protection system, piping and equipment. Contractor shall pay for necessary replacement or repair of work or items damaged due to the fire protection system. 3.2 TESTS A. Cleaning: Before conducting any tests, flush clean the complete system to remove dirt and debris. B. Flow Test: At start of project, fire protection contractor shall be responsible for conducting site test. Include flow test data in project submittal. C. System tests: Conduct all required tests, as regulated by Vail Fire & Emergency Services. D. Hydrostatic test: The fire protection piping shall be tested under hydrostatic pressure of not less than 200 pounds psig for a duration of not less than 2 hours with no drop in pressure_ END OF SECTION FIRE PROTECTION — SPRINKLER/STANDPIPE SYSTEM 15300-4 Lion Square Lodge -- North Buildin Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15441 - DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following all- bronze and bronze - fitted centrifugal pumps for domestic cold- and hot -water circulation: 1. Close- coupled, in -line, sealless centrifugal pumps. B. See Division 2 Section "Water Supply Wells" for well pumps. C. See Division 15 Section "Packaged Booster Pumps" for booster systems. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type and size of domestic water pump specified. Include certified performance curves with operating points plotted on curves; and rated capacities of selected models, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring. C. Operation and maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 778 for motor - operated water pumps. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A_ In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited lo, manufacturers specified. I DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS 15441 -1 L Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 CLOSE- COUPLED, IN -LINE, SEALLESS CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS A. Manufacturers: 1. Armstrong Pumps Inc. 2. Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; ITT Industries. 3. Grundfos Pumps Corp. 4. Taco, Inc. B. Description: Factory- assembled and - tested, single- stage, close - coupled, in -line, sealless centrifugal pumps as defined in HI 5.1 -5.6. 1. Pump and Motor Assembly: Hermetically sealed, replaceable- cartridge -type unit with motor and impeller on common shaft and designed for installation with pump and motor shaft mounted horizontally. 2. Casing: Bronze, with threaded companion -flange connections. 3. Impeller: Corrosion - resistant material. 4. Motor: Single speed, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Motors." C. Description: Factory- assembled and - tested, overhung impeller, single- stage, close - coupled, horizontally mounted, in -line centrifugal pumps as defined in HI 1.1 -1.2 and HI 1.3; and designed for installation with pump and motor shafts mounted horizontally. 1. Pump Construction: All bronze. a. Casing: Radially split, cast iron, with threaded companion - flange connections for pumps with NPS 2 (DN 50) pipe connections and flanged connections for pumps with NPS 2 -1/2 (DN 65) pipe connections. b. Impeller: ASTM B 584, cast bronze; statically and dynamically balanced, closed, and keyed to shaft. C. Shaft and Shaft Sleeve: Steel shaft, with copper -alloy shaft sleeve. d. Seal: Mechanical, with carbon -steel rotating ring, stainless -steel spring, ceramic seat, and rubber bellows and gasket. Include water slinger on shaft between motor and seal. e. Bearings: Oil- lubricated; bronze - journal or ball type. 2. Shaft Coupling: Rigid type if pump is provided with coupling. 3. Motor: Single speed, with grease - lubricated ball bearings. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Motors." 2.3 CONTROLS A. Thermostats: Electric; adjustable for control of hot -water circulation pump. DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS 15441 -2 1 t a. Honeywell International, Inc. b. Intermatic, Inc. C. Johnson Controls, Inc. ' d. Maple Chase Company. e. Square D. f. White- Rodgers Div.; Emerson Electric Co. t 2. Type: Adjustable time delay relay. 3. Range: Up to five minutes. 4. Setting: Five minutes. 5. Operation of Pump: On or off. 6. Transformer: Provide if required. 7. Power Requirement: 24 V, ac or[120 V, ac. ' 8. Programmable Sequence of Operation: Limit pump operation to periods of burner operation plus maximum five minutes after the burner stops. I DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS 15441 -3 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge ' Vail, Colorado 1. Manufacturers: a. Honeywell International, Inc. b. Square D. C. White- Rodgers Div.; Emerson Electric Co. 2. Type: Water - immersion sensor, for installation in hot -water circulation piping. ' 3. 4. Range: 50 to 125 deg F (10 to 52 deg C). Operation of Pump: On or off. 5. Transformer: Provide if required. 6. Power Requirement: 120 V, ac. 7. Settings: Start pump at 105 deg F (41 deg C). B. Timers: Electric time clock for control of hot -water circulation pump. 1. Manufacturers: a. Honeywell International, Inc. b. Intermatic, Inc. C. Johnson Controls, Inc. d. Maple Chase Company. e. TORK. 2. Type: Programmable, seven -day clock with manual override on -off switch. 3. 4. Enclosure: Suitable for wall mounting. Operation of Pump: On or off. 5. Transformer: Provide if required. 6. Power Requirement: 24 V, ac or 120 V, ac. ' 7. Programmable Sequence of Operation: Up to two on -off cycles each day for seven days. ' C. Time Delay Relay: Control for hot -water storage tank circulation pump. 1. Manufacturers: t a. Honeywell International, Inc. b. Intermatic, Inc. C. Johnson Controls, Inc. ' d. Maple Chase Company. e. Square D. f. White- Rodgers Div.; Emerson Electric Co. t 2. Type: Adjustable time delay relay. 3. Range: Up to five minutes. 4. Setting: Five minutes. 5. Operation of Pump: On or off. 6. Transformer: Provide if required. 7. Power Requirement: 24 V, ac or[120 V, ac. ' 8. Programmable Sequence of Operation: Limit pump operation to periods of burner operation plus maximum five minutes after the burner stops. I DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS 15441 -3 1 Lion Square Lodge - North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2.4 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Anamet, Inc. 2. Flex -Hose Co., Inc. 3. Flexicraft Industries. 4. Flex- Pression, Ltd. 5. Flex -Weld, Inc. 6. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. 7. Mercer Rubber. 8. Metraflex, Inc. 9. Proco Products, Inc. 10. Tozen America Corporation. 11. Unaflex Inc. B. Description: Corrugated, bronze inner tubing covered with bronze wire braid. Include copper -tube ends or bronze flanged ends, braze- welded to tubing. Include [125 -psig (860 -kPa)) minimum working - pressure rating and ends matching pump connections. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with HI 1.4. B. Install pumps with access for periodic maintenance including removal of motors, impellers, couplings, and accessories. C. Independently support pumps and piping so weight of piping is not supported by pumps and weight of pumps is not supported by piping. D. Install in -line centrifugal pumps with motor and pump shafts horizontal. E. Install continuous- thread hanger rods and elastomeric hangers or spring hangers orspring hangers with vertical -limit stop of sufficient size Mechanical Vibration to support pump weight. Vibration isolation devices are specified in Division 15 Section " and Seismic Controls." Fabricate brackets or supports as required. Hanger and support materials are specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." F. Install immersion -type thermostats in hot -water return piping. G. Install timers on wall. H. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. I. Install piping adjacent to pumps to allow service and maintenance. DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS 15441 -4 1 1 C u 0 d n L C 11 L Lion Square Lodge — North Building ' Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado J. Connect domestic water piping to pumps. Install suction and discharge piping equal to or greater than size of pump nozzles. Refer to Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Piping." 1. Install flexible connectors adjacent to pumps in suction and discharge piping of close - coupled, horizontally mounted, in -line centrifugal pumps. 2. Install shutoff valve and strainer on suction side of pumps, and check valve and throttling valve on discharge side of pumps. Install valves same size as connected piping. Refer to Division 15 Section "Valves" for general -duty valves for domestic water piping and Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for strainers. 3. Install pressure gages at suction and discharge of pumps. Install at integral pressure -gage tappings where provided or install pressure -gage connectors in suction and discharge piping around pumps. Refer to Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages" for pressure gages and gage connectors. K. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." L. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." M. Connect thermostats and timers to pumps that they control. N. Interlock pump with water heater burner and time delay relay. END OF SECTION 15441 DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS 15441 -5 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15446 - SUMP PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes submersible sump pumps and accessories, inside the building, for building storm drainage systems. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type and size of sump pump specified. Include certified performance curves with operating points plotted on curves, and rated capacities of selected models, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring. C. Operation and maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMPS A_ Manufacturers: 1. ABS Pumps, Inc. SUMP PUMPS 15446 -1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2. Aermotor Pumps, Inc. 3. Barnes; Crane Pumps & Systems. 4. Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; ITT Industries. 5. BJM Corporation. 6. EBARA International Corporation; Standard Pump Division. 7. Federal Pump Corp. 8. Gorman -Rupp Company (The). 9. Goulds Pumps; ITT Industries. 10. Grundfos Pumps Corp. 11. Liberty Pumps. 12. Little Giant Pump Co. 13. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. 14. Metropolitan Industries, Inc. 15. Myers, F. E.; Pentair Pump Group (The). 16. Paco Pumps, Inc. 17. Stancor, Inc. 18. Sta -Rite industries, Inc. 19. Swaby Manufacturing Co. 20. Well Pump Company, Inc. 21. Weinman Div.; Crane Pumps & Systems. 22. Zoeller Company. B. Description: Factory- assembled and - tested, simplex, single- stage, centrifugal, end - suction, submersible, direct - connected sump pumps complying with UL 778 and HI 1.1 -1.2 and HI 1.3 for submersible sump pumps. C. Casing: Cast iron; with cast -iron inlet strainer, legs that elevate pump to permit flow into impeller, and vertical discharge with companion flange for piping connection. D. Impeller: ASTM A 48/A 48M, Class No. 25 A or higher cast iron; statically and dynamically balanced, semiopen nonclog design, overhung, single suction, keyed and secured to shaft. E. Pump and Motor Shaft: Stainless steel, with factory- sealed, grease- lubricated ball bearings and double - mechanical seals. F. Motor: Hermetically sealed, capacitor -start type, with built -in overload protection; three - conductor waterproof power cable of length required, and with grounding plug and cable- sealing assembly for connection at pump. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Motors." G. Pump Discharge Piping: Factory or field fabricated, ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, galvanized -steel pipe. H. Basin Cover: Cast iron or steel with bituminous coating and strong enough to support controls. See Part 2 "Sump Pump Basins" Article for other requirements. I. Controls: NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure, pedestal- mounted float switch; with float, float rod, and rod buttons. SUMP PUMPS 15446 -2 1 t Lion Square Lodge — North Buildinq Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2.3 SUMP PUMP BASINS A. Description: Factory fabricated basin with sump, pipe connections, and separate cover. B. Sump: Fabricate watertight, with sidewall openings for pipe connections. 1. Material: Cast iron. 2. Reinforcement: Mounting plates for pumps, fittings, and accessories. 3. Anchor Flange: Same material as or compatible with sump, cast in or attached to sump, in location and of size required to anchor basin in concrete slab. C. Cover: Fabricate with openings having gaskets, seals, and bushings, for access to pumps, pump shafts, control rods, discharge piping, vent connections, and power cables. 1. Material: Cast iron. 2. Reinforcement: Steel or cast iron, capable of supporting foot traffic for basins installed in foot - traffic areas. 2.4 SUMP PUMP PITS A. Description: Concrete pit with sump, pipe connections, curb frame, and separate cover. B. Sump: Construct of watertight, cast -in- place, reinforced concrete with sidewall openings for pipe connections. Cast -in -place concrete, formwork, and reinforcement are specified in Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete." 1. Pipe Connections: Sleeved openings large enough for mechanical sleeve seals for drainage piping. Sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals are specified in Division 15 Section 'Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods," and drainage piping is specified in Division 15 Section "Storm Drainage Piping." C. Curb Frame and Cover: 1. Curb Frame Material: Galvanized steel or steel with bituminous coating. a. Pattern: Angle- cross - section shape with flat top surface. 2. Cover: Fabricate with openings having gaskets, seals, and bushings, for access to pumps, pump shafts, control rods, discharge piping, vent connections, and power cables. a. Material: Cast iron. b. Reinforcement: Steel or cast iron, capable of supporting foot traffic for pits installed in foot - traffic areas. SUMP PUMPS 15446 -3 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2.5 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Anamet, Inc. 2. Flex -Hose Co., Inc. 3. Flexicraft Industries. 4. Flex - Pression, Ltd. 5. Flex -Weld, Inc. 6. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. 7. Mercer Rubber. 8. Metraflex, Inc. 9. Proco Products, Inc. 10. Tozen America Corporation. 11. Unaflex Inc. B. Description: 125 -psig minimum working - pressure rating and ends matching pump connection: 1. Bronze Flexible Connectors: Corrugated, bronze inner tubing covered with bronze wire braid. Include copper -tube ends or bronze flanged ends, braze welded to tubing. 2. Stainless -Steel Flexible Connectors: Corrugated, stainless -steel inner tubing covered with stainless -steel wire braid. Include stainless -steel nipples or flanges, welded to tubing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONCRETE A. Install concrete bases of dimensions indicated for pumps and controllers. Refer to Division 15 Section 'Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." 1. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18 -inch centers around full perimeter of base. 2. For supported equipment, install epoxy - coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. 3. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 4. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. B. Cast -in -place concrete materials and placement requirements are specified in Division 3. SUMP PUMPS 15446 -4 Lion Square Lodge -- North Buildinct Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3.2 SUMP PUMP INSTALLATION A. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." B. Install sump pumps according to applicable requirements in Hl 1.4. C. Install pumps and arrange to provide access for maintenance including removal of motors, impellers, couplings, and accessories. D. Set submersible sump pumps on basin floor. Make direct connections to storm drainage piping. E. Install sump pump basins and connect to drainage piping. Brace interior of basins according to manufacturer's written instructions to prevent distortion or collapse during concrete placement. Set basin cover and fasten to basin top flange. Install cover so top surface is flush with finished floor. F. Construct sump pump pits and connect to drainage piping. Set pit curb frame recessed in and anchored to concrete. Fasten pit cover to pit curb flange. Install cover so top surface is flush with finished floor. G. Support piping so weight of piping is not supported by pumps.. H. Piping installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Storm Drainage Piping." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. I. Install piping adjacent to sump pumps to allow service and maintenance. J. Connect storm drainage piping to pumps. Install discharge piping equal to or greater than size of pump discharge piping. Refer to Division 15 Section "Storm Drainage Piping." 1. Install flexible connectors adjacent to pumps in discharge piping. 2. Install check and shutoff valves on discharge piping from each pump. Install unions on pumps having threaded pipe connections. Install valves same size as connected piping. Refer to Division 15 Section "Valves" for general -duty valves for drainage piping. K. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." L. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." END OF SECTION 15446 I SUMP PUMPS 15446 -5 II I Lion Square Lodge — North Building ' Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado I I SECTION 15514 - FINNED WATER -TUBE BOILERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes packaged, factory- fabricated and - assembled, gas - fired, finned water -tube boilers, trim, and accessories for generating hot water. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include performance data, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For boilers, boiler trim, and accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Design calculations and vibration isolation base details, signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. a. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting vibration isolators and seismic restraints and for designing vibration isolation bases. b. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include auxiliary motor slides and rails and equipment mounting frames. 2. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. C. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that boiler, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." D. Source quality- control test reports. E. Field quality - control reports. F. Operation and maintenance data. G. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. FINNED WATER -TUBE BOILERS 15514 -1 II Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label boilers to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. C. ASHRAE /IESNA 90.1 Compliance: Boilers shall have minimum efficiency according to "Gas and Oil Fired Boilers - Minimum Efficiency Requirements." D. DOE Compliance: Minimum efficiency shall comply with 10 CFR 430, Subpart B, Appendix N, "Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Furnaces and Boilers." E. 1 =B =R Compliance: Boilers shall be tested and rated according to Hi's "Rating Procedure for Heating Boilers" and "Testing Standard for Commercial Boilers," with I =B =R emblem on a nameplate affixed to boiler. F. UL Compliance: Test boilers for compliance with UL 795, "Commercial - Industrial Gas Heating Equipment." Boilers shall be listed and labeled by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace heat exchangers damaged by thermal shock and vent dampers of boilers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period for Heat Exchangers Completion. 2. Warranty Period for Vent Dampers: Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 20 years from date of Substantial Five years from date of Substantial A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: C. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Ajax Boiler Inc. 2. Laars Heating Systems; a division of Waterpik Technologies, Inc. 3. Lochinvar Corporation. 4. Patterson - Kelley. 5. Raypak. 1 F1 t t C FINNED WATER -TUBE BOILERS 15514 -2 1 t Lion Square Lodge — North Building ' Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 6. RBI Water Heaters. ' 7. Smith, A. O. Water Products Company. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Description: Factory - fabricated, - assembled, and - tested boiler with tubes sealed into headers pressure tight, and set on a steel base; including insulated jacket, flue -gas vent, combustion -air intake connections, water supply and return connections, and controls. ' B. Heat Exchanger: 1. Finned copper tubing with stainless -steel baffles. 2. Bronze headers. 3. Single -pass, horizontal configuration. 4. Tubes shall be sealed in header with silicone O -ring gaskets. C. Combustion Chamber Internal Insulation: Interlocking panels of refractory insulation, high - temperature cements, mineral fiber, and ceramic refractory tile for service temperatures to 2000 deg F. D. Casing: 1. Jacket: Sheet metal, with snap -in or interlocking closures. 2. Control Compartment Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 1 A. 3. Finish: Baked enamel over primer. 4. Insulation: Minimum 1 -inch thick, mineral -fiber insulation surrounding the heat exchanger. 5. Draft Hood: Integral. 6. Combustion -Air Connection: Inlet duct collar and sheet metal closure over burner compartment. 7. Mounting base to secure boiler. a. Seismic Fabrication Requirements: Fabricate mounting base and attachment to boiler pressure vessel, accessories, and components with reinforcement strong enough to withstand seismic forces defined in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls" when mounting base is anchored to building structure. ' 2.3 BURNER A. Burner Tubes and Orifices: Stainless steel, for natural gas. 1. Sealed Combustion: Factory- mounted centrifugal fan to draw outside air into boiler and discharge into burner compartment. 2. Direct Vent: Factory- mounted centrifugal fan to draw flue gas out of boiler and ' discharge into boiler vent. FINNED WATER -TUBE BOILERS 15514 -3 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Vertical Burner: 1. High- temperature stainless steel to fire in a 360- degree pattern. 2. Burner shall have a viewing port for observation of burner operation and a factory- mounted centrifugal fan to supply room air to boiler burner. 3. Fan shall be controlled to prepurge and postpurge the combustion chamber before firing. C. Gas Train: Control devices and full - modulation control sequence shall comply with requirements in AGA. In addition to these requirements, include shutoff cock, pressure regulator, and control valve. D. Gas Train: Combination gas valve with manual shutoff, pressure regulator, and pilot adjustment. E. Pilot: Standing pilot ignition with 100 percent main -valve and pilot- safety shutoff with electronic supervision of burner flame. F. Flue -Gas Recirculation Fans: Centrifugal fans on burner assembly to recirculate flue gas to decrease oxides of nitrogen emissions to less than 30 ppm. 1. Motors: Comply with requirements specified in Division 15 Section "Motors." a. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. 2.4 TRIM A. Aquastat Controllers: Operating and high limit. B. Safety Relief Valve: ASME rated. C. Pressure and Temperature Gage: Minimum 3 -1/2 -inch diameter, combination water - pressure and - temperature gage. Gages shall have operating- pressure and - temperature ranges so normal operating range is about 50 percent of full range. D. Boiler Air Vent: Automatic. E. Drain Valve: Minimum NPS 3/4 hose -end gate valve. F. Circulation Pump: Non - overloading, in -line pump with split- capacitor motor having thermal - overload protection and lubricated bearings; designed to operate at specified boiler pressures and temperatures. 2.5 CONTROLS A. Refer to Division 15 Section "HVAC Instrumentation and Controls." 1 1 1 1 I� FINNED WATER -TUBE BOILERS 15514 -4 1 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Buildinq Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1� 1 t C� 1 B. Boiler operating controls shall include the following devices and features: 1. Control transformer. 2. Motorized Vent Damper: Interlocked with burner to open before burner starts. If damper fails to open, stop burner operation. 3. Set -Point Adjust: Set points shall be adjustable. 4. Sequence of Operation: Electric, factory- fabricated and field- installed panel to control burner firing rate to maintain space temperature in response to thermostat with heat anticipator located in heated space. 5. Sequence of Operation: Electric, factory- fabricated and field - installed panel to control burner firing rate to reset supply -water temperature inversely with outside - air temperature. At 0 deg F outside -air temperature, set supply -water temperature at 200 deg F; at 60 deg F outside -air temperature, set supply -water temperature at 140 deg F. a. Include automatic, alternating - firing sequence for multiple boilers to ensure maximum system efficiency throughout the load range and to provide equal runtime for boilers. C. Burner Operating Controls: To maintain safe operating conditions, burner safety controls limit burner operation. 1. High Cutoff: Manual reset stops burner if operating conditions rise above maximum boiler design temperature. 2. Water Flow Switch: Automatic -reset paddle- switch shall prevent burner operation on low water flow. 3. Blocked Vent Safety Switch: Manual -reset switch factory mounted on draft diverter. 4. Rollout Safety Switch: Factory mounted on boiler combustion chamber. 5. Audible Alarm: Factory mounted on control panel with silence switch; shall sound alarm for above conditions. D. Building Management System Interface: Factory install hardware and software to enable building management system to monitor, control, and display boiler status and alarms. Hardwired Points: a. Monitoring: On /off status, common trouble alarm. b. Control: On /off operation. A communication interface with building management system shall enable building management system operator to remotely control and monitor the boiler from an operator workstation. Control features available, and monitoring points displayed, locally at boiler control panel shall be available through building management system. I FINNED WATER -TUBE BOILERS 15514 -5 Lion Square Lodge -- North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2.6 ELECTRICAL POWER A. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Electrical devices and connections are specified in Division 16 Sections. B. Single -Point Field Power Connection: Factory- installed and -wired switches, motor controllers, transformers, and other electrical devices necessary shall provide a single - point field power connection to boiler. 1. House in NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure. 2. Wiring shall be numbered and color -coded to match wiring diagram. 3. Install factory wiring outside of an enclosure in a raceway. 4. Field power interface shall be to fused disconnect switch. 5. Provide branch power circuit to each motor and to controls with disconnect switch or circuit breaker. 6. Provide each motor with overcurrent protection. 2.7 VENTING KITS A. Vent Damper: Motorized, UL listed for use on atmospheric burner boiler equipped with draft hood; motor to open and close damper; stainless -steel vent coupling and damper blade; keyed wiring harness connector plug; and dual - position switches to permit burner operation. B. Kit: Complete system, ASTM A 959, Type 29-4C stainless steel, pipe, vent terminal, thimble, indoor plate, vent adapter, condensate trap, and sealant. C. Combustion -Air Intake: Stainless steel, pipe, vent terminal with screen, inlet air coupling, and sealant. 2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Test and inspect factory- assembled boilers, before shipping, according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. B. Burner and Hydrostatic Test: Factory adjust burner to eliminate excess oxygen, carbon dioxide, oxides of nitrogen emissions, and carbon monoxide in flue gas and to achieve combustion efficiency; perform hydrostatic test. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 BOILER INSTALLATION A. Install boilers level on concrete base. Concrete base is specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods," and concrete materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 3. FINNED WATER -TUBE BOILERS 15514 -6 r 1 L I�i Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Vibration Isolation: Elastomeric isolator pads with a minimum static deflection of 0.25 inch. Vibration isolation devices and installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." C. Install gas -fired boilers according to NFPA 54. D. Assemble and install boiler trim. E. Install electrical devices furnished with boiler but not specified to be factory mounted. F. Install control wiring to field- mounted electrical devices. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to boiler to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect gas piping to boiler gas -train inlet with union. Piping shall be at least full size of gas train connection. Provide a reducer if required. D. Connect hot -water piping to supply- and return - boiler tappings with shutoff valve and union or flange at each connection. E. Install piping from safety relief valves to nearest floor drain. F. Install piping from equipment drain connection to nearest floor drain. Piping shall be at least full size of connection. Provide an isolation valve if required. G. Boiler Flue Venting: 1. Install venting kit and combustion -air intake. 2. Connect full size to boiler connections. H. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." I. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1 _ Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory- authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. B. Tests and Inspections: 1 FINNED WATER -TUBE BOILERS 15514 -7 II Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Perform installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Leak Test: Hydrostatic test. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 3. Operational Test: Start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. Adjust air -fuel ratio and combustion. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. a. Check and adjust initial operating set points and high- and low -limit safety set points of fuel supply, water level, and water temperature. b. Set field - adjustable switches and circuit - breaker trip ranges as indicated. C. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. D. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on -site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other than normal occupancy hours for this purpose. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain boilers. Refer to Division 1 Section "Demonstration and Training." END OF SECTION 15514 FINNED WATER -TUBE BOILERS 15514 -8 Lion Square Lodge — North Buildinq Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15550 - BREECHINGS, CHIMNEYS, AND STACKS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Listed double -wall vents. B. See Division 15 Section "Draft Control Devices" for induced -draft and mechanical fans and motorized and barometric dampers. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Type B vents. B. Shop Drawings: For vents, breechings, chimneys, and stacks. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: I. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 LISTED TYPE B VENTS A. Manufacturers: 1. American Metal Products; MASCO Corporation. 2. FAMCO. 3. Hart & Cooley, Inc. 4. Heat -Fab Inc. 5. Industrial Chimney Company. 6. LSP Products Group, Inc. 7. Metal -Fab, Inc. BREECHING, CHIMNEYS AND STACKS 15550 -1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 8. ProTech Systems Inc. 9. Schebler Co. (The). 10. Selkirk Inc.; Selkirk Metalbestos and Air Mate. 11. Simpson Dura -Vent Co., Inc.; Subsidiary of Simpson Manufacturing Co. 12. Tru -Flex Metal Hose Corp. 13. Van- Packer Co. B. Description: Double -wall metal vents tested according to UL 441 and rated for 480 deg F continuously for Type B, or 550 deg F continuously for Type BW; with neutral or negative flue pressure complying with NFPA 211 and suitable for certified gas -fired appliances. C. Construction: Inner shell and outer jacket separated by at least a 1/4 -inch airspace. D. Inner Shell: ASTM B 209, Type 1100 aluminum. E. Outer Jacket: Galvanized steel. F. Accessories: Tees, elbows, increasers, draft -hood connectors, terminations, adjustable roof flashings, storm collars, support assemblies, thimbles, firestop spacers, and fasteners; fabricated from similar materials and designs as vent -pipe straight sections; all listed for same assembly. 1. Termination: Stack cap designed to exclude 90 percent of rainfall. 2_ Termination: Round chimney top designed to exclude 98 percent of rainfall. 3. Termination: Exit cone with drain section incorporated into riser. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF LISTED VENTS AND CHIMNEYS A. Locate to comply with minimum clearances from combustibles and minimum termination heights according to product listing or NFPA 211, whichever is most stringent. B. Seal between sections of positive - pressure vents according to manufacturer's written installation instructions, using sealants recommended by manufacturer. C. Support vents at intervals recommended by manufacturer to support weight of vents and all accessories, without exceeding appliance loading. D. Slope breechings down in direction of appliance, with condensate drain connection at lowest point piped to nearest drain. END OF SECTION 15550 1 t Lj Ll Ll BREECHING, CHIMNEYS AND STACKS 15550 -2 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Buildino Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15628 — AIR COOLED WATER CHILLERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes packaged, air - cooled, electric- motor - driven, reciprocating water chillers. B. See Division 15 Section "Refrigerant Monitoring and Safety Equipment" for refrigerant monitors, alarms, supplemental breathing apparatus, and ventilation equipment interlocks. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Complete set of manufacturer's certified prints of water chiller assemblies, control panels, sections and elevations, and unit isolation. 1. Include wiring diagrams. C. Coordination Drawings: Floor plans drawn to scale and coordinated with the following: 1. Structural supports. 2. Piping roughing -in requirements. 3. Wiring roughing -in requirements, including spaces reserved for electrical equipment. 4. Access requirements, including working clearances for mechanical controls and electrical equipment, and tube pull and service clearances. D. Source quality - control test reports. E. Startup service reports. F. Operation and maintenance data. G. Warranties. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ARI Certification: Signed by manufacturer certifying compliance with requirements in ARI 5501590, "Water Chilling Packages Using the Vapor Compression Cycle." I AIR COOLED WATER CHILLERS 15628 -1 II Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. ASHRAE Certification: Signed by manufacturer certifying compliance with ASHRAE 15 for safety code for mechanical refrigeration. Comply with ASHRAE Guideline 3 for refrigerant leaks, recovery, and handling and storage requirements. C. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label water chiller heat exchangers to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. D. Comply with NFPA 70. E. Comply with UL 1995. F. Green Seal Certification: Signed by manufacturer certifying compliance with Green Seal's GS -31. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of water chillers that fail in materials or workmanship. PART 2 = PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Air Cooled Reciprocating Water Chillers: a. Carrier; a United Technologies Company. b. Dunham -Bush. C. McQuay International. d. YORK International Corporation. 2.2 PACKAGED WATER CHILLERS A. Description: Factory- assembled and - tested water chiller complete with compressor(s), evaporator, condenser, controls, interconnecting unit piping and wiring, indicated accessories, and mounting frame. B_ Description: Factory- assembled and - tested water chiller complete with casing, compressor, heal exchanger, condenser coils and fans, and controls integrated with compressor operation. AIR COOLED WATER CHILLERS 15628 -2 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Casing: Weatherproof, constructed of hot -dip galvanized steel. 2. Acoustical compressor enclosure. 3. Fans: Propeller type, statically and dynamically balanced, with vertical air discharge for high efficiency and low sound; located in its own compartment to eliminate cross flow of condenser air during fan cycling; and equipped with heavy -gage, weather - protected fan guard. 4. Fan Motor: Direct drive, weatherproof, with bearings permanently lubricated, and having built -in current- and thermal- overload protection. 2.3 RECIPROCATING COMPRESSORS A. Description: Positive- displacement, direct drive with suction and discharge service valves, crankcase oil heater, and suction strainer. The compressor shall be capable of operating at part-load conditions without increased vibration over normal vibration at full -load operation and shall be capable of continuous operation at its lowest step of unloading. B. Capacity Control: Combinations of cylinder unloading and on -off compressor cycling of multiple compressors. C. Oil Lubrication - System: Reversible, positive - displacement pump with strainer, sight glass, filling connection, filter with magnetic plug, and initial oil charge. ' D. Refrigerant and Oil: HCFC -22, HFC -134a, HFC -407c, or HFC -410a. E. Refrigerant Compatibility: Seals, O -rings and internal water chiller parts exposed to refrigerants shall be fully compatible with refrigerants, and pressure components shall be rated for refrigerant pressures. F. Refrigerant Circuit: 2 independent circuits. Each circuit shall include a thermal expansion valve, refrigerant charging connections, a hot -gas muffler, compressor ' suction and discharge shutoff valves, a liquid -line shutoff valve, a replaceable -core filter drier, a sight glass with moisture indicator, a liquid -line solenoid valve, and an insulated suction line. 2.4 HEAT EXCHANGERS A. Evaporator: 1. Description: Shell -and -tube design, ASME labeled. 2. Shell Material: Carbon steel. 1 Tube Construction: Individually replaceable, expanded into tube sheets. a. Material: Copper. b. Internal Finish: Enhanced. B. Condenser: 1. Description: Shell- and -tube design, ASME labeled. ' AIR COOLED WATER CHILLERS 15628 -3 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2. Shell Material: Carbon steel. 3. Tube Construction: Externally enhanced and individually replaceable, expanded into tube sheets. a. Material: Copper. b. Minimum Size: 314 -inch OD; 0.028 -inch wall thickness. C. Minimum Size: 5!8 -inch OD; 0.020 -inch wall thickness. d. Internal Finish: Enhanced. C. Air - Cooled Condenser: Copper tubes with mechanically bonded copper fins with corrosion - resistant coating, integral subcooling circuit, leak tested at 450 psig. 2.5 INSULATION A. Cold Surfaces: Closed -cell, flexible elastomeric, thermal insulation complying with ASTM C 534, Type II, for sheet materials. 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. Factory - installed hot -gas bypass. B. Low- ambient head pressure. C. Chilled- and condenser -water flow switch. D. Suction and discharge pressure gages. 2.7 CONTROLS A. Control Panel: Stand - alone, microprocessor based. B. Enclosure: Unit - mounted, NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure, hinged or lockable; factory wired with a single -point power connection and a separate control circuit. C. Status Display: Multiple- character liquid- crystal display or light- emitting diodes and keypad. Display the following conditions: 1. Date and time. 2. Operating or alarm status. 3. Operating hours. 4. Outside -air temperature if required for chilled -water reset. 5. Temperature and pressure of operating set points. 6. Entering and leaving temperatures of chilled water. 7. Entering and leaving temperatures of condenser water (for water - cooled water chillers only). 8. Refrigerant pressures in evaporator and condenser. 9. Saturation temperature in evaporator and condenser. 10. No cooling load condition. AIR COOLED WATER CHILLERS 15628 -4 2.9 MAGNETIC ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS A. Enclosure: Unit mounted, NEMA 250, Type 1, with hinged access door with lock and ' key or padlock and key. B. Control Circuit: 120 V; obtained from integral control power transformer with a control power transformer of enough capacity to operate connected pilot, indicating and control devices, plus 100 percent spare capacity. 1 AIR COOLED WATER CHILLERS 15628 -5 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge ' Vail, Colorado 11. 12. Elapsed time meter (compressor run status). Water pump status (optional). 13. Antirecycling timer status. 14. Percent of maximum motor amperage. ' 15. Current -limit set point. 16. Number of compressor starts. ' D. Control Functions: 1. Manual or automatic startup and shutdown time schedule. 2. Entering and leaving chilled -water temperature, control set points, and motor ' load limit. Chilled -water temperature shall be reset based on return -water temperature. 3. Current limit and demand limit. 4. Condenser -water temperature (for water - cooled water chillers only). 5. External water chiller emergency stop. 6. Antirecycling timer. 7. Automatic lead -lag switching. E. Manually Reset Safety Controls: The following conditions shall shut down water chiller and require manual reset: 1. Low evaporator pressure or high condenser pressure. 2. Low chilled -water temperature. 3. Refrigerant high pressure. ' 4. High or low oil pressure. 5. High oil temperature. ' 6. 7. Loss of chilled -water flow. Loss of condenser -water flow (for water - cooled water chillers only) 8. Control device failure. 9. Compressor motor current - overload. 10. Starter fault. 2.8 MOTORS "Motors." A. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section 1. Open -drive motors shall have flanged or flexible coupling suitable for direct connection to compressor. 2.9 MAGNETIC ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS A. Enclosure: Unit mounted, NEMA 250, Type 1, with hinged access door with lock and ' key or padlock and key. B. Control Circuit: 120 V; obtained from integral control power transformer with a control power transformer of enough capacity to operate connected pilot, indicating and control devices, plus 100 percent spare capacity. 1 AIR COOLED WATER CHILLERS 15628 -5 Lion Square Lodge — North Buildinq Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado C. Overload Relay: Shall be sized according to UL 1995 or shall be an integral component of water chiller control microprocessor. D. Across- the -Line Controller: NEMA ICS 2, Class A, full voltage, nonreversing; include isolation switch and current - limiting fuses. E. Across - the -Line Combination Controller: Factory - assembled combination NEMA ICS 2, Class A, full- voltage, nonreversing controller and disconnect switch. 1. Fusible Disconnecting Means: NEMA KS 1, heavy -duty, fusible switch with rejection -type fuse clips rated for fuses. Select and size fuses to provide Type 2 protection according to IEC 947 -4 -1. 2. Nonfusible Disconnecting Means: NEMA KS 1, heavy -duty, nonfusible switch. 3. Circuit- Breaker Disconnecting Means: NEMA AB 1, motor - circuit protector with field- adjustable, short- circuit trip coordinated with motor locked -rotor amperes. F. Accessories: Devices shall be factory installed in controller enclosure, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Control Relays: Auxiliary and adjustable time -delay relays. 2. Phase - Failure and Undervoltage Relays: Solid -state sensing circuit with adjustable undervoltage setting and isolated output contacts for hard -wired connection. 2.10 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory test and rate water chillers, before shipping, according to ARI 550/590, "Water Chilling Packages Using the Water Compression Cycle." Stamp with ARI label. B. Factory test and inspect evaporator and water - cooled condenser according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. Stamp with ASME label. C. Rate sound power level according to ARI 575 procedure. D. Rate sound power level according to ARI 370 procedure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WATER CHILLER INSTALLATION A. Install water chillers on concrete base. Concrete base is specified in Division 15 Section 'Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods," and concrete materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 3. B. Concrete Bases: Anchor chiller mounting frame to concrete base. AIR COOLED WATER CHILLERS 15628 -6 d 1 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado ' 1. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18 -inch centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. 2. For supported equipment, install epoxy- coated anchor bolts that extend through ' concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. 3. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. ' 4. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 5. Cast -in -place concrete materials and placement requirements are specified in ' Division 3. C. Vibration Isolation: Rubber pads with a minimum deflection of 0.25 inch. Vibration isolation devices and installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." D. Vibration Isolation: Mount water chiller on vibration isolation equipment base as 1 specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." E. Maintain manufacturers recommended clearances for service and maintenance. I G. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." I AIR COOLED WATER CHILLERS 15628 -7 rJ F. Charge water chiller with refrigerant if not factory charged. G. Install separate devices furnished by manufacturer. ' 3.2 CONNECTIONS ' A. Chilled- and condenser -water piping installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Hydronic Piping_" Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to chiller to allow service and maintenance. ' C. Evaporator Connections: Connect inlet to evaporator with controller -bulb well, shutoff valve, thermometer, strainer, pressure gage, and union or flange. Connect outlet to evaporator with shutoff valve, flow switch, balancing valve, thermometer, pressure gage, and union or flange. t D. Condenser Connections: Connect inlet to condenser with shutoff valve, thermometer, plugged tee, and pressure gage. Connect outlet to condenser with shutoff valve, thermometer, drain line and shutoff valve, strainer, and plugged tee. E. Refrigerant Pressure Relief Valve Connections: Extend vent piping to the outside without valves or restrictions. ' "Grounding F. Ground water chillers according to Division 16 Section and Bonding." I G. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." I AIR COOLED WATER CHILLERS 15628 -7 rJ Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3.3 STARTUP SERVICE A. Inspect field - assembled components, equipment installation, and piping and electrical connections for proper assemblies, installations, and connections. B. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions and perform the following: 1. Verify that refrigerant charge is sufficient and water chiller has been leak tested. 2. Verify that pumps are installed and functional. 3. Verify that thermometers and gages are installed. 4. Operate water chiller for run -in period according to manufacturer's written instructions. 5. Check bearing lubrication and oil levels. 6. Verify that refrigerant pressure relief is vented outside (for water - cooled water chillers). 7. Verify proper motor rotation. 8. Verify static deflection of vibration isolators, including deflection during water chiller startup and shutdown. 9. Verify and record performance of chilled -water flow and low- temperature interlocks. 10. Verify and record performance of water chiller protection devices. 11. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Prepare a written startup report that records results of tests and inspections. D. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on -site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to site outside normal occupancy hours for this purpose. END OF SECTION 15628 AIR COOLED WATER CHILLERS 15628 -8 f' n Lion Square Lodge — North Building_ Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15710 - HYDRONIC HEAT EXCHANGERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes brazed plate heat exchangers. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Coordination Drawings: Equipment room, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items involved: 1. Tube - removal space. 2. Structural members to which heat exchangers will be attached. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label heat exchangers to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, "Pressure Vessels," Division 1. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 BRAZED PLATE HEAT EXCHANGERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Alfa Laval Thermal, Inc. 2. API Heat Transfer Inc. 3. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. 4. FlatPlate, Inc. 5. Invensys APV, Inc. 6. ITT Industries; Bell & Gossett. 7. Mueller, Paul Company. 8. Polaris Plate Heat Exchangers. 9. Tranter PHE, Inc_ B. Configuration: Brazed assembly consisting of two end plates, one with threaded nozzles and pattern- embossed plates. HYDRONIC HEAT EXCHANGERS 15710 -1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado C. End -Plate Material: Type 316 stainless steel. D. Threaded Nozzles: Type 316 stainless steel. E. Plate Material: Type 316 stainless steel. F. Brazing Material: Copper or nickel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HEAT - EXCHANGER INSTALLATION A. Install shell- and -tube heat exchangers on saddle supports. B. Install shell -and -tube heat exchangers on, and anchor to, concrete base. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Install shutoff valves at heat - exchanger inlet and outlet connections. B. Install relief valves on heat - exchanger heated -fluid connection and install pipe relief valves, full size of valve connection, to floor drain. C. Install vacuum breaker at heat - exchanger steam inlet connection. D. Install hose end valve to drain shell. END OF SECTION 15710 HYDRONIC HEAT EXCHANGERS 15710 -2 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15763 - FAN -COIL UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes fan -coil units and accessories. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. C. Field quality- control test reports. D. Operation and maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In the Fan -Coil -Unit Schedule where titles below are column or row headings that introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: ' 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 3. Basis -of- Design Product: The design for each fan -coil unit is based on the ' product named. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the I FAN -COIL UNITS 15763 -1 I' iJ Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado named product or a comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified. 2.2 FAN -COIL UNITS A. Description: Factory- packaged and - tested units rated according to ARI440, ASHRAE 33, and UL 1995. B. Coil Section Insulation: 1/2 -inch thick, complying with ASTM C 1071 and attached with adhesive complying with ASTM C 916. 1. Fire - Hazard Classification: Insulation and adhesive shall have a combined maximum flame- spread index of 25 and smoke - developed index of 50 when tested according to ASTM E 84. C. Main and Auxiliary Drain Pans: Stainless steel formed to slope from all directions to the drain connection as required by ASHRAE 62. D. Chassis: Galvanized steel where exposed to moisture. Floor- mounting units shall have leveling screws. E. Cabinet: Steel with factory prime coating, ready for field painting. 1. Vertical Unit Front Panels: Removable, steel, with integral stamped discharge grille and channel- formed edges, cam fasteners, and insulation on back of panel. 2. Horizontal Unit Bottom Panels: Fastened to unit with cam fasteners and hinge and attached with safety chain; with integral stamped discharge grilles. 3. Steel recessing flanges for recessing fan -coil units into ceiling or wall. F. Filters: Minimum arrestance according to ASHRAE 52.1, and a minimum efficiency reporting value (MERV) according to ASHRAE 52.2. 1. Washable Foam: 70 percent arrestance and 3 MERV. 2_ Glass Fiber Treated with Adhesive: 80 percent arrestance and 5 MERV. 3. Pleated Cotton- Polyester Media: 90 percent arrestance and 7 MERV. G. Hydronic Coils: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins spaced no closer than 0.1 inch, rated for a minimum working pressure of 200 psig and a maximum entering -water temperature of 220 deg F. include manual air vent and drain valve. H. Fan and Motor Board: Removable. 1. Fan: Forward curved, double width, centrifugal; directly connected to motor. Thermoplastic or painted -steel wheels, and aluminum, painted - steel, or galvanized -steel fan scrolls. 2. Motor: Permanently lubricated, multispeed; resiliently mounted on motor board. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Motors." 3. Wiring Termination: Connect motor to chassis wiring with plug connection. FAN -COIL UNITS 15763 -2 I J L 1 1 r �J 0 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado Factory, Hydronic Piping Package: ASTM B 88, Type L copper tube with wrought - copper fittings and brazed joints. Label piping to indicate service, inlet, and outlet. 1. Two -way, two - position control valve for dual- temperature coil. 2. Two -way, two- position control valve for chilled -water coil. 3. Two -way, two - position control valve for heating coil. 4. Hose Kits: Minimum 400 -psig working pressure, and operating temperatures from 33 to 211 deg F. Tag hose kits to equipment designations. Length: 24 inches. Minimum Diameter: Equal to fan - coil -unit connection size. 5. Two -Piece Ball Valves: Bronze body with full -port, chrome - plated bronze ball; PTFE or TFE seats; and 600 -psig minimum CWP rating and blowout -proof stem. 6. Calibrated- Orifice Balancing Valves: Bronze body, ball type; 125 -psig working pressure, 250 -deg F maximum operating temperature; with calibrated orifice or venturi, connections for portable differential pressure meter with integral seals, threaded ends, and equipped with a memory stop to retain set position. 7. Automatic Flow - Control Valve: Brass or ferrous -metal body; 300 -psig working pressure at 250 deg F, with removable, corrosion - resistant, tamperproof, self - cleaning piston spring; factory set to maintain constant indicated flow with plus or minus 10 percent over differential pressure range of 2 to 80 psig. 8. Y- Pattern Hydronic Strainers: Cast -iron body (ASTM A 126, Class B); 125 -psig working pressure; with threaded connections, bolted cover, perforated stainless - steel basket, and bottom drain connection. Include minimum NPS 1/2 hose -end, full -port, ball -type blowdown valve in drain connection. 9. Wrought- Copper Unions: ASME 816.22. Control devices and operational sequences are specified in Division 15 Sections "HVAC instrumentation and Controls" and "Sequence of Operation." K. Basic Unit Controls: 1. Control voltage transformer. 2. Wall- mounting thermostat with the following features: a. Heat -cool -off switch. b. Fan on -auto switch. C. Fan -speed switch. d. Manual changeover. e. Adjustable deadband. f. Concealed set point. g. Concealed indication. h. Degree F indication. 3. Wall- mounting temperature sensor. 4. Unoccupied - period- override push button. 5. Data entry and access port. FAN -COIL UNITS 15763 -3 i1 I� F Lion Sauare Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado a. Input data includes room temperature set points and occupied and unoccupied periods. b. Output data includes room temperature, supply -air temperature, entering - water temperature, operating mode, and status. L. DDC Terminal Controller: 1. Scheduled Operation: Occupied and unoccupied periods on seven -day clock with a minimum of four programmable periods per day. 2. Unoccupied Period Override Operation: Two hours. 3. Unit Supply -Air Fan Operation: a. Occupied Periods: Fan runs continuously. b. Unoccupied Periods: Fan cycles to maintain room setback temperature. 4. Hydronic - Cooling -Coil Operation: a. Occupied Periods: Open control valve to maintain room temperature. b. Unoccupied Periods: Close control valve. 5. Heating -Coil Operation: a. Occupied Periods: Open control valve to provide heating if room temperature falls below thermostat set point. b. Unoccupied Periods: Start fan and open control valve if room temperature falls below setback temperature. 6. Dual- Temperature Hydronic -Coil Operation: a. Occupied Periods: When chilled water is available, open control valve if room temperature exceeds thermostat set point. When hot water is available, open control valve if temperature falls below thermostat set point. b. Unoccupied Periods. When chilled water is available, close control valve. When hot water is available, open control valve if room temperature falls below thermostat setback temperature. 7. Controller shall have volatile -memory backup. M. Electrical Connection: Factory wire motors and controls for a single electrical connection. 2.3 DUCTED FAN -COIL UNITS A. Description: Factory- packaged and - tested units rated according to AR1440, ASHRAE 33, and UL 1995. B. Coil Section Insulation: 1/2 -inch thick coated glass fiber complying with ASTM C 1071 and attached with adhesive complying with ASTM C 916. FAN -COIL UNITS 15763 -4 I, ] I n � I P, H. Direct - Driven Fans: Double width, forward curved, centrifugal; with permanently lubricated, multispeed motor resiliently mounted in the fan inlet. Aluminum or painted - steel wheels, and painted -steel or galvanized -steel fan scrolls. 1. Belt- Driven Fans: Double width, forward curved, centrifugal; with permanently lubricated, single -speed motor installed on an adjustable fan base resiliently mounted in the cabinet. Aluminum or painted -steel wheels, and painted -steel or galvanized- ' steel fan scrolls. 1. Motors: Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Motors." ' J. Factory, Hydronic Piping Package: ASTM B 88, Type L copper tube with wrought - copper fittings and brazed joints. Label piping to indicate service, inlet, and outlet. ' 1. Two -way, two - position control valve for chilled -water coil. 2. Two -way, two - position control valve for heating coil. 3. Two -way, two - position control valve for dual - temperature coil. 4. Hose Kits: Minimum 400 -psig working pressure, and operating temperatures from 33 to 211 deg F. Tag hose kits to equipment designations. I FAN -COIL UNITS 15763 -5 lJ1 Lion Square Lodge_— North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado ' 1. Fire- Hazard Classification: Insulation and adhesive shall have a combined maximum flame - spread index of 25 and smoke - developed index of 50 when tested according to ASTM E 84. C. Drain Pans: Stainless steel formed to slope from all directions to the drain connection as required by ASHRAE 62. D. Chassis: Galvanized steel where exposed to moisture, with baked - enamel finish and ' removable access panels. E. Cabinets: Steel with baked - enamel finish in manufacturer's standard paint color. 1. Supply -Air Plenum: Sheet metal plenum finished and insulated to match the chassis. 2. Return -Air Plenum: Sheet metal plenum finished to match the chassis. ' 3. Mixing Plenum: Sheet metal plenum finished and insulated to match the chassis with outdoor- and return -air, formed -steel dampers. ' 4. Dampers: Galvanized steel with extruded -vinyl blade seals, flexible -metal jamb seals, and interlocking linkage. F. Filters: Minimum arrestance according to ASHRAE 52.1, and a minimum efficiency ' reporting value (MERV) according to ASHRAE 52.2. 1. Washable Foam: 70 percent arrestance and 3 MERV. 2. Glass Fiber Treated with Adhesive: 80 percent arrestance and 5 MERV. ' 3. Pleated Cotton - Polyester Media: 90 percent arrestance and 7 MERV. G. Hydronic Coils: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins spaced no ' closer than 0.1 inch, rated for a minimum working pressure of 200 psig and a maximum entering -water temperature of 220 deg F. Include manual air vent and drain. H. Direct - Driven Fans: Double width, forward curved, centrifugal; with permanently lubricated, multispeed motor resiliently mounted in the fan inlet. Aluminum or painted - steel wheels, and painted -steel or galvanized -steel fan scrolls. 1. Belt- Driven Fans: Double width, forward curved, centrifugal; with permanently lubricated, single -speed motor installed on an adjustable fan base resiliently mounted in the cabinet. Aluminum or painted -steel wheels, and painted -steel or galvanized- ' steel fan scrolls. 1. Motors: Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Motors." ' J. Factory, Hydronic Piping Package: ASTM B 88, Type L copper tube with wrought - copper fittings and brazed joints. Label piping to indicate service, inlet, and outlet. ' 1. Two -way, two - position control valve for chilled -water coil. 2. Two -way, two - position control valve for heating coil. 3. Two -way, two - position control valve for dual - temperature coil. 4. Hose Kits: Minimum 400 -psig working pressure, and operating temperatures from 33 to 211 deg F. Tag hose kits to equipment designations. I FAN -COIL UNITS 15763 -5 lJ1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado a. Length: 24 inches. b. Minimum Diameter: Equal to fan - coil -unit connection size. 5. Two -Piece Ball Valves: Bronze body with full -port, chrome - plated bronze bail; PTFE or TFE seats; and 600 -psig minimum CWP rating and blowout -proof stem. 6. Calibrated - Orifice Balancing Valves: Bronze body, ball type; 125 -psig working pressure, 250 deg F maximum operating temperature; with calibrated orifice or venturi, connections for portable differential pressure meter with integral seals, threaded ends, and equipped with a memory stop to retain set position. 7. Automatic Flow - Control Valve: Brass or ferrous -metal body; 300 -psig working pressure at 250 deg F; with removable, corrosion - resistant, tamperproof, self - cleaning piston spring; factory set to maintain constant indicated flow with plus or minus 10 percent over differential pressure range of 2 to 80 psig. 8. Y- Pattern Hydronic Strainers: Cast -iron body (ASTM A 126, Class B); 125 -psig working pressure, with threaded connections, bolted cover, perforated stainless - steel basket, and bottom drain connection. Include minimum NPS 112 hose -end, full -port, ball -type blowdown valve in drain connection. 9. Wrought- Copper Unions: ASME B16.22. K. Control devices and operational sequence are specified in Division 15 Sections "HVAC Instrumentation and Controls" and "Sequence of Operation." L. Basic Unit Controls: 1. Control voltage transformer. 2. Wall- mounting thermostat with the following features. a. Heat- cool -off switch. b. Fan on -auto switch. C. Fan -speed switch. d. Manual changeover. e. Adjustable deadband_ f. Concealed set point. g. Concealed indication. h. Degree F indication. 3. Wall- mounting temperature sensor. 4. Unoccupied- period- override push button_ 5. Data entry and access port. a_ Input data includes room temperature set points and occupied and unoccupied periods. b. Output data includes room temperature, supply -air temperature, entering - water temperature, operating mode, and status. M. DDCTerminal Controller: 1. Scheduled Operation: Occupied and unoccupied periods on seven -day clock with a minimum of four programmable periods per day. 2. Unoccupied Period Override Operation: Two hours. FAN -COIL UNITS 15763 -6 1 t Ll Lion Square Lodge -- North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3. Unit Supply -Air Fan Operation: a. Occupied Periods: Fan runs continuously. b. Unoccupied Periods: Fan cycles to maintain room setback temperature. 4. Hydronic - Cooling -Coil Operation: a. Occupied Periods: Open control valve to maintain room temperature. b. Unoccupied Periods: Close control valve. 5. Heating -Coil Operation: a. Occupied Periods: Open control valve to provide heating if room temperature falls below thermostat set point. b. Unoccupied Periods: Start fan and open control valve if room temperature falls below setback temperature. 6. Dual- Temperature Hydronic -Coil Operation: a. Occupied Periods: When chilled water is available, open control valve if room temperature exceeds thermostat set point. When hot water is available, open control valve if temperature falls below thermostat set point. b. Unoccupied Periods: When chilled water is available, close valve. When hot water is available, open control valve if room temperature falls below thermostat setback temperature. 7. Outdoor -Air Damper Operation: a. Occupied Periods: Open damper to fixed position for 25 percent outdoor air. b. Unoccupied Periods: Close damper. 8. Outdoor -Air Damper Operation: a. Occupied Periods: 1) Outdoor -Air Temperature below Room Temperature: If room temperature is above room - temperature set point, modulate outdoor - and return -air dampers to maintain room - temperature set point (outdoor -air economizer). If room temperature is below set point, position damper to fixed minimum setting. 2) Outdoor -Air Temperature above Room Temperature: Position damper to fixed minimum position for 25 percent outdoor air. b. Unoccupied Periods: Close outdoor -air damper and open return -air damper. 9. Outdoor -Air Damper Operation: a. Occupied Periods: I FAN -COIL UNITS 15763 -7 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1) Outdoor -Air Enthalpy below Room Enthalpy: if room temperature is above room - temperature set point, modulate outdoor -air damper to maintain room temperature (outdoor -air economizer). If room temperature is below set point, position damper to fixed minimum ' position for 25 percent outdoor air. 2) Outdoor -Air Enthalpy above Room Enthalpy: Position damper to fixed minimum position for 25 percent outdoor air. b. Unoccupied Periods: Close outdoor -air damper and open return -air damper. 10. Controller shall have volatile -memory backup. ' N. Electrical Connection: Factory wire motors and controls for a single electrical connection. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.1 INSTALLATION , A. Install fan -coil units to comply with NFPA 90A. B. Suspend fan -coil units from structure with elastomeric hangers. Vibration isolators are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." , C. Verify locations of thermostats and other exposed control sensors with Drawings and room details before installation. Install devices 48 inches above finished floor. , D. Install new filters in each fan -coil unit within two weeks after Substantial Completion. , E. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Specific connection requirements are as follows: ' 1. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance. 2. Connect piping to fan - coil -unit factory hydronic piping package. Install piping package if shipped loose. , 3. Connect condensate drain to indirect waste. a. Install condensate trap of adequate depth to seal against the pressure of , fan. Install cleanouts in piping at changes of direction. F. Connect supply and return ducts to fan -coil units with flexible duct connectors specified ' in Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories." Comply with safety requirements in UL 1995 for duct connections. FAN -COIL UNITS 15763 -8 , Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 2. Operate electric heating elements through each stage to verify proper operation and electrical connections. 3. Test and adjust controls and safety devices. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. B. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 15763 � I FAN -COIL UNITS 15763 -9 Lion Square Lodge — North Buildin Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15766 - CABINET UNIT HEATERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes cabinet unit heaters with centrifugal fans and hot -water coils. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories for each product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1. Plans, elevations, sections, and details. 2. Location and size of each field connection. C. Field quality - control test reports. D. Operation and maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: C. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: CABINET UNIT HEATERS 15766 -1 Lion Square Lodge - North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Airtherm; a Mestek Company. 2. Berko Electric Heating; a division of Marley Engineered Products. 3. Carrier Corporation. 4. Chromalox, Inc.; a division of Emerson Electric Company. 5. Dunham -Bush, Inc. 6. Indeeco. 7. Markel Products; a division of TPI Corporation. 8. Marley Electric Heating; a division of Marley Engineered Products. 9. McQuay International. 10. QMark Electric Heating; a division of Marley Engineered Products. 11. Trane. D. Description: A factory- assembled and - tested unit complying with ARI 440. 1. Comply with UL 2021. E. Coil Section Insulation: Glass -fiber insulation; surfaces exposed to airstream shall be aluminum -foil facing to prevent erosion of glass fibers. 1. Thickness: 112 inch. 2. Thermal Conductivity (k- Value): 0.26 Btu x in. /h x.sq. ft. at 75 deg F mean temperature. 3. Fire - Hazard Classification: Maximum flame- spread index of 25 and smoke - developed index of 50 when tested according to ASTM E 84. 4. Adhesive: Comply with ASTM C 916 and with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B. F. Cabinet: Steel with baked - enamel finish with manufacturer's standard paint, in color selected by Architect. 1. Vertical Unit, Exposed Front Panels: Minimum 0.0528- inch - thick, galvanized, sheet steel, removable panels with channel- formed edges secured with tamperproof cam fasteners. 2. Horizontal Unit, Exposed Bottom Panels: Minimum 0.0528- inch - thick, galvanized, sheet steel, removable panels secured with tamperproof cam fasteners and safety chain. 3. Recessing Flanges: Steel, finished to match cabinet. 4. Control Access Door: Key operated. 5. Base: Minimum 0.0528 - inch -thick steel, finished to match cabinet, 4 inches high with leveling bolts. 6. Extended Piping Compartment: 8 -inch -wider piping end pocket. 7. False Back: Minimum 0.0428- inch -thick steel, finished to match cabinet. G. Filters: Minimum arrestance according to ASHRAE 52.1 and a minimum efficiency reporting value (MERV) according to ASHRAE 52.2. 1. Washable Foam: 70 percent arrestance and 3 MERV. 2. Glass Fiber Treated with Adhesive: 80 percent arrestance and 5 MERV. 3. Pleated: 90 percent arrestance and 7 MERV. u u t t r CABINET UNIT HEATERS 15766 -2 1 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado H. Hot -Water Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins spaced no closer than 0.1 inch and rated for a minimum working pressure of 200 psig and a maximum entering -water temperature of 220 deg F. Include manual air vent and drain. I. Electric- Resistance Heating Coil: Nickel- chromium heating wire, free from expansion noise and hum, mounted in ceramic inserts in a galvanized -steel housing; with fuses in terminal box for overcurrent protection and limit controls for high- temperature protection. Terminate elements in stainless -steel machine- staked terminals secured with stainless -steel hardware. J. Fan and Motor Board: Removable. 1. Fan: Forward curved, double width centrifugal; directly connected to motor. Thermoplastic or painted -steel wheels, and aluminum, painted- steel, or galvanized -steel fan scrolls. 2. Motor: Permanently lubricated, multispeed; resiliently mounted on motor board. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Motors.' 3. Wiring Terminations: Connect motor to chassis wiring with plug connection. K. Factory, Hot -Water Piping Package: ASTM B 88, Type L copper tube with wrought - copper fittings and brazed joints. Label piping to indicate service, inlet and outlet. 1. Hose Kits: Minimum 400 - psigworking pressure, and operating temperatures from 33 to 211 deg F. Tag hose kits to equipment designations. a. Length: 24 inches. b. Minimum Diameter: Equal to cabinet unit heater connection size. 2. Two - Piece, Ball Valves: Bronze body with full -port, chrome - plated bronze ball; PTFE or TFE seats; and 600 -psig minimum CWP rating and blowout -proof stem. 3. Calibrated- Orifice Balancing Valves: Bronze body, ball type, 125 -psig working ' pressure, 250 deg F maximum operating temperature; with calibrated orifice or venture, connection for portable differential pressure meter with integral seals, threaded ends, and equipped with a memory stop to retain set position. 4. Y- Pattern, Hot -Water Strainers: Cast -iron body (ASTM A 126, Class B); 125 -psig minimum working pressure; with threaded connections, bolted cover, perforated stainless -steel basket, and bottom drain connection. Include minimum NPS 1/2 threaded pipe and full -port ball valve in strainer drain connection. ' 5. Wrought - Copper Unions: ASME 816.22. L. Control devices and operational sequences are specified in Division 15 Sections ' "HVAC Instrumentation and Controls" and "Sequence of Operation." M. Basic Unit Controls: 1. Control voltage transformer. 2. Wall- mounting thermostat with the following features. a. Heat -off switch. b. Fan on -auto switch. CABINET UNIT HEATERS 15766 -3 L_J Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado C. Manual fan speed switch. d. Adjustable deadband. e. Concealed set point. f. Concealed indication. g. Deg F indication. 3. Wall- mounting temperature sensor. 4. Unoccupied period override push button. 5. Data entry and access port. a. Input data includes room temperature, and occupied and unoccupied periods. b. Output data includes room temperature, supply -air temperature, entering - water temperature, operating mode, and status. N. DDC Terminal Controller: 1. Scheduled Operation: Occupied and unoccupied periods on seven -day clock with a minimum of four programmable periods per day. 2. Unoccupied Period Override: Two hours. 3. Unit Supply -Air Fan Operations: a. Occupied Periods: Fan runs continuously. b. Unoccupied Periods: Fan cycles to maintain setback room temperature. 4. Heating Coil Operations: a. Occupied Periods: Open control valve to provide heating if room temperature falls below thermostat set point. b. Unoccupied Periods: Start fan and open control valve if room temperature falls below setback temperature. 5_ Controller shall have volatile -memory backup. O. Electrical Connection: Factory wire motors and controls for a single field connection. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install cabinet unit heaters to comply with NFPA 90A. B. Suspend cabinet unit heaters from structure with elastomeric hangers. Vibration isolators are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." C. Verify location of thermostats and other exposed control sensors with Drawings and room details before installation. Install devices 48 inches above finished floor. CABINET UNIT HEATERS 15766 -4 1 1 11 11 � I II Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado D. Install new filters in each fan -coil unit within two weeks of Substantial Completion. E. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. F. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance. G. Connect piping to cabinet unit heater's factory, hot -water piping package. Install the piping package if shipped loose. H. Connect supply and return ducts to cabinet unit heaters with flexible duct connectors specified in Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories." I. Comply with safety requirements in UL 1995. J. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." K. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 2. Operate electric heating elements through each stage to verify proper operation and electrical connections. 3. Test and adjust controls and safety devices. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. B. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 15766 CABINET UNIT HEATERS 15766 -5 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15767 - PROPELLER UNIT HEATERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes propeller unit heaters with hot -water coils. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of propeller unit heater indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Power, signal, and control wiring diagrams. 2. Equipment schedules to include rated capacities, furnished specialties, and accessories. C. Field quality- control test reports. D. Operation and maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited lo, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Airtherm; a Mestek Company. 2. Sterling HVAC Products 3. McQuay International. 4. Trane. PROPELLER UNIT HEATERS 15767 -1 Lion Square Lodge — North Buildin Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2.2 UNIT HEATERS A. Description: An assembly including casing, coil, fan, and motor in horizontal discharge configuration with adjustable discharge louvers. B. Comply with UL 2021. 2.3 CASING A. Cabinet: Removable panels for maintenance access to controls. B. Cabinet Finish: Manufacturers standard baked enamel applied to factory- assembled and - tested propeller unit heater before shipping. C. Discharge Louver: Adjustable fin diffuser for horizontal units and conical diffuser for vertical units. 2.4 COILS A. Test and rate hot -water propeller unit - heater coils according to ASHRAE 33. B. Hot -Water Coil: Copper tube, minimum 0.025 -inch wall thickness, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins spaced no closer than 0.1 inch and rated for a minimum working pressure of 200 psig and a maximum entering -water temperature of 325 deg F, with manual air vent. Test for leaks to 350 psig underwater. 2.5 ELECTRIC- RESISTANCE HEATING ELEMENTS A. Nickel- chromium heating wire, free from expansion noise and 60 -Hz hum, embedded in magnesium oxide refractory and sealed in steel or corrosion - resistant metallic sheath with fins no closer than 0.16 inch. Element ends shall be enclosed in terminal box. Fin surface temperature shall not exceed 550 deg F at any point during normal operation. 1. Circuit Protection: One -time fuses in terminal box for overcurrent protection and limit controls for high- temperature protection of heaters. 2. Wiring Terminations: Stainless -steel or corrosion - resistant material. 2.6 FAN A. Propeller type, aluminum wheel directly mounted on motor shaft in the fan venturi. 2.7 FAN MOTORS A. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Motors." PROPELLER UNIT HEATERS 15767 -2 I Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Motor Type: Permanently lubricated. 2.8 CONTROLS A. Control Devices: Unit - mounted thermostat. II PART 3 - EXECUTION L:' INSTALLATION Install propeller unit heaters to comply with NFPA 90A. Suspend propeller unit heaters from structure with all- thread hanger rods and elastomeric hangers. Hanger rods and attachments to structure are specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." Vibration hangers are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." Install wall- mounting thermostats and switch controls in electrical outlet boxes at heights to match lighting controls. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance. Unless otherwise indicated, install union and gate or ball valve on supply -water connection and union and calibrated balancing valve on return -water connection of unit heater. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Testing: Perform the following field quality- control testing and report results in writing: 1. After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 2. Operate electric heating elements through each stage to verify proper operation and electrical connections. 3_ Test and adjust controls and safeties. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 15767 PROPELLER UNIT HEATERS 15767 -3 3.1 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. 1 3.2 A. L:' INSTALLATION Install propeller unit heaters to comply with NFPA 90A. Suspend propeller unit heaters from structure with all- thread hanger rods and elastomeric hangers. Hanger rods and attachments to structure are specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." Vibration hangers are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." Install wall- mounting thermostats and switch controls in electrical outlet boxes at heights to match lighting controls. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance. Unless otherwise indicated, install union and gate or ball valve on supply -water connection and union and calibrated balancing valve on return -water connection of unit heater. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Testing: Perform the following field quality- control testing and report results in writing: 1. After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 2. Operate electric heating elements through each stage to verify proper operation and electrical connections. 3_ Test and adjust controls and safeties. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 15767 PROPELLER UNIT HEATERS 15767 -3 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15770 - ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following types of energy recovery ventilators: 1. Indoor Energy Recovery Ventilators. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, furnished specialties, and accessories for each model. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. C. Field quality - control test reports. D. Operation and maintenance data. E. Special warranties. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with ASHRAE 15. C. Comply with minimum COP /efficiency levels according to ASHRAHESNA 90.1. D_ Comply with NFPA 70. E. Comply with safety requirements in UL 484 for assembly of energy recovery ventilators. F. Comply with safety requirements in UL 1995 for duct - system connections. ENERGY RECOVERY VELTILATORS 15770 -1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado i K S - 14 I tf- A l i I Will A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of energy recovery ventilators that fail in materials or workmanship within five years from date of Substantial Completion. A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 INDOOR ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATORS A. Manufacturers: 1. RenewAire. B. Description: Packaged static plate enthalpic energy recovery ventilator. C. Quality Assurance: 1. The energy recovery cores used in these products shall be certified by ARI under its Standard 1060 for Energy Recovery Ventilators. ARI published certifications shall confirm manufacture's published performance for airflow, static pressure, temperature and total effectiveness, purge air (OACF) and exhaust air leakage (EATR). Products that are not currently ARI Certified will not be accepted. 2. Manufacturer shall be able to provide evidence of independent testing of the core by Underwriters Laboratory (UL), verifying a maximum flame spread index (FSI) of 25 and a maximum smoke developed index (SDI) of 50 thereby meeting NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B requirements for materials in a compartment handling air intended for circulation through a duct system. The method of test shall be UL Standard 723. 3. Unit shall be listed under UL 1812 Standard for Ducted Air to Air Heat Exchangers. 4. The core shall be warranted to be free of manufacturing defects and to retain its functional characteristics, under circumstances of normal use, for a period of ten years from the date of purchase. Balance of unit shall be warranted to be free of manufacturing defects and to retain its functional characteristics, under circumstances of normal use, for a period of two years from the date of purchase. ENERGY RECOVERY VELTILATORS 15770 -2 L 1 '1 1 t L F1, 1 ' Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado I D. Performance: 1. Energy Transfer. a. Shall be capable of transferring both sensible and latent energy between air streams. Latent energy transfer shall be accomplished by direct water vapor transfer from one air stream to the other, without exposing transfer media in succeeding cycles directly to the exhaust air and then to the fresh air. 2. Passive Frost Control. E. Product: 1. Construction. a. Fixed -plate energy - exchange element. Energy- exchange module shall be of fixed -plate cross -flow construction, with no moving parts. b_ No condensate drain pans or drains shall be allowed and unit shall be capable of operating in winter and summer conditions without generating condensate. c. The unit case shall be constructed of galvanized, 20 -gauge steel, with lapped corners. d. Unit shall have single -point power connection. L ENERGY RECOVERY VELTILATORS 15770 -3 a. Energy- transfer element shall perform without condensing or frosting under normal operating conditions (defined as outside temperatures above -10 °F and inside relative humidity below 40 %). Occasional extreme conditions shall not affect the usual function or performance of the element. No condensate drains will be allowed. ' 3. Continuous Ventilation. a. Unit shall have the capacity to operate continuously without the need for bypass, recirculation, preheaters, or defrost cycles under normal operating conditions. 4. Positive Air Stream Separation. a. Water vapor transfer shall be through molecular transport by hydroscopic resin and shall not be accomplished by "porous plate" mechanisms. Exhaust and fresh airstreams shall at all times travel in separate passages, and airstreams shall not mix. 5. Laminar Flow. a. Airflow through the energy exchange element shall be laminar, avoiding deposition of particulates on the interior of the energy exchange plate material. E. Product: 1. Construction. a. Fixed -plate energy - exchange element. Energy- exchange module shall be of fixed -plate cross -flow construction, with no moving parts. b_ No condensate drain pans or drains shall be allowed and unit shall be capable of operating in winter and summer conditions without generating condensate. c. The unit case shall be constructed of galvanized, 20 -gauge steel, with lapped corners. d. Unit shall have single -point power connection. L ENERGY RECOVERY VELTILATORS 15770 -3 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado e. Flange components shall be provided suitable for connection of ductwork. f. Access doors shall provide easy access to blowers, energy transfer elements, and filters. Panel shall be gasketed to provide air -tight seal. g. Case walls and doors shall be insulated with 1" FSK high- density board insulation, eliminating the possibility of exposing the fresh air to glass fibers. h. Energy - exchange element shall be protected by a MERV8 rated 2" nominal pleated, disposable filters. i. Blower motors shall be thermally protected with automatic reset, or supplied with starters. 2. Options. a. Indoor units shall be available in double wall construction. a. reset, or supplied with starters. 2.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. After installing energy recovery ventilators and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units for compliance with requirements. 2. Inspect for and remove shipping bolts, blocks, and tie -down straps. 3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. B. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 15770 ENERGY RECOVERY VELTILATORS 15770 -4 1 fl 1 1 1 F1 1 ,1 1 t Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15815 - METAL DUCTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes metal, rectangular ducts and fittings for supply, return, outside, and exhaust air - distribution systems in pressure classes from minus 2- to plus 10 -inch wg. B. See Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories" for dampers, sound - control devices, duct - mounting access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible ducts. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for metal ducts. 1. Penetrations through fire -rated and other partitions. 2. Duct accessories, including access doors and panels. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: 1. NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." 2. NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. � I METAL DUCTS 15815 -1 II 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2.2 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - -Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods, unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Lock - forming quality; complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M and having G60 coating designation; ducts shall have mill - phosphatized finish for surfaces exposed to view. C. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized -steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts. D. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4 -inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8 -inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches (900 mm). 2.3 DUCT LINER A. Vinyl coated fiberglass, "K" value of 0.29 at 75° F, 2 lb/cu. ft. density, secured to the metal with a solid coat of adhesive, vinyl coated side to the air stream. B. Insulation thickness: V unless otherwise noted on drawings. 2.4 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Joint and Seam Tape: 2 inches wide; glass - fiber- reinforced fabric. B. Tape Sealing System: Woven -fiber tape impregnated with gypsum mineral compound and modified acrylic /silicone activator to react exothermically with tape to form hard, durable, airtight seal. C. Water -Based Joint and Seam Sealant: Flexible, adhesive sealant, resistant to UV light when cured, UL 723 listed, and complying with NFPA requirements for Class 1 ducts. D. Solvent -Based Joint and Seam Sealant: One -part, nonsag, solvent - release- curing, polymerized butyl sealant formulated with a minimum of 75 percent solids. E. Flanged Joint Mastic: One -part, acid - curing, silicone, elastomeric joint sealant complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O. F. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer. 2.5 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder- actuated fasteners, or structural -steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. METAL DUCTS 15815 -2 l 1 I t 1 1 J t Lion Square Lodge — North Buildinq Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Use powder - actuated concrete fasteners for standard - weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches thick. 2. Exception: Do not use powder- actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight - aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. B. Hanger Materials: Galvanized sheet steel or threaded steel rod. 1. Hangers Installed in Corrosive Atmospheres: Electrogalvanized, all- thread rods or galvanized rods with threads painted with zinc - chromate primer after installation. 2. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - -Metal and Flexible" for steel sheet width and thickness and for steel rod diameters. C. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self- tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. D. Trapeze and Riser Supports: Galvanized -steel shapes and plates complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2.6 RECTANGULAR DUCT FABRICATION A. Fabricate ducts, elbows, transitions, offsets, branch connections, and other construction according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - -Metal and Flexible" and complying with requirements for metal thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie -rod applications, and joint types and intervals. 1. Lengths: Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity class required for pressure class. 2. Deflection: Duct systems shall not exceed deflection limits according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards —Metal and Flexible." B. Transverse Joints: Prefabricated slide -on joints and components constructed using manufacturer's guidelines for material thickness, reinforcement size and spacing, and joint reinforcement. 1. Manufacturers: a. Ductmate Industries, Inc. b. Nexus Inc. C. Ward Industries, Inc. C. Formed -On Flanges: Construct according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards- -Metal and Flexible," Figure 1 -4, using corner, bolt, cleat, and gasket details. 1. Manufacturers: a. Ductmate Industries, Inc. b. Lockformer. METAL DUCTS 15815 -3 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2. Duct Size: Maximum 30 inches wide and up to 2 -inch wg pressure class. 3. Longitudinal Seams: Pittsburgh lock sealed with noncuring polymer sealant. D. Cross Breaking or Cross Beading: Cross break or cross bead duct sides 19 inches and larger and 0.0359 inch thick or less, with more than 10 sq. ft. of nonbraced panel area unless ducts are lined. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DUCT APPLICATIONS A. Static - Pressure Classes: Unless otherwise indicated, construct ducts according to the following: 1. Supply Ducts: 2 -inch wg. 2. Return Ducts (Negative Pressure): 1 -inch wg. 3. Exhaust Ducts (Negative Pressure): 1 -inch wg. 3.2 DUCT LINER A. Duct sizes shown on drawings for lined duct are clear inside opening dimensions. B. Internally line the following duct: 1 _ All concealed supply air duct. 2. All transfer ducts. 3. Other locations as shown on drawings. 3.3 DUCT INSTALLATION A. Construct and install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - -Metal and Flexible," unless otherwise indicated. B. Install ducts with fewest possible joints. C. Install fabricated fittings for changes in directions, size, and shape and for connections. D. Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with a minimum of projections into duct. Secure couplings with sheet metal screws. Install screws at intervals of 12 inches, with a minimum of 3 screws in each coupling_ E. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and parallel and perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs. F. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. METAL DUCTS 15815 -4 Lion Square Lodge -- North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado G. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness. H. Conceal ducts from view in finished spaces. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions unless specifically indicated. I. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, fire- and smoke - control dampers, lighting layouts, and similar finished work. J. Seal all joints and seams. Apply sealant to male end connectors before insertion, and afterward to cover entire joint and sheet metal screws. K. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment spaces and enclosures. L. Non - Fire -Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, conceal spaces between construction openings and ducts or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as ducts. Overlap openings on 4 sides by at least 1 -112 inches. M. Fire -Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, install appropriately rated fire dampers, sleeves, and firestopping sealant. Fire and smoke dampers are specified in Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories." Firestopping materials and installation methods are specified in Division 7 Section "Through- Penetration Firestop Systems." N. Protect duct interiors from the elements and foreign materials until building is enclosed. 3.4 SEAM AND JOINT SEALING A_ Seal duct seams and joints according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards —Metal and Flexible" for duct pressure class indicated. 1. For pressure classes lower than 2 -inch wg, seal transverse joints. I I B. Seal ducts before external insulation is applied. 11 3.5 HANGING AND SUPPORTING A. Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection. B. Support vertical ducts at maximum intervals of 16 feet and at each floor. C. Install upper attachments to structures with an allowable load not exceeding one -fourth of failure (proof -test) load. f I D. Install concrete inserts before placing concrete. � I METAL DUCTS 15815 -5 I Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado E. Install powder- actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. 1. Do not use powder- actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight- aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors according to Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories." B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - -Metal and Flexible" for branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections. END OF SECTION 15815 METAL DUCTS 15815 -6 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15820 - DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Backdraft dampers. 2. Volume dampers. 3. Fire dampers. 4. Turning vanes. 5. Duct - mounting access doors. 6. Flexible connectors. 7. Flexible ducts. 8. Duct accessory hardware. B. See Division 13 Section "Fire Alarm" for duct - mounting fire and smoke detectors. C. See Division 15 Section "HVAC Instrumentation and Controls" for electric and pneumatic damper actuators. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Backdraft dampers. 2. Volume dampers. 3. Fire dampers. 4. Turning vanes. 5. Duct- mounting access doors. 6. Flexible connectors. 7. Flexible ducts. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1. Special fittings. 2. Manual- volume damper installations. 3. Fire - damper, smoke - damper, and combination fire- and smoke - damper installations, including sleeves and duct - mounting access doors. 4. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. � 1 DUCT ACCESSORIES ESSO RIES 15820 -1 I' Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - -Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods, unless otherwise indicated. B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Lock - forming quality; complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M and having G60 coating designation; ducts shall have mill - phosphatized finish for surfaces exposed to view. C. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 480 /A 480M. D. Aluminum Sheets: ASTM B 209, alloy 3003, temper H14; with mill finish for concealed ducts and standard, 1 -side bright finish for exposed ducts. E. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B 221, alloy 6063, temper T6. F. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized -steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless -steel ducts. G. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4 -inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8 -inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.3 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Air Balance, Inc. DUCT ACCESSORIES 15820 -2 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2. American Warming and Ventilating. 3. CESCO Products. 4. Duro Dyne Corp. 5. Greenheck. 6. Penn Ventilation Company, Inc. 7. Prefco Products, Inc. 8. Ruskin Company. 9. Vent Products Company, Inc. B. Description: Multiple- blade, parallel action gravity balanced, with blades of maximum 6 -inch width, with sealed edges, assembled in rattle -free manner with 90- degree stop, steel ball bearings, and axles; adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure. C. Frame: 0.052 -inch thick, galvanized sheet steel, with welded corners. D. Blades: 0.050 -inch thick aluminum sheet. E. Blade Seals: Felt. F. Blade Axles: Galvanized steel. G. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel. H. Return Spring: Adjustable tension. 2.4 VOLUME DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Air Balance, Inc_ 2. American Warming and Ventilating. 3. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. 4. McGill AirFlow Corporation. 5. METALAIRE, Inc. 6. Nailor Industries Inc. 7. Penn Ventilation Company, Inc. 8. Ruskin Company. 9. Vent Products Company, Inc. B. General Description: Factory fabricated, with required hardware and accessories. Stiffen damper blades for stability. Include locking device to hold single -blade dampers in a fixed position without vibration. Close duct penetrations for damper components to seal duct consistent with pressure class. C. Standard Volume Dampers: Multiple- or single - blade, parallel- or opposed -blade design as indicated, standard leakage rating, and suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. DUCT ACCESSORIES 15820 -3 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Steel Frames: Hat - shaped, galvanized sheet steel channels, minimum of 0.064 inch thick, with mitered and welded corners; frames with flanges where indicated for attaching to walls and flangeless frames where indicated for installing in ducts. 2. Roll- Formed Steel Blades: 0.064 -inch thick, galvanized sheet steel. 3. Blade Axles: Galvanized steel. 4. Bearings: Oil- impregnated bronze. 5. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel. D. Jackshaft: 1 -inch diameter, galvanized -steel pipe rotating within pipe- bearing assembly mounted on supports at each mullion and at each end of multiple- damper assemblies. 1. Length and Number of Mountings: Appropriate to connect linkage of each damper in multiple- damper assembly. E. Damper Hardware: Zinc - plated, die -cast core with dial and handle made of 3/32 -inch thick zinc - plated steel, and a 3/4 -inch hexagon locking nut. Include center hole to suit damper operating -rod size. Include elevated platform for insulated duct mounting. 2.5 FIRE DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: R 1. Air Balance, Inc. 2. CESCO Products. 3. Greenheck. 4. McGill AirFlow Corporation. 5. METALAIRE, Inc. 6. Nailor Industries Inc. 7_ Penn Ventilation Company, Inc. 8. Prefco Products, Inc.' i 9. Ruskin Company. 10. Vent Products Company, Inc. ' 11. Ward Industries, Inc. B. Fire dampers shall be labeled according to UL 555. C. Fire Rating: 1 -1/2 hours. D. Frame: Curtain type with blades outside airstream; fabricated with roll- formed, 0.034 - inch thick galvanized steel, with mitered and interlocking corners. E. Mounting Sleeve: Factory- or field- installed, galvanized sheet steel. 1. Minimum Thickness: 0.052 or 0.138 inch thick as indicated and of length to suit application. {' i DUCT ACCESSORIES 15820 -4 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2. Exceptions: Omit sleeve where damper frame width permits direct attachment of perimeter mounting angles on each side of wall or floor, and thickness of damper frame complies with sleeve requirements. F. Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal as indicated. G. Blades: Roll- formed, interlocking, 0.034 -inch thick, galvanized sheet steel. In place of interlocking blades, use full - length, 0.034 -inch thick, galvanized -steel blade connectors. H. Horizontal Dampers: Include blade lock and stainless -steel closure spring. I. Fusible Links: Replaceable, 165 deg F rated. 2.6 TURNING VANES A. Fabricate to comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - -Metal and Flexible" for vanes and vane runners. Vane runners shall automatically align vanes. B. Manufactured Turning Vanes: Fabricate 1 -112 -inch wide, double -vane, curved blades of galvanized sheet steel set 3/4 inch o.c.; support with bars perpendicular to blades set 2 inches o.c.; and set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting. 1. Manufacturers: a. Ductmate Industries, Inc. b. Duro Dyne Corp. C. METALAIRE, Inc_ d. Ward Industries, Inc. C. Acoustic Turning Vanes: Fabricate airfoil- shaped aluminum extrusions with perforated faces and fibrous -glass fill. 2.7 DUCT - MOUNTING ACCESS DOORS A. General Description: Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class. B. Door: Double wall, duct mounting, and rectangular; fabricated of galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and thickness as indicated for duct pressure class. Include vision panel where indicated. Include 1 -by -1 -inch butt or piano hinge and cam latches. 1. Manufacturers: a. American Warming and Ventilating. b. CESCO Products. C. Ductmate Industries, Inc. d. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. e. Greenheck. f. McGill AirFlow Corporation. g. Nailor Industries Inc_ DUCT ACCESSORIES 15820 -5 Lion Square Lodge — North Buildinq Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado h. Ventfabrics, Inc. i. Ward Industries, Inc. 2. Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, with bend -over tabs and foam gaskets. 3. Provide number of hinges and locks as follows: a. Less Than 12 Inches Square: Secure with two sash locks. b. Up to 18 Inches Square: Two hinges and two sash locks. C. Up to 24 by 48 Inches: Three hinges and two compression latches. d. Sizes 24 by 48 Inches and Larger: One additional hinge. C. Door: Double wall, duct mounting, and round; fabricated of galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and 1 -inch thickness. Include cam latches. 1. Manufacturers: a. Ductmate Industries, Inc. b. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. 2. Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, with spin -in notched frame. D. Seal around frame attachment to duct and door to frame with neoprene or foam rubber. E. Insulation: 1 -inch thick, fibrous -glass or polystyrene -foam board. 2.8 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Duro Dyne Corp. 3. Ventfabrics, Inc. 4_ Ward Industries, Inc. B. General Description: Flame- retardant or noncombustible fabrics, coatings, and adhesives complying with UL 181, Class 1. C. Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with neoprene. 1. Minimum Weight: 26 oz. /sq. yd. 2. Tensile Strength: 480 Ibf /inch in the warp and 360 Ibf /inch in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. 2.9 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. 2. Hart & Cooley, Inc. DUCT ACCESSORIES 15820 -6 I Lion Square Lodge — North Buildin Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3. McGill AirFlow Corporation. B. Noninsulated -Duct Connectors: UL 181, Class 1, multiple layers of aluminum laminate supported by helically wound, spring -steel wire. 1. Pressure Rating: 10 -inch wg positive and 1.0 -inch wg negative. 2. Maximum Air Velocity: 4000 fpm. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 210 deg F. C. Insulated -Duct Connectors: UL 181, Class 1, 2 -ply vinyl film supported by helically wound, spring -steel wire; fibrous -glass insulation; polyethylene vapor barrier film. 1. Pressure Rating: 10 -inch wg positive and 1.0 -inch wg negative. 2. Maximum Air Velocity: 4000 fpm. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 10 to plus 160 deg F. D. Flexible Duct Clamps: Stainless -steel band with cadmium - plated hex screw to tighten band with a worm -gear action, in sizes 3 through 18 inches to suit duct size. 2.10 DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length to suit duct insulation thickness. B. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline and grease. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct - Construction Standards - -Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH116, "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards," for fibrous -glass ducts. B. Provide duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized -steel accessories in galvanized -steel and fibrous -glass ducts, stainless -steel accessories in stainless -steel ducts, and aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts. C. Install backdraft dampers on exhaust fans or exhaust ducts nearest to outside and where indicated. D. Install volume dampers in ducts with liner; avoid damage to and erosion of duct liner. E. Provide balancing dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches lead from larger ducts as required for air balancing. Install at a minimum of two duct widths from branch takeoff. DUCT ACCESSORIES 15820 -7 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado F. Provide test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as indicated. G. Install fire and smoke dampers, with fusible links, according to manufacturer's UL- approved written instructions. H. Install duct access doors to allow for inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining accessories and terminal units as follows: 1. On both sides of duct coils. 2. Downstream from volume dampers and equipment. 3. Adjacent to fire or smoke dampers, providing access to reset or reinstall fusible links. 4. To interior of ducts for cleaning; before and after each change in direction, at maximum 50 -foot spacing. 5. On sides of ducts where adequate clearance is available. Install the following sizes for duct - mounting, rectangular access doors: 1. One -Hand or Inspection Access: 8 by 5 inches. 2. Two -Hand Access: 12 by 6 inches. 3. Head and Hand Access: 18 by 10 inches. 4. Head and Shoulders Access: 21 by 14 inches. 5. Body Access: 25 by 14 inches. 6. Body Plus Ladder Access: 25 by 17 inches. J. Install the following sizes for duct - mounting, round access doors: 1. One -Hand or Inspection Access: 8 inches in diameter. 2. Two -Hand Access: 10 inches in diameter. 3. Head and Hand Access: 12 inches in diameter. 4. Head and Shoulders Access: 18 inches in diameter. 5. Body Access: 24 inches in diameter. K. Label access doors according to Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification. L. Install flexible connectors immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated with fans and motorized equipment supported by vibration isolators. M. For fans developing static pressures of 5 -inch wg and higher, cover flexible connectors with loaded vinyl sheet held in place with metal straps. N. Connect terminal units to supply ducts with maximum 12 -inch lengths of flexible duct. Do not use flexible ducts to change directions. O. Connect diffusers or light troffer boots to low pressure ducts with maximum 60 -inch lengths of flexible duct clamped or strapped in place. P. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with adhesive plus sheet metal screws. Q. Install duct test holes where indicated and required for testing and balancing purposes. DUCT ACCESSORIES 15820 -8 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Adjust duct accessories for proper settings. B. Adjust fire and smoke dampers for proper action. C. Final positioning of manual - volume dampers is specified in Division 15 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing." END OF SECTION 15820 DUCT ACCESSORIES 15820 -9 II Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15838 - POWER VENTILATORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Centrifugal wall ventilators. 2. Ceiling- mounting ventilators. 3. In -line centrifugal fans. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, furnished specialties, and accessories for each type of product indicated and include the following: B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. C. Field quality - control test reports. D. Operation and maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. NEMA Compliance: Motors and electrical accessories shall comply with NEMA standards. C. UL Standard: Power ventilators shall comply with UL 705. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 CENTRIFUGAL WALL VENTILATORS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: POWER VENTILATORS 15838 -1 Lion Square Lodge -- North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: C. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Acme Engineering & Mfg. Corp. 2. Aerovent; a Twin City Fan Company. 3. Broan Mfg. Co., Inc. 4. Carnes Company HVAC. 5. Dayton Electric Manufacturing Co.; a division of W. W. Grainger, Inc. 6. Greenheck. 7. JencoFan; Div. of Breidert Air Products. 8. Loren Cook Company. 9. NuTone Inc. 10. Penn Ventilation. D. Description: Direct- or belt- driven centrifugal fans consisting of housing, wheel, fan shaft, bearings, motor and disconnect switch, drive assembly, and accessories. E. Housing: Heavy -gage, removable, spun - aluminum, dome top and outlet baffle; venturi inlet cone. F. Fan Wheel: Aluminum hub and wheel with backward - inclined blades. G. Belt- Driven Drive Assembly: Resiliently mounted to housing, with the following features: 1. Fan Shaft: Turned, ground, and polished steel; keyed to wheel hub. 2. Shaft Bearings: Permanently lubricated, permanently sealed, self - aligning ball bearings. 3. Pulleys: Cast -iron, adjustable -pitch motor pulley. 4. Fan and motor isolated from exhaust airstream. H. Accessories: 1. Disconnect Switch: Nonfusible type, with thermal- overload protection mounted inside fan housing, factory wired through internal aluminum conduit. 2. Bird Screens: Removable, 1/2 -inch mesh, aluminum or brass wire. 3. Wall Grille: Ring type for flush mounting. 4. Dampers: Counterbalanced, parallel - blade, backdraft dampers mounted in wall sleeve; factory set to close when fan stops. 5. Motorized Dampers: Parallel -blade dampers mounted in curb base with electric actuator; wired to close when fan stops. POWER VENTILATORS 15838 -2 �I W r 1 t 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2.2 CEILING - MOUNTING VENTILATORS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: C. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. American Coolair Corp. 2. Carnes Company HVAC. 3. Dayton Electric Manufacturing Co.; a division of W. W. Grainger, Inc. 4. Greenheck. 5. JencoFan; Div. of Breidert Air Products. 6. Loren Cook Company. 7. NuTone Inc. 8. Penn Ventilation. D. Description: Centrifugal fans designed for installing in ceiling or wall or for concealed in -line applications. E. Housing: Steel, lined with acoustical insulation. F. Fan Wheel: Centrifugal wheels directly mounted on motor shaft. Fan shrouds, motor, and fan wheel shall be removable for service. G. Grille: Aluminum, louvered grille with flange on intake and thumbscrew attachment to fan housing. H. Electrical Requirements: Junction box for electrical connection on housing and receptacle for motor plug -in. I. Accessories: 1. Manual Starter Switch: Single -pole rocker switch assembly with cover and pilot light. 2. Time -Delay Switch: Assembly with single -pole rocker switch, timer, and cover plate. 3. Motion Sensor: Motion detector with adjustable shutoff timer. 4. Ceiling Radiation Damper: Fire -rated assembly with ceramic blanket, stainless - steel springs, and fusible link. 5. Filter: Washable aluminum to fit between fan and grille_ 6. Isolation: Rubber -in -shear vibration isolators. 7. Manufacturer's standard roof jack or wall cap, and transition fittings. I POWER VENTILATORS 15838 -3 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2.3 IN -LINE CENTRIFUGAL FANS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: C. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Acme Engineering & Mfg. Corp. 2_ Carnes Company HVAC. 3. Greenheck. 4. Loren Cook Company. 5. Penn Ventilation. D. Description: In -line, direct - driven centrifugal fans consisting of housing, wheel, outlet guide vanes, fan shaft, bearings, motor and disconnect switch, drive assembly, mounting brackets, and accessories. E. Housing: Split, spun aluminum with aluminum straightening vanes, inlet and outlet flanges, and support bracket adaptable to floor, side wall, or ceiling mounting. F. Direct - Driven Units: Motor mounted in airstream, factory wired to disconnect switch located on outside of fan housing. G. Bell- Driven Units: Motor mounted on adjustable base, with adjustable sheaves, enclosure around belts within fan housing, and lubricating tubes from fan bearings extended to outside of fan housing. H. Fan Wheels: Aluminum, airfoil blades welded to aluminum hub. I. Accessories: 1. Volume - Control Damper: Manually operated with quadrant lock, located in fan outlet. 2. Companion Flanges: For inlet and outlet duct connections. 3. Fan Guards: 1/2- by 1 -inch mesh of galvanized steel in removable frame. Provide guard for inlet or outlet for units not connected to ductwork. 4. Motor and Drive Cover (Belt Guard): Epoxy- coated steel. 2.4 MOTORS A. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Motors." B. Enclosure Type: Totally enclosed, fan cooled. POWER VENTILATORS 15838 -4 ' 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install power ventilators level and plumb. B. Support units using spring isolators having a static deflection of 1 inch. Vibration- and seismic - control devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." 1. Secure vibration and seismic controls to concrete bases using anchor bolts cast in concrete base. C. Ceiling Units: Suspend units from structure; use steel wire or metal straps. D. Support suspended units from structure using threaded steel rods and elastomeric hangers having a static deflection of 1 inch. Vibration- control devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." E. Install units with clearances for service and maintenance. F. Label units according to requirements specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification." G. Duct installation and connection requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories. Make final duct connections with flexible connectors. Flexible connectors are specified in Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories." H. Install ducts adjacent to power ventilators to allow service and maintenance. I. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." J. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed. 2. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections to ducts and electrical components are complete. Verify that proper thermal - overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnect switches. 3. Verify that cleaning and adjusting are complete. 4. Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and verify fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation. Reconnect fan drive system, align and adjust belts, and install belt guards. 5. Adjust belt tension. t POWER VENTILATORS 15838 -5 r Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install power ventilators level and plumb. B. Support units using spring isolators having a static deflection of 1 inch. Vibration- and seismic - control devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." 1. Secure vibration and seismic controls to concrete bases using anchor bolts cast in concrete base. C. Ceiling Units: Suspend units from structure; use steel wire or metal straps. D. Support suspended units from structure using threaded steel rods and elastomeric hangers having a static deflection of 1 inch. Vibration- control devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." E. Install units with clearances for service and maintenance. F. Label units according to requirements specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification." G. Duct installation and connection requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories. Make final duct connections with flexible connectors. Flexible connectors are specified in Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories." H. Install ducts adjacent to power ventilators to allow service and maintenance. I. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." J. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed. 2. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections to ducts and electrical components are complete. Verify that proper thermal - overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnect switches. 3. Verify that cleaning and adjusting are complete. 4. Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and verify fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation. Reconnect fan drive system, align and adjust belts, and install belt guards. 5. Adjust belt tension. t POWER VENTILATORS 15838 -5 r Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge r Vail, Colorado 6. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. 7. Verify lubrication for bearings and other moving parts. 8. Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers in connected ductwork systems are in fully open position. 9. Disable automatic temperature - control operators, energize motor and adjust fan to indicated rpm, and measure and record motor voltage and amperage. 10. Shut unit down and reconnect automatic temperature - control operators. 11. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. B. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. END OF SECTION 15838 POWER VENTILATORS 15838 -6 c e [l Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15855 - DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes ceiling- and wall - mounted diffusers, registers, and grilles. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated, include the following: 1. Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and performance data including throw and drop, static - pressure drop, and noise ratings. 2. Diffuser, Register, and Grille Schedule: Indicate Drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. 3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 GRILLES AND REGISTERS A. Louver Face Grilles And Registers: 1. Manufacturers: a_ A -J Manufacturing Co., Inc. b. Anemostat; a Mestek Company. C. Carnes. I DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES 15855 -1 Lion Square Lodge -- North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado d. Dayus Register & Grille. e. Hart & Cooley, Inc.; Hart & Cooley Div. f. Krueger. g. METALAIRE, Inc.; Metal Industries Inc. h. Price Industries. i. Titus. j. Tuttle & Bailey. 2.3 CEILING DIFFUSERS A. Round Ceiling Diffuser: 1. Manufacturers: a. Anemostat; a Mestek Company. b. Carnes. C. Hart & Cooley, Inc.; Hart & Cooley Div. d. METALAIRE, Inc.; Metal Industries Inc. e. Price Industries. f. Titus. g. Tuttle & Bailey. B. Square Ceiling Diffusers. 1. Manufacturers: a. A -J Manufacturing Co., Inc. b. Anemostat; a Mestek Company. C. Carnes. d. Hart & Cooley, Inc.; Hart & Cooley Div. e. Krueger. f. METALAIRE, Inc.; Metal Industries Inc. g. Price Industries. h. Titus- i. Tuttle & Bailey. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Verification of Performance: Rate diffusers, registers, and grilles according to ASHRAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A_ Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb. is i r= I s i DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES 15855 -2 ' Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Ceiling- Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as practicable. For units installed i in lay -in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Architect for a determination of final location. C. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed, before starting air balancing. END OF SECTION 15855 e I DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES 15855 -3 i 1 1 1 f 1 1 1 1 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15861 - AIR FILTERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes factory- fabricated air - filter devices and media used to remove particulate matter from air for HVAC applications. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include dimensions; required clearances and access; rated flow capacity, including initial and final pressure drop at rated airflow; efficiency and test method; fire classification; furnished specialties; and accessories for each unit indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, and details to illustrate component assemblies and attachments. 1. Show filler rack assembly, dimensions, materials, and methods of assembly of components. 2. Include setting drawings, templates, and requirements for installing anchor bolts and anchorages. 3. Include wiring diagrams. C. Operation and maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with ARI 850. C. Comply with ASHRAE 52.1 for method of testing and rating air - filter units. D. Comply with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B. AIR FILTERS 15861 -1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado t PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: ' : B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: ' 1. AAF International. 2. Air Filter International. 3. CRS Industries, Inc.; CosaTron Div. , 4. D Mark Inc. I 5. Farr Co. 6. Flanders /CSC Corp. 7. Flanders Filters, Inc. i k 8. General Filters Inc. 9. International Air Filtration Corporation. 10. Koch Filter Corporation. 11, LakeAir International, Inc. 12. NiCon Filter Corp.; Continental Air Filter Div. 13. Purafil, Inc. ' i C. Disposable Panel Filters: Factory- fabricated, viscous - coated, flat - panel -type, disposable air filters with holding frames. 1. Media: Interlaced glass fibers sprayed with nonflammable adhesive. 2. Frame: Cardboard frame with perforated metal retainer. 3. Duct - Mounting Frames: Welded, galvanized steel with gaskets and fasteners and suitable for bolting together into built -up filter banks. i PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Position each filter unit with clearance for normal service and maintenance. Anchor filter holding frames to substrate. B. Install filters in position to prevent passage of unfiltered air. C. Coordinate filter installations with duct and air - handling unit installations. D. Electrical wiring and connections are specified in Division 16 Sections. END OF SECTION 15861 AIR FILTERS 15861 -2 t 3 l Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15900 - HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes control equipment for HVAC systems and components, including control components for terminal heating and cooling units not supplied with factory- wired controls. B. See Division 15 Section "Sequence of Operation" for requirements that relate to this Section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each control device indicated. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Schematic flow diagrams. 2. Power, signal, and control wiring diagrams. 3. Details of control panel faces. 4. Damper schedule. 5. Valve schedule. 6. Controls Hardware: Wiring diagrams, schematic floor plans, and schematic control diagrams. C. Field quality- control test reports. D. Operation and maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 15900 -1 Lion Sauare Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, ' manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by , one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 CONTROL SYSTEM A. Control system shall consist of sensors, indicators, actuators, final control elements, interface equipment, other apparatus, and accessories to control mechanical systems. 2.3 UNITARY CONTROLLERS I A. Unitized, capable of stand -alone operation with sufficient memory to support its operating system, database, and programming requirements, and with sufficient 1/0 capacity for the application. I 1. Configuration: Local keypad and display; diagnostic LEDs for power, communication, and processor; wiring terminatiori to terminal strip or card , connected with ribbon cable; memory with bios; and 72 -hour battery backup. 2. Operating System: Manage 1/0 communication to allow distributed controllers to share real and virtual object information and allow central monitoring and alarms. Perform automatic system diagnostics; monitor system and report failures. 3. Enclosure: Dustproof rated for operation at 32 to 120 deg F. 2.4 ANALOG CONTROLLERS I A. Step Controllers: 6- or 10 -stage type, with heavy -duty switching rated to handle loads I and operated by electric motor. B. Electric, Outdoor -Reset Controllers: Remote -bulb or bimetal rod -and -tube type, proportioning action with adjustable throttling range, adjustable set point, scale range I minus 10 to plus 70 deg F, and single- or double -pole contacts. C. Fan -Speed Controllers: Solid -state model providing field- adjustable proportional control of motor speed from maximum to minimum of 25 percent and on -off action ' below minimum fan speed. Controller shall briefly apply full voltage, when motor is started, to rapidly bring motor up to minimum speed. Equip with filtered circuit to eliminate radio interference. 2.5 ELECTRONIC SENSORS , A. Description: Vibration and corrosion resistant; for wall, immersion, or duct mounting as required. ' B. Thermistor Temperature Sensors and Transmitters: HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 15900 -2 ' Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Manufacturers: a. BEC Controls Corporation. b. Ebtron, Inc. C. Heat -Timer Corporation. d. I.T.M. Instruments Inc. e. MAMAC Systems, Inc. f. RDF Corporation. 2. Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.5 deg F at calibration point. 3. Wire: Twisted, shielded -pair cable. 4. Insertion Elements in Ducts: Single point, 8 inches long; use where not affected by temperature stratification or where ducts are smaller than 9 sq. ft. (0.84 sq. m). 5. Averaging Elements in Ducts: 18 inches long, rigid; use where prone to temperature stratification or where ducts are larger than 10 sq. ft. 6. Insertion Elements for Liquids: Brass or stainless -steel socket with minimum insertion length of 2 -1/2 inches. 7. Room Sensor Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard locking covers. a. Set -Point Adjustment: Exposed. b. Set -Point Indication: Exposed. C. Thermometer: Exposed, Red - reading glass. d. Orientation: Vertical. 8. Outside -Air Sensors: Watertight inlet fitting, shielded from direct sunlight. 9. Room Security Sensors: Stainless -steel cover plate with insulated back and security screws. C. RTDs and Transmitters: 1. Manufacturers: a. BEC Controls Corporation. b. MAMAC Systems, Inc. C. RDF Corporation. 2. Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.2 percent at calibration point. 3. Wire: Twisted, shielded -pair cable. 4. Insertion Elements in Ducts: Single point, 8 inches long; use where not affected by temperature stratification or where ducts are smaller than 9 sq. ft. 5. Averaging Elements in Ducts: 18 inches; use where prone to temperature stratification or where ducts are larger than 9 sq. ft.; length as required. 6. Insertion Elements for Liquids: Brass socket with minimum insertion length of 2- 1 /2 inches. 7. Room Sensor Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard locking covers. a. Set -Point Adjustment: Exposed. b. Set -Point Indication: Exposed. C. Thermometer: Exposed, Red - reading glass. I HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 15900 -3 J Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado d. Orientation: Vertical. 8. Outside -Air Sensors: Watertight inlet fitting, shielded from direct sunlight. 9. Room Security Sensors: Stainless -steel cover plate with insulated back and security screws. 10. Insulating Bases: For sensors located on exterior walls. 11. Guards: Locking; heavy -duty, transparent plastic; mounted on separate base. 12. Adjusting Key: As required for calibration and cover screws. 2.6 STATUS SENSORS A. Status Inputs for Fans: Differential- pressure switch with pilot -duty rating and with adjustable range of 0- to 5 -inch wg. B. Status Inputs for Pumps: Differential - pressure switch with pilot -duty rating and with adjustable pressure - differential range of 8 to 60 psig, piped across pump. C. Status Inputs for Electric Motors: Comply with ISA 50.00.01, current - sensing fixed- or split -core transformers with self - powered transmitter, adjustable and suitable for 175 percent of rated motor current. D. Voltage Transmitter (100- to 600 -V ac): Comply with ISA 50.00.01, single -loop, self - powered transmitter, adjustable, with suitable range and 1 percent full -scale accuracy. E. Power Monitor: 3 -phase type with disconnect/shorting switch assembly, listed voltage and current transformers, with pulse kilowatt hour output and 4- to 20 -mA kW output, with maximum 2 percent error at 1.0 power factor and 2.5 percent error at 0.5 power factor. F. Current Switches: Self- powered, solid -state with adjustable trip current, selected to match current and system output requirements. G. Electronic Valve /Damper Position Indicator: Visual scale indicating percent of travel and 2- to 10 -V dc, feedback signal. H. Water -Flow Switches: Bellows- actuated mercury or snap - acting type with pilot -duty rating, stainless -steel or bronze paddle, with appropriate range and differential adjustment, in NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure. 1. Manufacturers: a. BEC Controls Corporation. b. I.T.M. Instruments Inc. 2.7 GAS DETECTION EQUIPMENT A. Manufacturers: HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 15900 -4 x 1 ' Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Carbon Monoxide Detectors: Single or multichannel, dual -level detectors using solid- ' state plug -in sensors with a 3 -year minimum life; suitable over a temperature range of 32 to 104 deg F; with 2 factory- calibrated alarm levels at 50 and 100 ppm. ' C. Carbon Dioxide Sensor and Transmitter: Single detectors using solid -state infrared sensors; suitable over a temperature range of 23 to 130 deg F and calibrated for 0 to 2 percent, with continuous or averaged reading, 4- to 20 -mA output;, for wall mounting. D. Occupancy Sensor: Passive infrared, with time delay, daylight sensor lockout, sensitivity control, and 180 - degree field of view with vertical sensing adjustment; for flush mounting. 2.8 THERMOSTATS A. Manufacturers: 1. Erie Controls. 2. Danfoss Inc.; Air - Conditioning and Refrigeration Div. 3. Heat -Timer Corporation. 4. Sauter Controls Corporation. ' 5. tekmar Control Systems, Inc. 6. Theben AG - Lumilite Control Technology, Inc. B. Electric, solid- state, microcomputer -based room thermostat with remote sensor. ' 1. Automatic switching from heating to cooling. 2. Preferential rate control to minimize overshoot and deviation from set point. ' 3. Set up for four separate temperatures per day. 4. Instant override of set point for continuous or timed period from 1 hour to 31 days. ' 5. Short-cycle protection. 6. Programming based on weekday, Saturday, and Sunday. ' HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 15900 -5 1. B. W. Technologies. 2. CEA Instruments, Inc. 3. Ebtron, Inc. ' 4. 5. Gems Sensors Inc. Greystone Energy Systems Inc. 6. Honeywell International Inc.; Home & Building Control. 7. INTEC Controls, Inc. ' 8. I.T.M. Instruments Inc. 9. MSA Canada Inc. 10. QEUQuatrosense Environmental Limited. 11. Sauter Controls Corporation. 12. Sensidyne, Inc. 13. TSllncorporated. 14. 15. Vaisala. Vulcain Inc. B. Carbon Monoxide Detectors: Single or multichannel, dual -level detectors using solid- ' state plug -in sensors with a 3 -year minimum life; suitable over a temperature range of 32 to 104 deg F; with 2 factory- calibrated alarm levels at 50 and 100 ppm. ' C. Carbon Dioxide Sensor and Transmitter: Single detectors using solid -state infrared sensors; suitable over a temperature range of 23 to 130 deg F and calibrated for 0 to 2 percent, with continuous or averaged reading, 4- to 20 -mA output;, for wall mounting. D. Occupancy Sensor: Passive infrared, with time delay, daylight sensor lockout, sensitivity control, and 180 - degree field of view with vertical sensing adjustment; for flush mounting. 2.8 THERMOSTATS A. Manufacturers: 1. Erie Controls. 2. Danfoss Inc.; Air - Conditioning and Refrigeration Div. 3. Heat -Timer Corporation. 4. Sauter Controls Corporation. ' 5. tekmar Control Systems, Inc. 6. Theben AG - Lumilite Control Technology, Inc. B. Electric, solid- state, microcomputer -based room thermostat with remote sensor. ' 1. Automatic switching from heating to cooling. 2. Preferential rate control to minimize overshoot and deviation from set point. ' 3. Set up for four separate temperatures per day. 4. Instant override of set point for continuous or timed period from 1 hour to 31 days. ' 5. Short-cycle protection. 6. Programming based on weekday, Saturday, and Sunday. ' HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 15900 -5 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 7. Selection features include degree F or degree C display, 12- or 24 -hour clock, keyboard disable, remote sensor, and fan on -auto. 8. Battery replacement without program loss. 9. Thermostat display features include the following: a. Time of day. b. Actual room temperature. C. Programmed temperature. d. Programmed time. e. Duration of timed override. f. Day of week. g. System mode indications include "heating," "off," "fan auto," and "fan on." C. Low - Voltage, On -Off Thermostats: NEMA DC 3, 24 -V, bimetal - operated, mercury- switch type, with adjustable or fixed anticipation heater, concealed set -point adjustment, 55 to 85 deg F set -point range, and 2 deg F maximum differential. D. Line - Voltage, On -Off Thermostats: Bimetal- actuated, open contact or bellows - actuated, enclosed, snap - switch or equivalent solid -state type, with heat anticipator; listed for electrical rating; with concealed set -point adjustment, 55 to 85 deg F set -point range, and 2 deg F maximum differential. 1. Electric Heating Thermostats: Equip with off position on dial wired to break ungrounded conductors. 2. Selector Switch: Integral, manual on-off-auto- E. Remote -Bulb Thermostats: On -off or modulating type, liquid filled to compensate for changes in ambient temperature; with copper capillary and bulb, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Bulbs in water lines with separate wells of same material as bulb. 2. Bulbs in air ducts with flanges and shields. 3. Averaging Elements: Copper tubing with either single- or multiple -unit elements, extended to cover full width of duct or unit; adequately supported. 4. Scale settings and differential settings are clearly visible and adjustable from front of instrument. 5. On -Off Thermostat: With precision snap switches and with electrical ratings required by application. 6. Modulating Thermostats: Construct so complete potentiometer coil and wiper assembly is removable for inspection or replacement without disturbing calibration of instrument. F. Room Thermostat Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard locking covers. 1. Set -Point Adjustment: Exposed. 2. Set -Point Indication: Exposed. 3. Thermometer: Exposed, Red - reading glass_ 4. Orientation: Vertical. G. Room thermostat accessories include the following: 1 C 1 l HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 15900 -6 1 Lion Square Lodge -- North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado ' 1. Insulating Bases: For thermostats located on exterior walls. 2. Thermostat Guards: Locking; heavy -duty, transparent plastic; mounted on separate base. ' 3. Adjusting Key: As required for calibration and cover screws. 4. Set -Point Adjustment: 1/2- inch - diameter, adjustment knob. H. Immersion Thermostat: Remote -bulb or bimetal rod - and -tube type, proportioning ' action with adjustable throttling range and adjustable set point. I. Electric, Low -Limit Duct Thermostat: Snap- acting, single -pole, single- throw, manual- reset switch that trips if temperature sensed across any 12 inches of bulb length is equal to or below set point. 1. Bulb Length: Minimum 20 feet. 2. Quantity: One thermostat for every 20 sq. ft. of coil surface. J. Heating /Cooling Valve -Top Thermostats: Proportional acting for proportional flow, with molded - rubber diaphragm, remote -bulb liquid - filled element, direct and reverse acting at minimum shutoff pressure of 25 psig, and cast housing with position indicator and adjusting knob. ' 2.9 ACTUATORS I A. Electric Motors: Size to operate with sufficient reserve power to provide smooth modulating action or two- position action. ' 1. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Motors." 2. Permanent Split - Capacitor or Shaded -Pole Type: Gear trains completely oil immersed and sealed. Equip spring- return motors with integral spiral- spring mechanism in housings designed for easy removal for service or adjustment of limit switches, auxiliary switches, or feedback potentiometer. 3. Nonspring - Return Motors for Valves Larger Than NPS 2 -1/2: Size for running torque of 150 in. x Ibf and breakaway torque of 300 in. x Ibf. 4. Spring - Return Motors for Valves Larger Than NPS 2 -1/2: Size for running and breakaway torque of 150 in. x Ibf. 5. Nonspring- Return Motors for Dampers Larger Than 25 Sq. Ft.: Size for running ' torque o €150 in. x Ibf and breakaway torque of 300 in. x Ibf. 6. Spring- Return Motors for Dampers Larger Than 25 Sq. Ft.: Size for running and breakaway torque of 150 in. x Ibf. I B. Electronic Actuators: Direct - coupled type designed for minimum 60,000 full- stroke cycles at rated torque. 1. Manufacturers: a. Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. ' 2. Valves: Size for torque required for valve close off at maximum pump differential pressure. HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 15900 -7 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado Dampers: Size for running torque calculated as follows: a. Parallel -Blade Damper with Edge Seals: 7 inch-lb/sq. ft. of damper. b. Opposed -Blade Damper with Edge Seals: 5 inch-lb/sq. ft. of damper. G. Parallel -Blade Damper without Edge Seals: 4 inch- lb /sq. ft of damper. d. Opposed -Blade Damper without Edge Seals: 3 inch- lb /sq. ft. of damper. e. Dampers with 2- to 3 -Inch wg of Pressure Drop or Face Velocities of 1000 to 2500 fpm: Increase running torque by 1.5. f. Dampers with 3- to 4 -Inch wg of Pressure Drop or Face Velocities of 2500 to 3000 fpm: Increase running torque by 2.0. 4. Coupling: V -bolt and V- shaped, toothed cradle. 5. Overload Protection: Electronic overload or digital rotation- sensing circuitry. 6. Fail -Safe Operation: Mechanical, spring- return mechanism. Provide external, manual gear release on nonspring -return actuators. 7. Power Requirements (Two - Position Spring Return): 24 -V ac. 8. Power Requirements (Modulating): Maximum 10 VA at 24 -V ac or 8 W at 24 -V dc. 9. Proportional Signal: 2- to 10 -V do or 4 to 20 mA, and 2- to 10 -V do position feedback signal. 10. Temperature Rating: Minus 22 to plus 122 deg F. 11. Temperature Rating (Smoke Dampers): Minus 22 to plus 250 deg F. 12. Run Time: 12 seconds open, 5 seconds closed. 2.10 CONTROL VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Danfoss Inc.; Air Conditioning & Refrigeration Div. 2. Erie Controls. 3. Hayward Industrial Products, Inc. 4. Magnatrol Valve Corporation. 5. Neles- Jamesbury. 6. Parker Hannifin Corporation; Skinner Valve Division. 7. Pneuline Controls. 8. Sauter Controls Corporation. B. Control Valves: Factory fabricated, of type, body material, and pressure class based on maximum pressure and temperature rating of piping system, unless otherwise indicated. C. Hydronic system globe valves shall have the following characteristics: NPS 2 and Smaller: Class 125 bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, renewable composition disc, and screwed ends with backseating capacity repackable under pressure. NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Class 125 iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, plug -type disc, flanged ends, and renewable seat and disc. Internal Construction: Replaceable plugs and stainless -steel or brass seats. HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 15900 -8 t 1 t F1 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado a. Single- Seated Valves: Cage trim provides seating and guiding surfaces for plug on top and bottom. b. Double- Seated Valves: Balanced plug; cage trim provides seating and guiding surfaces for plugs on top and bottom. 4. Sizing: 3 -psig maximum pressure drop at design flow rate or the following: a. Two Position: Line size. b. Two -Way Modulating: Either the value specified above or twice the load pressure drop, whichever is more. C. Three -Way Modulating: Twice the load pressure drop, but not more than value specified above. 5. Flow Characteristics: Two -way valves shall have equal percentage characteristics; three -way valves shall have linear characteristics. 6. Close -Off (Differential) Pressure Rating: Combination of actuator and trim shall provide minimum close -off pressure rating of 150 percent of total system (pump) head for two -way valves and 100 percent of pressure differential across valve or 100 percent of total system (pump) head. ' D. Butterfly Valves: 200 -psig, 150 -psig maximum pressure differential, ASTM A 126 cast - iron or ASTM A 536 ductile -iron body and bonnet, extended neck, stainless -steel stem, field - replaceable EPDM or Buna N sleeve and stem seals. ' 1. Body Style: Grooved. 2. Disc Type: Elastomer- coated ductile iron. 3. Sizing: 1 -psig maximum pressure drop at design flow rate. ' E. Terminal Unit Control Valves: Bronze body, bronze trim, two or three ports as indicated, replaceable plugs and seats, and union and threaded ends. ' 1. Rating: Class 125 for service at 125 psig and 250 deg F operating conditions. 2. Sizing: 3 -psig maximum pressure drop at design flow rate, to close against pump shutoff head. 3. Flow Characteristics: Two -way valves shall have equal percentage characteristics; three -way valves shall have linear characteristics. F. Self- Contained Control Valves: Bronze body, bronze trim, two or three ports as indicated, replaceable plugs and seats, and union and threaded ends. 1. Rating: Class 125 for service at 125 psig and 250 deg F operating conditions. ' 2. Thermostatic Operator: Liquid - filled integral sensor with integral adjustable dial. 2.11 DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: ' 1. Air Balance Inc. 2. Don Park Inc.; Autodamp Div. A HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 15900 -9 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3. TAMCO (T. A. Morrison & Co. Inc.). 4. United Enertech Corp. 5. Vent Products Company, Inc. B. Dampers: AMCA - rated, opposed -blade design; 0.108 -inch- minimum thick, galvanized -steel or 0.125 -inch- minimum thick, extruded - aluminum frames with holes for duct mounting; damper blades shall not be less than 0.064 -inch- thick galvanized steel with maximum blade width of 8 inches and length of 48 inches. 1. Secure blades to 112 -inch- diameter, zinc - plated axles using zinc- plated hardware, with nylon blade bearings, blade - linkage hardware of zinc- plated steel and brass, ends sealed against spring - stainless -steel blade bearings, and thrust bearings at each end of every blade. 2. Operating Temperature Range: From minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. 3. Edge Seals, Standard Pressure Applications: Closed -cell neoprene. 4. Edge Seals, Low- Leakage Applications: Use inflatable blade edging or replaceable rubber blade seals and spring - loaded stainless -steel side seals, rated for leakage at less than 10 cfm per sq. ft. of damper area, at differential pressure of 4 -inch wg when damper is held by torque of 50 in. x Ibf; when tested according to AMCA 500D. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Verify location of thermostats, and other exposed control sensors with Drawings and room details before installation. Install devices 48 inches above the floor. B. Install guards on thermostats in the following locations: 1. Entrances. 2. Public areas. 3. Where indicated. C. Install automatic dampers according to Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories." D. Install damper motors on outside of duct in warm areas, not in locations exposed to outdoor temperatures. E. Install labels and nameplates to identify control components according to Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification." F. Install hydronic instrument wells, valves, and other accessories according to Division 15 Section " Hydronic Piping." G. Install refrigerant instrument wells, valves, and other accessories according to Division 15 Section 'Refrigerant Piping." HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 15900 -10 t t Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado H. Install duct volume - control dampers according to Division 15 Sections specifying air ducts. ' 3.2 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONNECTION INSTALLATION A. Install raceways, boxes, and cabinets according to Division 16 Section "Raceways and ' Boxes." B. Install building wire and cable according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." C. Connect manual -reset limit controls independent of manual- control switch positions. Automatic duct heater resets may be connected in interlock circuit of power controllers. D. Connect hand -off -auto selector switches to override automatic interlock controls when switch is in hand position. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A_ Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory- authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust field- assembled components and equipment installation, including connections. Report results in writing. ' B. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: ' 1. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. ' 3. Test calibration of controllers by disconnecting input sensors and stimulating operation with compatible signal generator. 4. Test each point through its full operating range to verify that safety and operating control set points are as required. 5. Test each control loop to verify stable mode of operation and compliance with sequence of operation. Adjust PID actions. ' 6. Test each system for compliance with sequence of operation. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION ' A. Engage a factory- authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain HVAC instrumentation and controls. Refer to Division 1 Section "Demonstration and Training." END OF SECTION 15900 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 15900 -11 r 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado r SECTION 15940 - SEQUENCE OF OPERATION I PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes control sequences for HVAC systems, and equipment. B. See Division 15 Section "HVAC Instrumentation and Controls" for control equipment and devices and for submittal requirements. r 1.2 HEATING CONTROL SEQUENCES A. Heating Water Boilers (B -1, B -2, & B -3) & Side -Arm Hot Water Generators (WH-1, WH -2, & WH -3): 1 _ Hydronic Heating, Domestic Heating Water, & Snowmelting: r The operation of these boilers, their circulating pumps, the primary heating water pumps, and the domestic heating hot water generator pumps shall be controlled via. the "Heat Timer Multi -Mod control panel, with input from each heating zone's 7 -day programmable thermostat, outdoor temperature sensor, heating water temperature sensor, and hot water generator aquastats. Upon a call for heating from a heating zone thermostat, and /or a hot water generator aquastat, boilers B -1, B -2, and B -3 shall fire (in stages), and the primary loop pumps shall energize to maintain a discharge supply water temperature of 180 degrees F (adjustable). The primary loop pumps shall vary flow according to a VFD controller via. control inputs from a pressure sensor located in the hydronic heating piping. When the hot water generator aquastat temperatures drop below 115 degrees F (adjustable), hot water production priority shall commence, and continue for a minimum of 30 minutes, or until the aquastat temperature reaches 140 degrees F (adjustable). The snowmelt system pumps shall be controlled via. the "Heat Timer Multi -Mod control panel, with it's associated snowmelt zone slab sensor. When moisture is detected by any slab sensor, and /or the outside air temperature is below freezing, the boiler system shall be energized via. the "Heat Timer" control panel. Upon initial start -up of the ' snowmelt system, the snowmelt system three -way valve (secondary side of snowmelt heat exchanger) shall modulate (as necessary) to maintain a minimum of 140 degrees F return temperature back to the boilers. B. Cabinet Unit Heater, Hydronic (CUM -X): An integral mounted thermostat shall energize the fan and heating water control valve to maintain temperature setpoint. ' C. Unit Heater, Hydronic (UH -1): An integral mounted thermostat shall energize the fan and heating water control valve to maintain temperature setpoint. ' SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15940 -1 r 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado D. Unit Heater, Electric (UH -2): An integral mounted thermostat shall energize the fan and electric coil to maintain temperature setpoint. 1.3 AIR COOLED CHILLER SEQUENCE A. Roof mounted air cooled chillers (CH -1, CH -2, CH -3, CH-4, CH -5): 1. Upon a call for cooling from any zone heating /cooling thermostat, the primary chilled water pumps (P -19 & P -20) shall energize. Based on staging of chillers, the secondary chilled water pumps shall energize in sequence to provide a 45 degree F (adjustable) chilled water temperature downstream of the secondary chilled water manifold. See chilled water piping diagram on mechanical drawing M3.4 for location of water temperature sensor. Chillers shall be staged and rotated. 1.4 TERMINAL UNIT OPERATING SEQUENCE A. Four -Pipe, Hydronic Fan -Coil Units: Occupied Mode: During this mode the fan shall run continuously. When the room temperature is between the occupied heating and cooling setpoints (inside the thermostat deadband), the heating and cooling valves shall be closed. On a rise in room temperature above cooling setpoint, the cooling valve shall modulate open and the heating valve shall remain closed. On a drop in temperature below heating setpoint, the heating valve shall modulate open and the cooling valve shall remain closed. 2_ Unoccupied Mode: During this mode the fan shall cycle off. On a rise in room temperature above the unoccupied cooling setpoint, the fan shall cycle on, the cooling valve shall modulate open, and the heating valve shall remain closed. On a drop in room temperature below the unoccupied heating setpoint, the fan shall cycle on, the heating valve shall modulate open, and the cooling valve shall remain closed. 1.5 VENTILATION SEQUENCES A. Combustion -Air, Makeup Unit Control, Hydronic (CAF -1): The combustion air fan (CAF -1) serving the boiler room shall be interlocked, and staged with the boilers via. a VFD drive_ As each boiler stages on, the VFD controlling the combustion air fan shall step the supply cfm in 113 capacity increments. When boiler #1 energizes, approximately 850 cfm shall be provided. When boiler #2 energizes, 850 cfm shall be provided. When boiler #3 energizes, 800 cfm shall be provided. The actual cfm values shall be established during start -up. At 45 degrees F outdoor air temperature, heating water pump P -7 shall energize and run continuously. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15940 -2 1 1 t t 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado The heating coil three way valve shall modulate to maintain a minimum discharge air temperature of 50 degrees F (adjustable). Provide discharge air temperature sensor downstream of heating coil. Locate per sensor manufacturer's installation instructions. B. General Exhaust Fans: Exhaust Fans EF -2, EF -6, & EF -7 shall be interlocked with the light switch. Exhaust Fan EF -3 shall be interlocked with Fan Coil Unit FC -5 and shall operate continuously whenever FC -5 is operating. Exhaust Fans EF-4 & EF -5: See Fan Schedule on Mechanical drawing M1.1. for control of exhaust fans EF4, and EF -5. C. Parking Garage Ventilation: The garage ventilation exhaust fan (EF -1) and associated fresh air louver (with motorized damper) shall be interlocked together. The exhaust fan shall energize should any of the CO sensors located in the garage sense carbon monoxide levels of 55 ppm, or more. The exhaust fan shall continue to operate until the CO levels drop below, 25 ppm. D. Hoistway venting: A 30 "x30" outside air louver, with two position motorized damper behind, shall be sidewall mounted at the top of each elevator hoistway (typical of 2 locations). Damper shall be interlocked with smoke and heat detectors in each hoistway, and ' elevator lobby areas. Interlock with detectors shall be provided and installed by the fire protection contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 15940 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15940 -3 r Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 15950 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes TAB to produce design objectives for the following: 1. Air Systems: a. Constant - volume air systems. 2. Hydronic Piping Systems: a. Constant -flow systems. 3. Verifying that automatic control devices are functioning properly. 4. Reporting results of activities and procedures specified in this Section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 30 days from Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit 5 copies of TAB strategies and step -by -step procedures as specified in Part 3 "Preparation" Article. Include a complete set of report forms intended for use on this Project. B. Certified TAB Reports: Submit two copies of reports prepared, as specified in this Section, on approved forms certified by TAB firm. C. Warranties specified in this Section. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. TAB Firm Qualifications: Engage a TAB firm certified by either AABC or NEBB. B. Certification of TAB Reports: Certify TAB field data reports. This certification includes the following: 1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB reports. 2. Certify that TAB team complied with approved TAB plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. C. TAB Report Forms: Use standard forms from AABC's "National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems." or NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems." I TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15950 -1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the site and existing building during entire TAB period. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's operations. B. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner may occupy completed areas of building before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's operations. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the efforts of factory- authorized service representatives for systems and equipment, HVAC controls installers, and other mechanics to operate HVAC systems and equipment to support and assist TAB activities. B. Perform TAB after leakage and pressure tests on air and water distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed. 1.6 WARRANTY A. National Project Performance Guarantee: Provide a guarantee on AABC's "National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems" forms stating that AABC will assist in completing requirements of the Contract Documents if TAB firm fails to comply with the Contract Documents. Guarantee includes the following provisions: B. Special Guarantee: Provide a guarantee on NEBB forms stating that NEBB will assist in completing requirements of the Contract Documents if TAB firm fails to comply with the Contract Documents. Guarantee shall include the following provisions: 1. The certified TAB firm has tested and balanced systems according to the Contract Documents. 2. Systems are balanced to optimum performance capabilities within design and installation limits. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15950 -2 1 1 t t 1 t I 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Verify that balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow - control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are required by the Contract Documents. Verify that quantities and locations of these balancing devices are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. B. Examine approved submittal data of HVAC systems and equipment. C. Examine Project Record Documents described in Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents." F 1 D. Examine design data, including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls. E. Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. Calculate system effect factors to reduce performance ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from those presented when the equipment was performance tested at the factory. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," Sections 7 through 10; or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - -Duct Design," Sections 5 and 6. Compare this data with the design data and installed conditions. F. Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and that testing, cleaning, adjusting, and commissioning specified in individual Sections have been performed. G. Examine system and equipment test reports. H. Examine HVAC system and equipment installations to verify that indicated balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow - control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are properly installed, and that their locations are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. Examine systems for functional deficiencies that cannot be corrected by adjusting and balancing. Examine HVAC equipment to ensure that clean filters have been installed, bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. K. Examine plenum ceilings used for supply air to verify that they are airtight. Verify that pipe penetrations and other holes are sealed. L. Examine strainers for clean screens and proper perforations. I TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15950 -3 iJ Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado M. Examine three -way valves for proper installation for their intended function of diverting or mixing fluid flows. N. Examine heat - transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins. O. Examine system pumps to ensure absence of entrained air in the suction piping. P. Examine equipment for installation and for properly operating safety interlocks and controls. Q. Examine automatic temperature system components to verify the following: 1. Dampers, valves, and other controlled devices are operated by the intended controller. 2. Dampers and valves are in the position indicated by the controller. 3. Integrity of valves and dampers for free and full operation and for tightness of fully closed and fully open positions. This includes dampers in multizone units, mixing boxes, and variable- air - volume terminals. 4. Automatic modulating and shutoff valves, including two -way valves and three - way mixing and diverting valves, are properly connected. 5. Thermostats and humidistats are located to avoid adverse effects of sunlight, drafts, and cold walls. 6. Sensors are located to sense only the intended conditions. 7. Sequence of operation for control modes is according to the Contract Documents. 8. Controller set points are set at indicated values. 9. Interlocked systems are operating. 10. Changeover from heating to cooling mode occurs according to indicated values. R. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step -by -step procedures. B. Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports. Verify the following: 1. Permanent electrical power wiring is complete. 2. Hydronic systems are filled, clean, and free of air. 3. Automatic temperature - control systems are operational. 4. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. 5. Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open. 6. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational. 7_ Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air - pattern adjustments are required and access to balancing devices is provided. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15950 -4 1 1 1 J J t 1 1 Ll t Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 8. Windows and doors can be closed so indicated conditions for system operations can be met. ' 3.3 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in AABC's "National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems" or NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems" and this Section. t B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. After testing and balancing, close probe holes and patch insulation with new materials identical to those removed. Restore vapor barrier and finish according to insulation Specifications for this Project. C. Mark equipment and balancing device settings with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material, including damper - control positions, valve position indicators, fan- speed- control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. 3.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as- built" duct layouts. C. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct airflow measurements. D. Check airflow patterns from the outside -air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust -air dampers, through the supply -fan discharge and mixing dampers. E. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters. F. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection. G. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. H. Check for airflow blockages. I. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning. J. Check for proper sealing of air - handling unit components. K. Check for proper sealing of air duct system. I TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15950 -5 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3.5 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT- VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS A. Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by fan manufacturer. 1. Measure fan static pressures to determine actual static pressure as follows: a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practicable and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions. b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection. C. Measure inlet static pressure of single -inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as possible, upstream from flexible connection and downstream from duct restrictions. d. Measure inlet static pressure of double -inlet fans through the wall of the plenum that houses the fan. 2. Measure static pressure across each component that makes up an air - handling unit, rooftop unit, and other air - handling and - treating equipment. a. Simulate dirty filter operation and record the point at which maintenance personnel must change filters. 3. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices such as sound traps, heat recovery equipment, and air washers, under final balanced conditions. 4. Compare design data with installed conditions to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Compare actual system effect factors with calculated system effect factors to identify where variations occur. Recommend corrective action to align design and actual conditions. 5. Obtain approval from Architect for adjustment of fan speed higher or lower than indicated speed. Make required adjustments to pulley sizes, motor sizes, and electrical connections to accommodate fan -speed changes. 6. Do not make fan -speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about fan -speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan -motor amperage to ensure that no overload will occur. Measure amperage in full cooling, full heating, economizer, and any other operating modes to determine the maximum required brake horsepower. B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances. 1. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper and adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved. a. Where sufficient space in submain and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot -tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15950 -6 1 t t J 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2. Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to adjust submain and branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances. C. Measure terminal outlets and inlets without making adjustments. 1. Measure terminal outlets using a direct - reading hood or outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors. D. Adjust terminal outlets and inlets for each space to indicated airflows within specified tolerances of indicated values. Make adjustments using volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at air terminals. ' 1. Adjust each outlet in same room or space to within specified tolerances of indicated quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents. 2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts. 3.6 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEMS i A. Prepare test reports with pertinent design data and number in sequence starting at pump to end of system. Check the sum of branch - circuit flows against approved pump flow rate. Correct variations that exceed plus or minus 5 percent. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as- built" piping layouts. C. Prepare hydronic systems for testing and balancing according to the following, in addition to the general preparation procedures specified above: 1. Open all manual valves for maximum flow. 2. Check expansion tank liquid level. 3_ Check makeup- water- station pressure gage for adequate pressure for highest vent. 4. Check flow- control valves for specified sequence of operation and set at indicated flow. 5. Set differential - pressure control valves at the specified differential pressure. Do not set at fully closed position when pump is positive - displacement type unless several terminal valves are kept open. 6. Set system controls so automatic valves are wide open to heat exchangers. 7. Check pump -motor load. If motor is overloaded, throttle main flow - balancing device so motor nameplate rating is not exceeded. 8. Check air vents for a forceful liquid flow exiting from vents when manually operated. ' 3.7 PROCEDURES FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEMS A. Measure water flow at pumps. Use the following procedures, except for positive - displacement pumps: ' TESTING ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15950 -7 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Verify impeller size by operating the pump with the discharge valve closed. Read pressure differential across the pump. Convert pressure to head and correct for differences in gage heights. Note the point on manufacturer's pump curve at zero flow and verify that the pump has the intended impeller size. 2. Check system resistance. With all valves open, read pressure differential across the pump and mark pump manufacturer's head- capacity curve. Adjust pump discharge valve until indicated water flow is achieved. 3. Verify pump -motor brake horsepower. Calculate the intended brake horsepower for the system based on pump manufacturer's performance data. Compare calculated brake horsepower with nameplate data on the pump motor. Report conditions where actual amperage exceeds motor nameplate amperage. 4. Report flow rates that are not within plus or minus 5 percent of design. B. Set calibrated balancing valves, if installed, at calculated presettings. C. Measure flow at all stations and adjust, where necessary, to obtain first balance. 1. System components that have Cv rating or an accurately cataloged flow - pressure -drop relationship may be used as a flow - indicating device. D. Measure flow at main balancing station and set main balancing device to achieve flow that is 5 percent greater than indicated flow. E. Adjust balancing stations to within specified tolerances of indicated flow rate as follows: 1. Determine the balancing station with the highest percentage over indicated flow. 2_ Adjust each station in turn, beginning with the station with the highest percentage over indicated flow and proceeding to the station with the lowest percentage over indicated flow. 3. Record settings and mark balancing devices. F. Measure pump flow rate and make final measurements of pump amperage, voltage, rpm, pump heads, and systems' pressures and temperatures including outdoor -air temperature. G. Measure the differential- pressure control valve settings existing at the conclusions of balancing. 3.8 PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS A. Motors, 1/2 HP and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data: 1. Manufacturer, model, and serial numbers. 2. Motor horsepower rating. 3. Motor rpm. 4. Efficiency rating. 5. Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase. 6. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase. 1 I� t 1 t TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15950 -8 1 Lion Square Lodge -- North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 7. Starter thermal- protection - element rating. B. Motors Driven by Variable- Frequency Controllers: Test for proper operation at speeds varying from minimum to maximum. Test the manual bypass for the controller to prove proper operation. Record observations, including controller manufacturer, model and serial numbers, and nameplate data. 3.9 PROCEDURES FOR CHILLERS A. Balance water flow through each evaporator and condenser to within specified tolerances of indicated flow with all pumps operating. With only one chiller operating in a multiple chiller installation, do not exceed the flow for the maximum tube velocity recommended by the chiller manufacturer. Measure and record the following data with each chiller operating at design conditions: 1. Evaporator -water entering and leaving temperatures, pressure drop, and water flow. 2. If water - cooled chillers, condenser -water entering and leaving temperatures, pressure drop, and water flow. 3. Evaporator and condenser refrigerant temperatures and pressures, using instruments furnished by chiller manufacturer. 4. Power factor if factory- installed instrumentation is fumished for measuring kilowatt. 1 5. Kilowatt input if factory- installed instrumentation is furnished for measuring kilowatt. 6. Capacity: Calculate in tons of cooling. 7. If air - cooled chillers, verify condenser -fan rotation and record fan and motor data including number of fans and entering- and leaving -air temperatures. 3.10 PROCEDURES FOR BOILERS A. If hydronic, measure entering- and leaving -water temperatures and water flow. 3.11 PROCEDURES FOR HEAT - TRANSFER COILS A. Water Coils: Measure the following data for each coil: 1. Entering- and leaving -water temperature. ' 2. Water flow rate. 3. Water pressure drop. 4. Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air. 5. Wet -bulb temperature of entering and leaving air for cooling coils. 6. Airflow. 7. Air pressure drop. I TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15950 -9 11 I � Lion Square Lodge — North_ Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3.12 PROCEDURES FOR TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENTS A. During TAB, report the need for adjustment in temperature regulation within the automatic temperature- control system. B. Measure indoor wet- and dry-bulb temperatures every other hour for a period of two successive eight -hour days, in each separately controlled zone, to prove correctness of final temperature settings. Measure when the building or zone is occupied. t C. Measure outside -air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures. 3.13 TEMPERATURE - CONTROL VERIFICATION A. Verify that controllers are calibrated and commissioned. B. Check transmitter and controller locations and note conditions that would adversely affect control functions. C. Record controller settings and note variances between set points and actual measurements. D. Check the operation of limiting controllers (i.e., high- and low- temperature controllers ). E. Check free travel and proper operation of control devices such as damper and valve ' operators. F. Check the sequence of operation of control devices. Note air pressures and device positions and correlate with airflow and water flow measurements. Note the speed of response to input changes. G. Check the interaction of electrically operated switch transducers. H. Check the interaction of interlock and lockout systems. I. Check dryer main control supply -air pressure and observe compressor and operations. J. Record voltages of power supply and controller output. Determine whether the system operates on a grounded or nongrounded power supply. K. Note operation of electric actuators using spring return for proper fail -safe operations. 3.14 TOLERANCES A. Set HVAC system airflow and water flow rates within the following tolerances: , 1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus 5 to plus 10 percent. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: 0 to minus 10 percent. 3. Heating -Water Flow Rate: 0 to minus 10 percent. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15950 -10 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 4. Cooling -Water Flow Rate: 0 to minus 5 percent. 3.15 FINAL REPORT A. General: Typewritten, or computer printout in letter - quality font, on standard bond paper, in three -ring binder, tabulated and divided into sections by tested and balanced systems. B. Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 1. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. C. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field report data, include the following: 1. Pump curves. 2. Fan curves. 3. Manufacturers' test data. 4. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 5. Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include Shop Drawings and Product Data. D. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data in the final report, as applicable: 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of TAB firm. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address_ 8. Report date. 9. Signature of TAB firm who certifies the report. 10. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report. Number each page in the report. 11. Summary of contents including the following: a. Indicated versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. C. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. 12. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 13. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer, type size, and fittings. 14. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports varies from indicated values. 15. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following: I TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15950 -11 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado a. Settings for outside -, return -, and exhaust -air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. C. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions. d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils. e. Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. f. Inlet vane settings for variable- air - volume systems. g. Settings for supply -air, static - pressure controller. h. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. E. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present each system with single -line diagram and include the following: 1. Quantities of outside, supply, return, and exhaust airflows. 2. Water and steam flow rates. 3. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes. 4. Pipe and valve sizes and locations. 5. Terminal units. 6. Balancing stations. 7. Position of balancing devices. 3.16 ADDITIONAL TESTS A. Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional testing and balancing to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions. B. Seasonal Periods. If initial TAB procedures were not performed during near -peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional testing, inspecting, and adjusting during near -peak summer and winter conditions. END OF SECTION 15950 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15950 -12 1 I t Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL SECTION 16010 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this and the other sections of Division 16. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements for electrical installations. The following administrative and procedural requirements are included in this Section to expand the requirements specified in Division 1: 1. Submittals 2. Record Documents 3. Maintenance Manuals 4. Electrical Testing 5. Rough -ins. 6. Electrical installations. 7. Cutting and patching. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Follow the procedures specified in Division 1 Section "SUBMITTALS." B. Increase, by the quantity listed below, the number of electrical related shop drawings, product data, and samples submitted, to allow for required distribution plus one copy of each submittal required, which will be retained by the Electrical Consulting Engineer. 1. Shop Drawings - Final Submittal: 1 additional blue- or black -line prints. 2. Product Data: 1 additional copy of each item. 3. Samples: 1 addition as set. C. Additional copies may be required by individual sections of these Specifications. 1.04 RECORD DOCUMENTS Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado A. Prepare record documents in accordance with the requirements in Division 1 Section "PROJECT CLOSEOUT." In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, indicate installed conditions for: 1. Major raceway systems, size and location, for both exterior and interior; locations of control devices; distribution and branch electrical circuitry; and fuse and circuit breaker size and arrangements. 2. Equipment locations (exposed and concealed), dimensioned from prominent building lines. 3. Approved substitutions, Contract Modifications, and actual equipment and materials installed. 1.05 ELECTRICAL TESTING A. When the installation is complete, and before Final Acceptance and Work Close Out, conduct the following tests of the electrical systems. Prepare a written report of values of all test readings and procedures together with together with all additional pertinent information and submit these to the Engineer for acceptance. Furnish all equipment, instruments, and personnel required for these tests. Inform the engineer of intention 48 hours prior to running any tests. B. Low Voltage Service and Distribution: 1. With all lighting and equipment turned on (insofar as practical), take load measurements at the main service and for all feeders leaving the main distribution center or panelboard. Take readings phase by phase. 2. Make an insulation resistance test on all phase bussing within the main distribution switchboard or panelboard with all fuses in place and switches or circuit breakers open. 3. Make insulation resistance test on all feeders leaving the main distribution center. 4. Make insulation resistance test with a megger of minimum 500 volt potential. 5. Test the service ground: Resistance to ground should not exceed 5 ohms. Test method shall be the fall of potential method as outlined in Fink & Carroll's Standard Handbook for Electrical Engineers. Test shall not be conducted within 24 hours of any precipitation. The area of the test shall not have been contaminated with any liquids which might affect the results. 1.06 MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 1 Section "PROJECT CLOSEOUT." In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, include the following information for equipment items: Tab #1 - Name, address and telephone number of each of the following: a. Electrical Contractor, include 24 hour emergency number -2- 1 I� 1 P, Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado b. General Contractor C. Architect d. Electrical Engineer e. Supplier of lamps and fuses. 2. Tab #2 - Warranties and certificates a. All equipment warranties. b. A letter of certification that the generator and ATS have been properly installed and completely tested. 3. Tab #3 - Test Results. a. Service and feeder load tests. b. Ground test results C. Main breaker GFI test results d. Insulation resistance test results. 4. Tab #4 - Shop Drawings. a. Approved shop drawings. b. A separate listing of lamps used with each fixture type. 5. Tab #5 - Operating procedures a. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break -in, and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions. b. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions. C. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver products to the project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels, and other information needed for identification. 1.08 CERTIFICATION All equipment and equipment control panels will be year 2000 compliant. PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable} -3- Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 ROUGH -IN A. Verify final locations for rough -ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected. B. Refer to equipment specifications in Divisions 2 through 16 for rough -in requirements. 3.02 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS A. General: Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of electrical systems, materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements: 1. Coordinate electrical systems, equipment, and materials installation with other building components. 2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. 3. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components during progress of construction, to allow for electrical installations. 4. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in cast -in -place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. 5. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of electrical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building. 6. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials, and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. 7. Coordinate connection of electrical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. 8. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with approved submittal data, including coordination drawings, to greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system requirements, refer conflict to the Architect. 9. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components, where installed exposed in finished spaces. 10. Install electrical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or replacement of equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations. Gm 1 s r ' Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 11. Install access panel or doors where units are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 8 Section "ACCESS DOORS" and Division 16 Section "BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS." 12. Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right -of -way priority to systems required to be installed at a specified slope. 3.03 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. General: Perform cutting and patching in accordance with Division 1 Section "CUTTING AND PATCHING." In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, the following requirements apply: ' 1. Perform cutting, fitting, and patching of electrical equipment and materials required to: a. Uncover work to provide for installation of ill -timed Work. b. Remove and replace defective Work. C. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents. d. Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing. e. Install equipment and materials in existing structures. f. Upon written instructions from the Architect, uncover and restore j Work to provide for Architect observation of concealed Work. 2. Cut, remove, and legally dispose of selected electrical equipment, components, and materials as indicated, including but not limited to removal of electrical items indicated to be removed and items made obsolete by the new Work. 3. Protect the structure, furnishings, finishes, and adjacent materials not indicated or scheduled to be removed. 4. Provide and maintain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to prevent the spread of dust and dirt to adjacent areas. 5. Protection of Installed Work: During cutting and patching operations, protect adjacent installations. 6. Patch existing finished surfaces and building components using new materials matching existing materials and experienced Installers. Installers` qualifications refer to the materials and methods required for the surface and building components being patched. Refer to Division 1 Section "DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS" for definition of experienced "Installer." 7. Patch finished surfaces and building components using new materials specified for the original installation and experienced Installers. Installers' ' qualifications refer to the materials and methods required for the surface and building components being patched. Refer to Division 1 Section "DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS" for definition of experienced "Installer." 3.04 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS -5- Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado A. Unless otherwise indicated, all motors and controls shall be furnished, set in place and wired in accordance with the following schedule. (15 is Mechanical Division - -16 is Electrical Division). While it is not the intent of this chart to allocate costs to specific contractors, it is common sense to expect the costs of all work to be in some contractors price. Be sure costs are covered. Avoid duplication or omission by careful coordination with all subcontractors and the G.C. Don't assume! FURNISHED SET IN PLACE WIRED UNDER OR MTD. AND CONNECTED Equipment motors and thermal overloads, resistance heaters (3) 15 15 16 Magnetic starters and overload relays (3) 15 16(1) 16 Disconnect switches, fused or unfused, h.P. Rated switches, thermal overload switches and fuses, manual operating switches (3) 15 15 16 Thermostats, control relays, control trans- formers, solenoid valves (3) 15 15(2) 15(2) Note (1) If furnished as part of factory wired equipment, then wiring and connections only by Division 16. Note (2) If line thermostats, P.E. switches, Time switches, etc., carry the full load current to any motor, they shall be furnished by the Mechanical Division, but shall be set in place and connected under the Electrical Division, except that where such items are an integral part of the mechanical equipment, or directly attached to ducts, piping, etc., They shall be set in place under the Mechanical Division and connected by the Electrical Division. If they do not carry the full load current to any motor, they shall be furnished, set in place and wired under the Mechanical Division. Note (3) The above list does not attempt to include all components. All items necessary for a complete system shall be included in the base contract. -6- �J 0 t Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Provide motors and equipment for only those current characteristics indicated on the drawings. It is the intent of this division to require complete systems per the contract documents. Coordinate all equipment requiring electrical power, regardless of voltage, with other trades, so that all systems are complete and operable. t e J e Il END OF SECTION 16090 -7- 1 Lion Sauare Lodge — North Buildinq Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 16060 - GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field quality - control test reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in- NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch (6 mm) in diameter. 4. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. 5_ Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1 -5/8 inches (41 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick. Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2.2 CONNECTORS A. Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. r� B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure- , type, with at least two bolts. 1. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe. C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic - welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. 2.3 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Copper -clad steel; 3/4 inch by10 feet (19 mm by 3 m). PART 3 - EXECUTION fro I.y A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No.8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated. B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare tinned - copper conductor, No. 2/0 AWG minimum. Bury at least 2.1 mches (600 mm) below grade. C. Isolated Grounding Conductors: Green - colored insulation with continuous yellow stripe_ On feeders with isolated ground, identify grounding conductor where visible to normal inspection, with alternating bands of green and yellow tape, with at least three bands of green and two bands of yellow. D. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. ' 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors, except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. 3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors. ' 4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. 3.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Isolated Grounding Receptacle Circuits: Install an insulated equipment grounding conductor connected to the receptacle grounding terminal. Isolate conductor from raceway and other circuit grounds. Terminate at equipment grounding bus bar of respective panel. -2- u 1 n 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Signal and Communication Equipment: For telephone, alarm, voice and data, and other communication equipment, provide No. 6 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in raceway from grounding electrode system to each service location. Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Terminate grounding conductor on a 114- by- 2 -by -12 -inch (6- by- 50- by- 300 -mm) grounding bus. C. Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Install grounding electrode and a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor in addition to grounding conductor installed with branch - circuit conductors. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. B. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches (50 mm) below finished floor or final grade, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating, if any. 2. For grounding electrode system, install at least three rods spaced at least one - rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor. C. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance, except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic - welded connectors for outdoor locations, but if a disconnect -type connection is required, use a bolted clamp. D. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes, using a bolted clamp connector or by bolting a lug - type connector to a pipe flange, using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. - 3 - I , Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided -type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector. 3. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground - resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, and at ground test wells. a. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. b. Perform tests by fall -of- potential method according to IEEE 81. B. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds 5 ohms, notify Engineer promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. END OF SECTION 16060 -4- r Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1 SECTION 16072 - ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS I PART 1 - GENERAL F. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 361A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. 1 G. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: 1. Mechanical- Expansion Anchors: Insert- wedge -type, zinc - coated steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used. 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems. 2. Seismic restraints for electrical equipment and systems. 3. Construction requirements for concrete bases. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads calculated or imposed under this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor of five times the applied force. B. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA -3, factory- fabricated components for field assembly, and provide finish suitable for the environment in which installed. ' C. Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1. D. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, ' designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. E. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory- fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non - armored electrical ' conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron. F. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 361A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. 1 G. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: 1. Mechanical- Expansion Anchors: Insert- wedge -type, zinc - coated steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used. Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2. Coordinate first subparagraph and list below with Part 2 "Manufacturers" Article. Retain "Available" for nonproprietary and delete for semiproprietary specifications. 3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable -iron slotted- support- system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA -3 or MSS SP -58. 4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP -58, type suitable for attached structural element. 5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325. 6. Toggle Bolts: All -steel springhead type. 7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel. 2.2 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES A. Description: Welded or bolted, structural -steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment. B. Materials: Comply with requirements in Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for steel shapes and plates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Comply with NECA 1 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems, unless requirements in this Section or applicable Code are stricter. 3.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements, except as specified in this Article. B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT may be supported by openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70. C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus ; (90 kg). D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface- Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods, unless otherwise indicated by Code: 1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. - i k Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3. To Masonry: Approved toggle -type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. 5. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 6. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount on slotted- channel racks attached to substrate. E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS A. Comply with installation requirements in Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for site - fabricated metal supports. B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/131.1 M. END OF SECTION 16072 - 3 - Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 16075 - ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Identification for conductors and communication and control cable. 2. Warning labels and signs. 3. Equipment identification labels. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with ANSI A13.1. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in the Contract Documents, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual, and with those required by codes, standards, and 29 CFR 1910.145. Use consistent designations throughout Project. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTOR AND COMMUNICATION- AND CONTROL -CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Marker Tape: Vinyl or vinyl - cloth, self- adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process. 2.2 WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS A. Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145. 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Buildinq Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Self- Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory printed, multicolor, pressure- sensitive adhesive labels, configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment, unless otherwise indicated. C. Baked - Enamel Warning Signs: Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size required for application. 114 -inch (6.4 -mm) grommets in corners for mounting. Nominal size, 7 by 10 inches (180 by 250 mm). D. Fasteners for Signs: Self- tapping, stainless -steel screws or stainless -steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. E. Warning label and sign shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends: 1. Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD - EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES." 2.3 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS A. Adhesive Film Label with Clear Protective Overlay: Machine printed, in black, by thermal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm). Overlay shall provide a weatherproof and ultraviolet- resistant seal for label. B. Self- Adhesive, Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Adhesive backed, with white letters on a dark -gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor and Cable Identification: Use marker tape to identify field- installed alarm, control, signal, sound, intercommunications, voice, and data wiring connections. 1. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and cable pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation. 2. Use system of designations that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory- installed connections. B. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145 and apply self- adhesive warning labels signs. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access. 1. Equipment with Multiple Power or Control Sources: Apply to door or cover of equipment including, but not limited lo, the following: a. Power transfer switches. -2- 1 1 1 i 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado b. Controls with external control power connections. 2. Equipment Requiring Workspace Clearance According to NFPA 70: Unless otherwise indicated, apply to door or cover of equipment but not on flush panelboards and similar equipment in finished spaces. C. Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and Operation and Maintenance Manual. Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment, central or master units, control panels, control stations, terminal cabinets, and racks of each system. Systems include power, lighting, control, communication, signal, monitoring, and alarm systems unless equipment is provided with its own identification. 1. Labeling Instructions: a. Indoor Equipment: Adhesive film label with clear protective overlay. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2 -inch- (13- mm-) high letters on 1 -1/2 -inch- (38 -mm -) high label; where 2 lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches (50 mm) high. b. Outdoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label, drilled for screw attachment. 2. Equipment to Be Labeled: a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures. b. Electrical switchgear and switchboards. G. Disconnect switches. d. Enclosed circuit breakers. e. Contactors. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products. B. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. C. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. D. Self- Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device. E. Attach nonadhesive signs and plastic labels with screws and auxiliary hardware appropriate to the location and substrate. F. Color - Coding for Phase Identification, 600 V and Less: Use the colors listed below for ungrounded service, feeder, and branch - circuit conductors. 1. Color shall be factory applied. 2. Colors for 208/120 -V Circuits: -3- Lion Square LodQe — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado a. Phase A: Black. b. Phase B: Red. C. Phase C: Blue. END OF SECTION 16075 ME t t 1 u Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 16120 - CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less_ 2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less. 3. Sleeves and sleeve seals for cables. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field quality - control test reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70. B. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for Types THW or THHN -THWN XHHW OF USE and SO. C. Multiconductor Cable: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for metal -clad cable, Type MC with ground wire. 2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. 3. O- Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC. 4. 3M; Electrical Products Division. 5. Tyco Electronics Corp. C. Description: Factory- fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. 2.3 SLEEVES FOR CABLES A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53 /A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. ' B. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 7 Section "Through- Penetration Firestop Systems." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: Copper for feeders smaller than No. 4 AWG; copper for feeders No. 4 AWG and larger. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. B. Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Service Entrance: Type THHN -THWN, single conductors in raceway_ B. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN -THWN, single conductors in raceway. C. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type THHN - THWN, single conductors in raceway. D. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs -on- Grade, and Underground: Type THHN -THWN, single conductors in raceway. E. Exposed Branch Circuits, Including in Crawlspaces: Type THHN -THWN, single conductors in raceway. Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado F. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN -THWN, single conductors in raceway to room, Metal -clad cable, Type MC from local junction box to device. G. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs -on- Grade, and Underground: Type THHN -THWN, single conductors in raceway. H. Cord Drops and Portable Appliance Connections: Type SO, hard service cord with stainless - steel, wire -mesh, strain relief device at terminations to suit application. I. Class 1 Control Circuits: Type THHN -THWN, in raceway. J. Class 2 Control Circuits: Type THHN -THWN, in raceway. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. B. Use manufacturer - approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. C. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket -weave wire /cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. D. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. E. Support cables according to Division 16 Section "Electrical Supports and Seismic Restraints." F. Identify and color -code conductors and cables according to Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification." G. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. H. Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. 1. Use oxide inhibitor in each splice and tap conductor for aluminum conductors. I. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches (150 mm) of slack. -3- Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3.4 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 7 Section "Through- Penetration Firestop Systems." B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core - drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. C. Fire -Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall. D. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both wall surfaces. E. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. F. Size pipe sleeves to provide 114 -inch (6.4 -mm) annular clear space between sleeve and cable unless sleeve seal is to be installed[ or unless seismic criteria require different clearance]. G. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry[ and with approved joint compound for gypsum board assemblies]. H. Interior Penetrations of Non - Fire -Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint according to Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." Fire - Rated - Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal with firestop materials according to Division 7 Section "Through- Penetration Firestop Systems." Roof - Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual cables with flexible boot -type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. K. Aboveground Exterior -Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Size sleeves to allow for 1 -inch (25 -mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. L. Underground Exterior -Wall Penetrations: Install cast -iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1 -inch (25 -mm) annular clear space between cable and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 3.5 SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION A. install to seal underground exterior -wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for cable material and size. Position cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. iti! 1 1 t t 1 it 1 1 L� Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3.6 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire - resistance rating of assembly according to Division 7 Section "Through- Penetration Firestop Systems." 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors, and conductors feeding the following critical equipment and services for compliance with requirements. 2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. C. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 16120 - 5 - Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 16130 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring. B. See Division 16 Section 'Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for supports, anchors, and identification products. C. See Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices" for devices installed in boxes and for floor - box service fittings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged -cover enclosures, and cabinets indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details of components for raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Manufacturers: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Alflex Inc. 3. Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. 4. Electri -Flex Co. 5. Grinnell Co./Tyco International; Allied Tube and Conduit Div. 6. LTV Steel Tubular Products Company. 7. Manhattan /CDT /Cole -Flex. Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 8. O -Z Gedney; Unit of General Signal. 9. Wheatland Tube Co. B. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. C. Aluminum Rigid Conduit: ANSI C80.5. D. IMC: ANSI C80.6. E. EMT and Fittings: ANSI C80.3. 1. Fittings: Set -screw or compression type. F. FMC: Zinc - coated steel. G. Fittings: NEMA FB 1; compatible with conduit and tubing materials. 2.2 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Manufacturers: 1. American International. 2. Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. 3. Arnco Corp. 4. Cantex Inc. 5. Certainleed Corp.; Pipe & Plastics Group. 6. Condux International. 7. ElecSYS, Inc. 8. Electri -Flex Co. 9. Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. 10. Manhattan /CDT /Cole -Flex. 11. RACO; Division of Hubbell, Inc. 12. Spiraiduct, Inc. /AFC Cable Systems, Inc_ 13. Thomas & Betts Corporation. B. ENT: NEMA TC 13. C. RNC: NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 PVC. D. ENT and RNC Fittings: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. E. LFNC: UL 1660. 2.3 METAL WIREWAYS A. Manufacturers: 1. Hoffman. 2. Square D_ -2- � I Lion Souare Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Material and Construction: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated. C. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold -down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. D. Select features, unless otherwise indicated, as required to complete wiring system and ' to comply with NFPA 70. E. Wireway Covers; Screw -cover type. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Outdoors: 1. Exposed: Rigid steel or IMC. 2. Concealed: Rigid steel or IMC. 3. Underground, Single Run: RNC. 4. Underground, Grouped: RNC. 5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor - Driven Equipment): LFMC. 6. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 3R. B. Indoors: 1. Exposed: EMT 2. Concealed: EMT. 3. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor - Driven Equipment): FMC; except use LFMC in damp or wet locations. 4. Damp or Wet Locations: Rigid steel conduit. C. Minimum Raceway Size: 1l2 -inch trade size (DN 16) . D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1. Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, unless otherwise indicated. 2. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings approved for use with that material. Patch all nicks and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits. E. Install nonferrous conduit or tubing for circuits operating above 60 Hz. Where aluminum raceways are installed for such circuits and pass through concrete, install in nonmetallic sleeve. F. Do not install aluminum conduits embedded in or in contact with concrete. -3- Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Keep raceways at least 6 inches (150 mm) away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot -water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. B. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. C. Install temporary closures to prevent foreign matter from entering raceways. D. Protect stub -ups from damage where conduits rise through floor slabs. Arrange so curved portions of bends are not visible above finished slab. E. Make bends and offsets so ID is not reduced. Keep legs of bends in same plane and keep straight legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated. F. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Install concealed raceways with a minimum of bends in shortest practical distance, considering type of building construction and obstructions, unless otherwise indicated. G. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: Install in middle 1/3 of slab thickness where practical and leave at least 2 inches (50 mm) of concrete cover. 1. Secure raceways to reinforcing rods to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete placement. 2. Space raceways laterally to prevent voids in concrete. 3. Run conduit larger than 1 -inch trade size (DN 27) parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. 4. Change from nonmetallic tubing to Schedule 80 nonmetallic conduit, rigid steel conduit, or IMC before rising above floor. H. Install exposed raceways parallel or at right angles to nearby surfaces or structural members and follow surface contours as much as possible. 1 _ Run parallel or banked raceways together on common supports. 2. Make parallel bends in parallel or banked runs. Use factory elbows only where elbows can be installed parallel; otherwise, provide field bends for parallel raceways. 1. Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for that purpose and make joints tight. 1. Use insulating bushings to protect conductors. J. Tighten set screws of threadless fittings with suitable tools. K. Terminations: -4- i i Lion Square Lodge — North Buildinq Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align raceways to enter squarely and install locknuts with dished part against box. Use two locknuts, one inside and one outside box. 2. Where raceways are terminated with threaded hubs, screw raceways or fittings tightly into hub so end bears against wire protection shoulder. Where chase nipples are used, align raceways so coupling is square to box; tighten chase nipple so no threads are exposed. L. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200 -lb (90 -kg) tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each end of pull wire. M. Telephone and Signal System Raceways, 2 -Inch Trade Size (DN 53) and Smaller: In addition to above requirements, install raceways in maximum lengths of 150 feet (45 m) and with a maximum of two 90 -deg ree bends or equivalent. Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes where necessary to comply with these requirements. N. Install raceway sealing fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locations and fill them with UL- listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings at the following points: 1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. O. Stub -up Connections: Extend conduits through concrete floor for connection to freestanding equipment. Install with an adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for plugs set flush with finished floor. Extend conductors to equipment with rigid steel conduit; FMC may be used 6 inches (150 mm) above the floor. Install screwdriver - operated, threaded plugs flush with floor for future equipment connections. P. Flexible Connections: Use maximum of 72 inches (1830 mm) of flexible conduit for recessed and semirecessed lighting fixtures; for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for all motors. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations. Install separate ground conductor across flexible connections. Surface Raceways: Install a separate, green, ground conductor in raceways from junction box supplying raceways to receptacle or fixture ground terminals. Install hinged -cover enclosures and cabinets plumb. Support at each corner. PROTECTION Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc -rich paint recommended by manufacturer. -5- R. A. 1 Surface Raceways: Install a separate, green, ground conductor in raceways from junction box supplying raceways to receptacle or fixture ground terminals. Install hinged -cover enclosures and cabinets plumb. Support at each corner. PROTECTION Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc -rich paint recommended by manufacturer. -5- 1 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1 2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating , recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 16130 1 1 t 1 r Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Single and duplex receptacles, ground -fault circuit interrupters, and integral surge suppression units. 2. Single- and double -pole snap switches and dimmer switches. 3. Device wall plates. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Wiring Devices: a. Bryant Electric, Inc. /Hubbell Subsidiary. b. Eagle Electric Manufacturing Co., Inc. C. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device- Kellems. d. Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. e. Pass & Seymour /Legrand; Wiring Devices Div. Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2.2 RECEPTACLES A. Straight -Blade -Type Receptacles: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, DSCC W- C-596G, and UL 498. B. Straight -Blade and Locking Receptacles: General -Duty grade, finish per architect. C. GFCI Receptacles: Straight blade, feed - through type, with integral NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5 -20R duplex receptacle; complying with UL 498 and UL 943 2.3 SWITCHES A. Single- and Double -Pole Switches: Comply with DSCC W- C -896F and UL 20. B. Snap Switches: General -Duty grade, quiet type, finish per architect. C. Combination Switch and Receptacle: Both devices in a single gang unit with plaster ears and removable tab connector that permit separate or common feed connection. 1. Switch: 20 A, 1201277 -V ac. 2. Receptacle: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5 -15R. 2.4 WALL PLATES A. Single and combination types to match corresponding wiring devices. 1. Plate- Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish. 2. Material for Finished Spaces: Smooth, high- impact thermoplastic 0.035 -inch- (1- mm-) thick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install devices and assemblies level, plumb, and square with building lines. B. Install wall dimmers to achieve indicated rating after derating for ganging. C. Install unshared neutral conductors on line and load side of dimmers. D. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical, and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates. E. Remove wall plates and protect devices and assemblies during painting. -2- Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado F. Adjust locations of floor service outlets and service poles to suit arrangement of partitions and furnishings. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." B. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. After installing wiring devices and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test for proper polarity, ground continuity, and compliance with requirements. 2. Test GFCI operation with both local and remote fault simulations according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 16140 - 3 - Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 16145 - LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following lighting control devices: 1. Indoor occupancy sensors. B. See Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices" for wall -box dimmers and manual light switches. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. LED: Light- emitting diode. B. PIR: Passive infrared. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show installation details for occupancy and light -level sensors. 1. Lighting plan showing location, orientation, and coverage area of each sensor. 2. Interconnection diagrams showing field - installed wiring. C. Field quality- control test reports. D. Operation and maintenance data. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SWITCH -BOX OCCUPANCY SENSORS A. Manufacturers: Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1. Watt Stopper (The). 2. Alternates accepted only with written approval. Written approval must be provided prior to final bidding. B. Description: PIR type with power slave pack rated for 20 amps at 120 -V ac, suitable t for flourescent light fixtures with magnetic or electronic ballasts. Watt Stopper CX -100 with power slave pack. 1. Include ground wire. 2. Automatic Light -Level Sensor: Adjustable from 3 to 200 fc (300 to 2150 Ix); keeps lighting off when selected lighting level is present. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SENSOR INSTALLATION A. Install and aim sensors in locations to achieve at least 90 percent coverage of areas indicated. Do not exceed coverage limits specified in manufacturer's written f instructions. 3.2 WIRING INSTALLATION , A. Wiring Method: Comply with Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." Minimum conduit size shall be 112 inch (13 mm). B. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points. Separate power - limited and nonpower - limited conductors according to conductor manufacturer's written instructions. C. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Make connections only on numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: ' 1. After installing time switches and sensors, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, adjust and test for compliance with requirements. 2. Operational Test: Verify actuation of each sensor and adjust time delays. B. Remove and replace lighting control devices where test results indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. C. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. �J -2- Lion Sauare Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado I END OF SECTION 16145 1 �11 1�' I e 1 t -3- Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 16211 - ELECTRICITY METERING PARTI- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes equipment for utility company's electricity metering. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each metering component specified. B. Shop Drawings for Electricity- Metering Equipment: Include dimensioned plans and sections or elevation layouts. Include wiring diagrams showing power, signal, and control wiring specific to this Project. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For electricity- metering equipment to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Receive, store, and handle modular meter center as specified in NECA 400. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electrical service according to requirements indicated: I . Notify Architect no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Architect's written permission. ELECTRICITY METERING 1621 1 - 1 Lion Square Lodge - North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 1.6 COORDINATION A. Electrical Service Connections: Coordinate with utility companies and components they furnish. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 EQUIPMENT FOR ELECTRICITY METERING BY UTILITY COMPANY A. Current - Transformer Cabinets: Comply with requirements of electrical power utility company. B. Meter Sockets: Comply with requirements of electrical power utility company. C. Modular Meter Center: Factory- coordinated assembly of a main service terminal box with lugs only or disconnect device, wireways, tenant meter socket modules, and tenant feeder circuit breakers an in adjacent vertical sections. Assembly shall be complete with interconnecting buses and other features as specified below. 1. Manufacturers: a. Cutler- Hammer; Eaton Corporation. b. General Electric Company; Electrical Distribution & Control Div. C. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. d. Square D; Schneider Electric. C. Housing: NEMA 250, Type 1 or 3R as shown enclosure. F Coordinate subparagraph below with Drawings for indication of available fault current at meter center supply terminals. g_ Minimum Short- Circuit Rating: 42,000 amperes symmetrical at rated voltage. h. Delete subparagraph below if meter center is specified to have main terminal box with main lugs. Selecting fusible switch may result in increased space ELECTRICITY METERING 16211 -2 Lion Square Lodge — North Buildinq Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado requirement. Consult manufacturers' data. Coordinate with Drawings for indication of poles, frame or size, and trip or fuse. i. Main Disconnect Device: Fusible switch, series - combination rated by breaker manufacturer to protect downstream feeder and branch circuit breakers. j. Coordinate first subparagraph and associated subparagraphs below with Drawings for indication of trip and interrupting capacity ratings of circuit breakers. k. Tenant Feeder Circuit Breakers: Series - combination -rated molded case units, rated to protect circuit breakers in downstream tenant and house loadcenters and panelboards that have 10,000 -A interrupting capacity. 1. Identification: Complying with Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification" with legend identifying tenant's address. in. Physical Protection: Tamper resistant, with hasp for padlock. 2. Meter Socket: Type as approved by utility company, with rating coordinated with indicated tenant feeder circuit rating. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with equipment installation requirements in NECA 1. B. Install equipment for utility company metering. Install raceways and equipment according to utility company's written requirements. Provide empty conduits for metering leads and extend grounding connections as required by utility company. C. Install modular meter center according to NECA 400 switchboard installation requirements. END OF SECTION 16211 ELECTRICITY METERING 16211 -3 Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 16442 - PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes distribution panelboards and lighting and appliance branch- circuit panelboards. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of panelboard, overcurrent protective device, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment. 1. Dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. - Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. Include the following: a. Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. b. Bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings_ c. Short- circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices. d. UL listing for series rating of installed devices. e. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. 2. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NEMA PB 1. C. Comply with NFPA 70. Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Panelboards, Overcurrent Protective Devices, Controllers, Contactors, and Accessories: a. Eaton Corporation; Cutler- Hammer Products. b. General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Protection Div. C. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. d. Square D. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Enclosures: Flush- and surface - mounted cabinets. NEMA PB 1, Type 1. 1. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location. a. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. 2. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps. For surface- mounted fronts, match box dimensions; for flush- mounted fronts, overlap box. 3. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged trim cover. B. Phase and Ground Buses: Tin - plated aluminum. C. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material. 1. Ground Lugs and Bus Configured Terminators: Compression type. D. Service Equipment Label: UL labeled for use as service equipment for panelboards with main service disconnect switches. E. Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices. F. Panelboard Short- Circuit Rating: 1. UL label indicating series- connected rating with integral or remote upstream overcurrent protective devices. Include size and type of upstream device -2- I Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado allowable, branch devices allowable, and UL series - connected short- circuit rating. 2. Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short- circuit current available at terminals. 2.3 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A. Doors: Secured with vault -type latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. Omit for fused - switch panelboards. B. Main Overcurrent Protective Devices: As shown on the drawings. C. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: 1. For Circuit - Breaker Frame Sizes 125 A and Smaller: Bolt -on circuit breakers. 2. For Circuit - Breaker Frame Sizes Larger Than 125 A: Bolt -on circuit breakers; plug -in circuit breakers where individual positive - locking device requires mechanical release for removal. 2.4 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH - CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt -on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. B. Doors: Concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. 2.5 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Molded -Case Circuit Breaker: UL 489, with series- connected rating to meet available fault currents. 1. Thermal- Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time - current element for low -level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit - breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. 2. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single- and two -pole configurations with 5 -mA trip sensitivity. 3. Molded -Case Circuit - Breaker Features and Accessories: Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. a. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor materials. b. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HACR for heating, air - conditioning, and refrigerating equipment. C. Shunt Trip: 120 -V trip coil energized from separate circuit. B. Fused Switch: NEMA KS 1, Type HD; clips to accommodate specified fuses; lockable handle. -3- Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado C. Fuses are specified in Division 16 Section "Fuses." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J. K 3.2 IT INSTALLATION Install panelboards and accessories according to NEMA PB 1.1. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Division 16 Section "Seismic Controls for Electrical WorkElectrical Supports and Seismic Restraints." Mount top of trim 74 inches (1880 mm) above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. Mount plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish. Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers. 1. Set field- adjustable switches and circuit - breaker trip ranges. Install filler plates in unused spaces. Stub four 1 -inch EMT empty conduits from panelboard into accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in the future. Identify field - installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs as specified in Division 16 Section Electrical Identification. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with engraved metal or laminated - plastic nameplate mounted with corrosion - resistant screws. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Prepare for acceptance tests as follows: 1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. END OF SECTION 16442 -4- Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 16511 - INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior lighting fixtures, lamps, and ballasts. 2. Emergency lighting units. 3. Exit signs. 4. Lighting fixture supports. B. See Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices" for manual wall -box dimmers for incandescent lamps. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of lighting fixture, arranged in order of fixture designation. Include data on features, accessories, finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Show details of nonstandard or custom lighting fixtures. Indicate dimensions, weights, methods of field assembly, components, features, and accessories. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LIGHTING FIXTURES AND COMPONENTS, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Recessed Fixtures: Comply with NEMA LE 4 for ceiling compatibility for recessed fixtures. B. Incandescent Fixtures: Comply with UL 1598. Where LER is specified, test according to NEMA LE 5A. Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado C. Fluorescent Fixtures: Comply with UL 1598. Where LER is specified, test according to NEMA LE 5 and NEMA LE 5A as applicable. D. HID Fixtures: Comply with UL 1598. Where LER is specified, test according to NEMA LE 5B. E. Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges. F. Sheet Metal Components: Steel, unless otherwise indicated. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. G. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during relamping and when secured in operating position. H. Reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows, unless otherwise indicated: 1. White Surfaces: 85 percent. 2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent. 3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent. 4. Laminated Silver Metallized Film: 90 percent. I. Plastic Diffusers, Covers, and Globes: 1. Acrylic Lighting Diffusers: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic. High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation. a. Lens Thickness: At least [0.125 inch (3.175 mm)] <Insert thickness> minimum unless different thickness is indicated. b. UV stabilized. 2. Glass: Annealed crystal glass, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 BALLASTS A. Electronic Ballasts for Linear Fluorescent Lamps: Comply with ANSI C82.11; instant start type, unless otherwise indicated, and designed for type and quantity of lamps served. Ballasts shall be designed for full light output unless dimmer or bi -level control is indicated. 1. Sound Rating: A except B for T8 /HO and T8 /Slimline lamp ballasts. 2. Total Harmonic Distortion Rating: Less than 10 percent. 3. Transient Voltage Protection: IEEE C62.41, Category A or better. 4. BF: 0.85 or higher. 5. Power Factor: 0.95 or higher. B. Ballasts for Temperatures Minus 20 Deg F (Minus 29 Deg C) and Higher for Linear Fluorescent Lamps: Electromagnetic type designed for use with indicated lamp types. - iJ h7 e Lion Square Lodge --North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado C. Ballasts for Compact Fluorescent Lamps: Electronic programmed rapid -start type, complying with ANSI C 82.11, designed for type and quantity of lamps indicated. Ballast shall be designed for full light output unless dimmer or bi -level control is indicated: 1. Lamp end -of -life detection and shutdown circuit. 2. Automatic lamp starting after lamp replacement. 3. Sound Rating: A. 4. Total Harmonic Distortion Rating: Less than 20 percent. 5. Transient Voltage Protection: IEEE C62.41, Category A or better. 6. Operating Frequency: 20 kHz or higher. 7. Lamp Current Crest Factor: 1.7 or less. 8. BF: 0.95 or higher, unless otherwise indicated. 9. Power Factor: 0.95 or higher. 10. Interference: Comply with 47 CFR, Chapter 1, Part 18, Subpart C, for limitations on electromagnetic and radio- frequency interference for nonconsumer equipment.. 11. Ballast Case Temperature: 75 deg C, maximum. D. Internal -Type Emergency Fluorescent Power Unit: Self- contained, modular, battery- inverter unit, factory mounted within lighting fixture body and compatible with ballast. Comply with UL 924. 1. Emergency Connection: Operate 1 fluorescent lamp(s) continuously at an output of 1100 lumens each. Connect unswitched circuit to battery- inverter unit and switched circuit to fixture ballast. 2. Test Push Button and Indicator Light: Visible and accessible without opening fixture or entering ceiling space. a. Push Button: Push -to -test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power and demonstrates unit operability. b. Indicator Light: LED indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle charge; bright glow indicates charging at end of discharge cycle. 3. Battery: Sealed, maintenance -free, nickel- cadmium type. 4. Charger: Fully automatic, solid- state, constant - current type with sealed power transfer relay. E. Electromagnetic Ballast for Metal - Halide Lamps: Comply with ANSI C82.4 and UL 1029. Include the following features, unless otherwise indicated: 1 _ Ballast Circuit: Constant - wattage autotransformer or regulating high- power- factor type. 2. Minimum Starting Temperature: Minus 22 deg F (Minus 30 deg C) for single - lamp ballasts. 3. Normal Ambient Operating Temperature: 104 deg F (40 deg C). 4. Open- circuit operation that will not reduce average life. 5. Low -Noise Ballasts: Manufacturers' standard epoxy - encapsulated models designed to minimize audible fixture noise. -3- Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2.3 EXIT SIGNS A. Internally Lighted Signs: Comply with UL 924; for sign colors, visibility, luminance, and lettering size, comply with authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Lamps for AC Operation: Fluorescent, 2 for each fixture, 20,000 hours of rated lamp life. 2. Lamps for AC Operation: LEDs, 70,000 hours minimum rated lamp life. 2.4 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS A. Description: Self- contained units complying with UL 924. 1. Battery: Sealed, maintenance -free, lead -acid type. 2. Charger: Fully automatic, solid -state type with sealed transfer relay. 3. Operation: Relay automatically turns lamp on when power supply circuit voltage drops to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below. Lamp automatically disconnects from battery when voltage approaches deep - discharge level. When normal voltage is restored, relay disconnects lamps from battery, and battery is automatically recharged and floated on charger. 4. Test Push Button: Push -to -test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power and demonstrates unit operability. 5. LED Indicator Light: Indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle charge; bright glow indicates charging at end of discharge cycle. 2.5 LAMPS A. T8 Rapid -Start Fluorescent Lamps: Rated 32 W maximum, nominal length 48 inches (1220 mm), 2800 initial lumens (minimum), CRI 75 (minimum), color temperature 3100 K, and average rated life 20,000 hours, unless otherwise indicated. B. Compact Fluorescent Lamps: 4 -Pin, CRI 80, color temperature 3100 K, average rated life of 10,000 hours at 3 hours operation per start. 1. 13 W: T4, double or triple tube, rated 900 initial lumens (minimum). 2. 18 W: T4, double or triple tube, rated 1200 initial lumens (minimum). 3. 26 W: T4, double or triple tube, rated 1800 initial lumens (minimum). 4. 32 W: T4, triple tube, rated 2400 initial lumens (minimum). 5. 42 W: T4, triple tube, rated 3200 initial lumens (minimum). 6. 55 W: T4, triple tube, rated 4300 initial lumens (minimum). C. Metal - Halide Lamps: ANSI C78.1372, with a minimum CRI 65, and color temperature 4000 K. 2.6 LIGHTING FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS A. Comply with Division 16 Section "Electrical Supports and Seismic Restraints" for channel- and angle -iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports. -4- ri LJ I li Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado B. Single -Stem Hangers: 1/2 -inch (13 -mm) steel tubing with swivel ball fittings and ceiling canopy. Finish same as fixture. C. Twin -Stem Hangers: Two, 1/2 -inch (13 -mm) steel tubes with single canopy designed to mount a single fixture. Finish same as fixture. D. Hook Hangers: Integrated assembly matched to fixture and line voltage and equipped with threaded attachment, cord, and locking -type plug. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Lighting fixtures: Set level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls. Install lamps in each fixture. B. Comply with NFPA 70 for minimum fixture supports. C. Suspended Lighting Fixture Support: 1. Pendants and Rods: Where longer than 48 inches (1200 mm), brace to limit swinging. 2. Stem - Mounted, Single -Unit Fixtures: Suspend with twin -stem hangers. 3. Continuous Rows: Use tubing or stem for wiring at one point and tubing or rod for suspension for each unit length of fixture chassis, including one at each end. D. Air - Handling Lighting Fixtures: Install with dampers closed and ready for adjustment. E. Adjust aimable lighting fixtures to provide required light intensities. F. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test for Emergency Lighting: Interrupt power supply to demonstrate proper operation. Verify transfer from normal power to battery and retransfer to normal. END OF SECTION 16511 -5- I Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado SECTION 16521 - EXTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Exterior luminaires with lamps and ballasts. 2. Poles and accessories. B. See Division 16 Section "Interior Lighting" for exterior luminaires normally mounted on exterior surfaces of buildings. 1.2 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS CRITERIA FOR POLE SELECTION A. Dead Load: Weight of luminaire and its horizontal and vertical supports and supporting structure, applied as stated in AASHTO LTS -4. B. Ice Load: Load of 3 lbf /sq. ft. (143.6 Pa), applied as stated in AASHTO LTS -4. C. Wind Load: Pressure of wind on pole and luminaire, calculated and applied as stated in AASHTO LTS -4. 1. Wind speed for calculating wind load for poles 50 feet (15 m) or less in height is 1110 mph (177 km /h)] [70 mph (113 km /h)] <Insert value from AASHTO LTS-4 for this Project >. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each luminaire, pole, and support component, arranged in order of lighting unit designation. Include data on features, accessories, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: include anchor -bolt templates keyed to specific poles and certified by manufacturer. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with IEEE C2, "National Electrical Safety Code." C. Comply with NFPA 70. C'� Lion Sauare Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMINAIRES, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Luminaires shall comply with UL 1598 and be listed and labeled for installation in wet locations by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges. C. Housings: Rigidly formed, weather- and light -tight enclosures that will not warp, sag, or deform in use. Provide filter /breather for enclosed luminaires. D. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during relamping and when secured in operating position. Doors shall be removable for cleaning or replacing lenses. Designed to disconnect ballast when door opens. E. Exposed Hardware Material: Stainless steel. 2.2 BALLASTS FOR HID LAMPS A. Comply with ANSI C82.4 and UL 1029 and capable of open- circuit operation without reduction average life. Include the following features, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Ballast Circuit: Constant- wattage autotransformer or regulating high- power- factor type. 2. Minimum Starting Temperature: Minus 22 deg F (Minus 30 deg C). 3. Normal Ambient Operating Temperature: 104 deg F (40 deg C). 4. Ballast Fuses: One in each ungrounded power supply conductor. Voltage and current ratings as recommended by ballast manufacturer. 2.3 HID LAMPS A. Metal - Halide Lamps: ANSI C78.1372, with a minimum CRI 65, and color temperature 4000K. 2.4 POLES AND SUPPORT COMPONENTS, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Characteristics: Comply with AASHTO LTS -4 1. Wind -Load Strength of Poles: Adequate at indicated heights above grade without failure, permanent deflection, or whipping in steady winds of speed indicated in Part 1 "Structural Analysis Criteria for Pole Selection" Article, with a gust factor of 1.3. -2- 1 I I 0 n u I u Ll � I ' Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge Vail, Colorado 2. Strength Analysis: For each pole, multiply the actual equivalent projected area of luminaires and brackets by a factor of 1.1 to obtain the equivalent projected area to be used in pole selection strength analysis. ' B. Luminaire Attachment Provisions: Comply with luminaire manufacturers' mounting requirements. Use stainless -steel fasteners and mounting bolts, unless otherwise indicated. C. Mountings, Fasteners, and Appurtenances: Corrosion - resistant items compatible with support components. 1. Materials: Shall not cause galvanic action at contact points. 2. Anchor Bolts, Leveling Nuts, Bolt Caps, and Washers: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication, unless stainless -steel items are indicated. 3. Anchor -Bolt Template: Plywood or steel. D. Concrete Pole Foundations: Cast in place, with anchor bolts to match pole -base flange. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork are specified in Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete." ' 2.5 POLE ACCESSORIES A. Duplex Receptacle: 120V, 20A in a weatherproof assembly complying with Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices" for ground -fault circuit- interrupter type. 1. Nonmetallic polycarbonate plastic or reinforced fiberglass cover, color to match pole, that when mounted results in NEMA 250, Type 3R enclosure. ' 2. With cord opening. 3. With lockable hasp and latch that complies with OSHA lockout and tag -out requirements. ' B_ Base Covers: Manufacturers' standard metal units, arranged to cover pole's mounting bolts and nuts. Finish same as pole. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.1 LUMINAIRE INSTALLATION A. Install lamps in each luminaire. ■ B. Fasten luminaire to indicated structural supports. ' 1. Use fastening methods and materials selected to resist seismic forces defined for the application and approved by manufacturer. C. Adjust luminaires that require field adjustment or aiming. I I - 3 - Lion Square Lodge — North Building Lion Square Lodge ' Vail, Colorado 3.2 POLE INSTALLATION A. Align pole foundations and poles for optimum directional alignment of luminaires and their mounting provisions on the pole. B. Clearances: Maintain the following minimum horizontal distances of poles from surface and underground features, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings: ' 1. Fire Hydrants and Storm Drainage Piping: 5'. 2. Water, Gas, Electric, Communication, and Sewer Lines: 10' 3. Trees: 5' C. Concrete Pole Foundations: Set anchor bolts according to anchor -bolt templates furnished by pole manufacturer. Concrete materials, installation, and finishing , requirements are specified in Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete." 3.3 GROUNDING A. Ground metal poles and support structures according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." ' 1. Install grounding electrode for each pole, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Install grounding conductor pigtail in the base for connecting luminaire to grounding system. B. Ground nonmetallic poles and support structures according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." 1. Install grounding electrode for each pole. 2. Install grounding conductor and conductor protector. , 3. Ground metallic components of pole accessories and foundations. L►1>wZ�];Z.9x��I�LiI:1•Y•7 LION SQUARE LODGE NORTH Vail, Colorado SECTION 16721 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section covers the fire alarm system, including initiating devices, notification appliances, auxiliary controls, and supervisory devices. B. This section includes the fiimishing of labor, equipment, and materials for installation of the fire alarm system as specified herein. C. The Fire Alarm System shall perform the following functions: 1. Fire alarm and detection operations 2. Occupant Notification - through horns and strobes 3. Dial out to central monitoring station 4. Monitoring of fire sprinkler system 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract. B. The system and all associated operations shall be in accordance with the following: 1. International Building Code (2003 edition) 2. International Fire Code (2003 edition) 3. NFPA 72, Natiorul Fire Alarm Code (2002 edition) 4. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code 5. Vail Fire & Emergency Services (VFES) requirements 6. Eagle County Code /Amendments 1.3 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Contractor is responsible for providing a compliant system in accordance with all applicable standards. 1. FACP - The existing Notifier NFS640 FACP shall remain and be upgraded as needed. 2. Smoke detectors (non - residential areas) - Provide addressable system smoke detectors as required by VFES Standards. 3. Smoke /heat detectors (residential units) - Provide Notifier Acclimate detectors with sounder bases. A smoke sensor activation shall initiate a local alarm in the unit only and annunciate a supervisory condition at the FRCP. All sounder bases within a single unit must activate together for a local alarm. A heat sensor activation will initiate general alarm throughout the building. FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 16721 - 1 1 LION SQUARE LODGE NORTH Vail, Colorado Detectors shall be located in all sleeping rooms (centered in the room) and in areas immediately outside of sleeping rooms. B 1.4 A B C. 4. Manual pull stations — Provide addressable manual pull stations at all exits, including the stairwells on each floor. 5. Heat detectors — In areas not suitable for smoke detectors, provide heat detectors. 6. Occupant notification — Occupant notification shall be accomplished with horns, strobes and horn/strobes. Provide sounder bases for general alarm in each residential unit. In addition, the system must be capable of providing a local alarm in the residential unit upon activation of a smoke detector in the unit. Provide horns and strobes in common areas (i.e. lobbies, corridors, public areas). ADA units shall meet all accessibility requirements, including visual notification, properly mounted. 7. Sprinkler supervision — Fire alarm system shall supervise the sprinker system, through addressable monitor modules connected to waterflow and tamper switches. Provide an outside horn/strobe, at the FDC, to indicate waterflow. 8. Elevator recall — Provide primary and secondary elevator recall. If necessary, provide elevator shunt trip interface through the fire alarm system. 9. System accessories — Provide control relays and other accessory devices, as necessary to accommodate building features and systems. Coordination with Fire Protection Engineer — Prior to completion of fire alarm shop drawings, the fire alarm contractor shall conduct a mandatory coordination meeting with the project Fire Protection Engineer. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION General: Provide a complete, noncoded, addressable, microprocessor -based fire alarm system with initiating devices, notification appliances, and monitoring and control devices as specified herein. Wiring/Signal Transmission: 1. Transmission shall be addressable signal transmission, dedicated to fire alarm service only. 2. System connections for initiating (signaling) circuits and notification appliance circuits shall be Class B. 3. Circuit Supervision: Circuit faults shall be indicated by a trouble signal at the FACP. Provide a distinctive indicating audible tone and alphanumeric annunciation. Analog Smoke Sensors: 1. Monitoring: FACP shall individually monitor sensors for status, sensitivity, and alarm condition, and shall individually adjust for sensitivity. The control unit shall determine the condition of each sensor by comparing the sensor value to the stored values. C! t r r- I FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 16721 -2 1 I 1 1.5 LION SQUARE LODGE NORTH Vail, Colorado 2. Environmental Compensation: The FACP shall maintain a moving average of the sensor's smoke chamber value to automatically compensate for dust, dirt, and other conditions that could affect detection operations. 3. The FACP shall automatically indicate when an individual sensor needs cleaning. When a sensor's average value reaches a predetermined value, a "DIRTY SENSOR" condition shall be indicated at the FACP. The sensor base LED shall glow steady giving a visible indication at the sensor location. If a "DIRTY SENSOR" is left unattended, and its average value increases to a second predetermined value, an "EXCESSIVELY DIRTY SENSOR" trouble condition shall be indicated at the control unit. D. Fire Suppression Monitoring: 1. Water flow: Activation of a water flow switch shall initiate general alarm operations. 2. Sprinkler valve tamper switch: The activation of any valve tamper switch shall activate system supervisory operations. E. Audible Alarm Notification: By horns throughout the building, in accordance with the audibility requirements of NFPA 72. Visual Alarm Notification: By strobes in corridors, common areas, and ADA units. F. Power Requirements 1. Primary. The control unit shall receive 120 VAC power via a dedicated fiised disconnect circuit. The incoming power to the system shall be supervised so that any power failure will be indicated at the control unit. A green "power on" LED shall be displayed continuously while incoming power is present. 2. Secondary: The system shall be provided with sufficient battery capacity per NFPA 72. 3. Provide sufficient power supplies, either at the FACP or remotely, to accommodate system requirements, as represented by the device layout on the drawings. SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following to Fire Protection Engineer: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS Product data sheets for system components, illustrating UL listing of each device. Wiring diagrams from manufacturer. Shop drawings showing system details including location of FACP, all devices and circuiting. System description including circuit supervision, auxiliary controls and sequence of operations. Operating and Maintenance Manual: Provide data for each product, including all features and operating sequences. Provide the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of service organizations. Product certification signed by the manufacturer of system components. 16721 -3 LION SQUARE LODGE NORTH Vail, Colorado 7. System test records. B. Submission to Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): Submit to the authority having jurisdiction copies of submittals as described in item A. Fire alarm contractor is responsible for obtaining and paying for the fire alarm permit. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A factory authorized installer is to perform the work of this section. The installation must be supervised or performed by a minimum of a NICET level 11 technician. B. The installing company must hold the proper and required license in the Town of Vail. C. All equipment shall be UL (Underwriter's Laboratory) Listed PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 2.2 2.3 2.4 A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Notifier B. Being listed as an acceptable Manufacturer in no way relieves obligation to provide all equipment and features in accordance with these specifications. FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (FACP) A. General: Comply with UL 864, "Control Units for Fire - Protective Signaling Systems." B. Cabinet: Lockable steel enclosure_ Arrange unit so all operations required for testing and maintenance are performed from the front of the enclosure. C. Alphanumeric Display and System Controls: Panel shall include an 80 character LCD display to indicate alarm, supervisory, and trouble messages and shall include a keypad for use in entering and executing control commands. MANUAL PULL STATIONS A. Description: Double- action type, red LEXAN or metal, with white raised- letter operating instructions. Station will mechanically latch upon operation and remain so until manually reset with a key common with the control units. SMOKE SENSORS A. General: Comply with UL 268, "Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems." Device shall consist of a permanent base and a plug in sensor. Detectors shall be self - restoring, intelligent and analog. FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 16721 -4 � I ' LION SQUARE LODGE NORTH Vail, Colorado B. Type: Smoke sensors shall be of the photoelectric type. Ionization type sensors may not ' be used. C. Duct Smoke Detector: Photoelectric type, with sampling tube of design and dimensions as recommended by the manufacturer. Detector includes relay as required for fan ' shutdown. Each duct detector shall have a Remote Test Station with an alarm LED and test switch. Ionization detectors may not be used. 2.5 HEAT DETECTORS A. Thermal Sensor: Combination fixed- temperature and rate -of -rise unit with plug -in base and alarm indication lamp; 135 -deg F fixed - temperature setting except as indicated. 2.6 ALARM - NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES A. Fire Alarm Horns: Electric- vibrating polarized type, operating on 24 -V d.c. Audible alarm level shall be 75db throughout or 15 db above ambient, per NFPA 72. B. Visual Notification Appliances: Multi candela output, 24 VDC operation, wall mounted with "FIRE" printed vertically. Strobes shall be provided in candela as needed to comply with NFPA 72_ C. Audible/Visual Units: Combination notification appliances consist of factory- combined, audible and visual notification units in a single mounting assembly. D. Mounting: Devices may be wall or ceiling mount. Fire Protection Engineer recommends ceiling mount in most locations. 2.7 ADDRESSABLE MODULES A. Addressable Modules: Monitor one or more system components that are not otherwise equipped for addressable communication. Modules shall be used for monitoring of waterflow, valve tamper, and non - addressable devices. B. Modules will be capable of mounting in a standard electrical box. Modules will include cover plates to allow surface or flush mounting. Modules will receive their operating power from the signaling line or a separate two wire pair running from an appropriate power supply as required. C. The Module shall be supen�ised and uniquely identified by the control unit. Module identification shall be transmitted to the control unit for processing according to the program instructions. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install system components and all associated devices in accordance with applicable NFPA Standards and manufacturer's recommendations_ FIRE- ALARM SYSTEMS 1672 1 - 5 LION SQUARE LODGE NORTH Vail, Colorado 3.2 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Furnish and install a complete Fire Alarm System as described herein and as shown on the plans. Include sufficient equipment, wiring, terminations, electrical boxes, and all other necessary material for a complete, operating system. B. Existing Fire Alarm Equipment: Shall be maintained fully operational until the new equipment has been tested and accepted. C. Equipment Removal: After acceptance of the new fire alarm system, disconnect and remove the existing fire alarm equipment and restore damaged surfaces. D. Water -Flow and Valve Supervisory Switches: Connect for each sprinkler valve required to be supervised. 3.3 WIRING INSTALLATION A. System Wiring: Wire and cable shall be a type listed for its intended use by an approval agency acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) and shall be installed in accordance with the appropriate articles from the current approved edition of NFPA 70: National Electric Code (NEC). B. Color Coding: Color -code fire alarm conductors differently from the normal building power wiring. Use one color code for alarm initiating device circuits wiring and a different color code for supervisory circuits. Color -code notification appliance circuits differently from alarm- initiating circuits. Paint fire alarm system junction boxes and covers red. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Services: Provide services of a factory- authorized representative to supervise the field assembly and connection of components and the pretesting, testing, and adjustment of the system. B. Pretesting: Determine, through pretesting, the conformance of the system to the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications_ Correct deficiencies observed in pretesting. Replace malfunctioning or damaged items with new and retest until satisfactory performance and conditions are achieved. C. System Tests: Test the system according to the procedures outlined in NFPA 72 and per the requirements of Vail Fire & Emergency Services. D. Report of Tests and Inspections: Provide a written record of inspections, tests, and detailed test results in the form of a test log. E. Final Test, Certificate of Completion, and Certificate of Occupancy: Test the system as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction in order to obtain a certificate of occupancy. END OF SECTION u 'J 1 u n FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 16721 -6